HomeMy WebLinkAboutPR 17111: PAVILION RENOVATION CONTRACT NOW THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY
OF PORT ARTHUR:
Section 1. That the facts and opinions in the preamble are
true and correct.
Section 2. That the City Manager is hereby authorized and
directed to execute on behalf of the City a contract with N & T
Construction Co, Inc., of Beaumont, Texas, in an amount not to •
exceed $453,000 for the renovation of the downtown pavilion, in
substantially the same form as attached hereto as Exhibit "B ".
Section 3. That a copy of the caption of this Resolution
shall be spread upon the Minutes of the City Council.
READ, ADOPTED, AND APPROVED, this day of
2012, AD, at a Regular Meeting of the City Council of the City of
Port Arthur, Texas by the following vote: AYES:
Mayor:
Councilmembers:
NOES: •
Mayor
ATTEST:
City Secretary
s.pr17111
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
( ) 1 / / : i) ; %
City tto ne 4,
APPROVED FOR ADMINISTRATION:
City Manager
APPROVED AS TO AVAILABILITY OF FUNDS:
,L Ci '7., &ICI
Director of Finance
Purchasing Manager
s.pr17111
EXHIBIT "A"
s.pr17111
I
r
n a w t.1 W. W 0 ° �.
(4 01 w th `•� 3 .."7. tf °r .-
O O 0 3 1 O $ l'' � ffl J
3
3 a rr n ^ a
o o (D 3 0 to
tn taD O - 0 O O in
t^ is ' n
-t D
7 n i ? ea N m 3 et
as •-p et tD is O O
nn N a c en Q < 3
3 (DD ( N a
3 O fD N 0
v, 2.0 g 3 v
7.
co
Q: 0
1-. A 0 O
to tn. in O d 'a A
A. • N ` cn o 01 V .9. -I ul rh t o 3 O -<
0
O c `" ct v n o 0 0 3 Q ' T1
a4 - O O O 0 3 S N y
O O O O 0, 0 0 ' _ a fD < Cr cu
0 0
3
3 0 Ise
N „ 0
S n 3 =
N = C
Z - + ,� 77 fie N
w -I Z 0 3
co vi in. N W N W n A -I 0 3 N '-1
C l0 o N W e 3 + H 0 0
7 3 O O O • o 0! Z O� as
N O O O t2 0 A n W
xi- O O b -, O u = a 3
O O 0 • O 3 t 3 r.
0
G1 GI
oo 3
co O in tD 0
n In -I -1
cu C � I W -k V w r n n
= 01 tT O r+ W
O O b c ,_ O r4 01 D
01 O r r
N 0 120
•
4
. \ /
® ^ \
0 & r
E 2 / 2
CO • N I-, n
»= n O 4. o 0 0 CO
° g < a. k ) a_ / (
\ e E ) \ -h E %
5 , � (D 0 - 7 El
o m t ƒ 0 C F
3 O ] _ ,-4. (D 0
ƒ / / 7 §
IT - 4 q
3 / / e+ 2 7 d
] « .
n U 2 ¢ 2 e. ¢
9 § 0 k k
K J 2 f /
0 \ �(0 /
o ( 20 0
a
K
E. A.
0 w s
■ = 0 -'
3 n) n
> 0) cr.) / ° § 0
r
O
in § / \ 'co $ k n R A
00 so 0 N et
/ / a ° 0
� k
-h D
^ 3 -I
9 X XI
72
CI
/ VI 2 ° k
@ w \ f f
G w m 2 -
7 ƒ o o k = o so_ g K =
f ? q E / o• co 0 � f m
m vi o
co 3
E
7 i./1- r) / \
a) w iv w n w 0_
�_ w et - Li
3 -< 0 0 0 E k $
0 0 0 / f A n 5 E
/ / o E
x f 0 2
R0
f - �
EXHIBIT "B"
s.pr17111
THE STATE OF TEXAS
COUNTY OF JEFFERSON
PARTIES
THIS AGREEMENT, made this day of , for the construction of
Renovations to the Downtown Pavilion( "Agreement ") is made by and I etween the CITY OF
PORT ARTHUR, TEXAS ( "City "), a home -rule municipal corporatio organized and existing
under the laws of the State of Texas, acting through its GityMIanager and N &T
CONSTRUCTION, INC. ( "Contractor "), a corporation doing , business in Texas Here acting
by and through its .
The initial addresses of the parties hich one party maychange by giving written notice
to the other party, are as follows:
City Contractor
City of Port Arthur N&T Construction, Inc.
P.O. Box 1089 .� P.Oox 269
Port Arthur, Texas #7644 Beaumont Texas 77704
This Age- 1= consists�ofthe following sections:
A. Agre
B. Advertise , ent for Pas
General Inormation
D. si aecification
E. Bite - "
F. Bidder's Information Sheet
G. Notice to Proceed
H. Addendums
1
A. AGREEMENT
The Parties agree as follows:
WITNESSETH: That for and in consideration of the payments, terms, conditions and
agreements set forth herein, OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree as follows:
1. The CONTRACTOR will commence and complete, the construction of the
improvements to (insert name of the project).
2. The CONTRACTOR agrees that for and in consideratior ; of the payments and
agreements hereinafter mentioned, to be made and performed by City and Contractor,
Contractor hereby agrees to commence a d.completeperformance ofthe work specified
above and all extra work in connection therewith, under the terms and conditions as
stated in this Agreement, and at his (or their) '6 * proper cost and expense to furnish all
materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools; <superintendence, labor, insurance, and
other accessories and services; necessary to complete the work specified above, in
accordance with the conditions d e stated in the ,Specifications attached hereto,
and in accordance with this Agreement;' intlY..in accordance with the plans, which
includes all maps, plats, blueprints, and other. :drawings and printed or written
explanatory matt'`'' t and the Specifications ;therefore (all collectively referred to
herein as "the Contract Documents "), as prepared by
, all of which: are made a part hereof and collectively
evidence and constitute the entire contract.
3 The CONTRACTOR will commence the work required by the Contract Documents
on or before a date to be spccifred in the Notice to Proceed and will complete the
same within days as specified in the Notice to Proceed, including, but
not i nited to, all 'Saturdays, Sundays and Federal, State, and City holidays unless the
period for completion is extended otherwise by the Contract Documents.
4. The CON TRACTOR agrees to perform all of the Work described in the Contract
Documents` and comply with the terms therein for the sum of $ ($ )
for completed and accepted work as set forth and adjusted in accordance with the terms
of this Agreement.
2
B. DEFINITIONS
As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings set out below:
"Agreement" means this contract between the Parties, including ,all exhibits and any
written amendments authorized by City Council and Contractor. / / -,,
"City" is defined in the preamble of this Agreement Viand includes its successors and
assigns.
•
\\j, .
"Contractor" is defined in the preamble of this Agreement and includes its successors and
assigns.
".
\,7*-N,,,, X
"Countersignature Date" means the + ate hown as the date countersigned on the signature
page of this Agreement. .,
"Deliverables" means t e p`ovision of services and p requirements as set forth
in the General Informatio and S ecifications as delineated in the Invitation to bid Volumes I & _,
-,,,,,,,, ,-4,„,,,,,,.
II dated September 19.2011
n /Archite J
rt'e Architect" m eans Engineer /Architect as designated
by the City Council via Resolution to provide professional
i
architectural /Engineer /Architeeting design and construction management services.
"Documents" mean notes, manuals, notebooks, plans, computations, databases,
tabulations, exhibits, reports, underlying data, charts, analyses, maps, letters, models, forms,
photographs, the original tracings of all drawings and plans, and other work products (and any
3
modifications or improvements to them) that Contractor prepares or provides under this
Agreement.
A "Notice to Proceed" means a written communication from the City of Port Arthur's
Purchasing Division and the Engineer /Architect to Contractor instructing Contractor to begin
performance. "Parties" mean all the entities set out in the Preamble who are bound by this
Agreement.
C. PRIOR TO PERFORMANCE OF WORK
1. Examination of Contract and Site. Contractor specifically represents that it has
carefully examined the plans, the geotechnical report, if any, and s he site of the proposed work
and is thoroughly familiar with the nature and location of the:work, the confirmation of the ground
and soil, the nature of any structures, the character quality and quantity of the material to be
utilized, the character of equipment and facilities for and during the prosecution of the work, the
time needed to complete the work, Contractors ability to meet all deadlines and schedules required
by this Agreement, the general and local conditions, and all other matters that in any way affect the
work under this Agreement, haying had the opportunity to conduct any and all additional inquiry,
tests and investigation that he1she deems necessary and proper.
2. Continuing Obligation. Before undertaking each part of the work, Contractor shall
carefully study the Contract: Docum to check and verify pertinent figures shown thereon
compare accurately ;to all applicable field -measurements. Contractor shall promptly report in
writing to City's representative any ,conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy which Contractor
may discover and shall obtain a writtenjThterpretation or clarification from City's Representative
before proceeding with any .Work affected thereby. Contractor shall be liable to City for failure
to report any conflict, error;; ambiguity or discrepancy in the Contract Documents of which
Contractor knew or reasonably' should have known.
3. City will not beresponsible for additional expenses incurred by Contractor to perform
extra work necessitated by conditions which were discoverable by Contractor prior to beginning
work and which Contractor failed to include in its proposal.
D. DUTIES OF CONTRACTOR
(I) Job Examination
4
Bidder should carefully examine and be familiar with the Plans, Specifications and other
documents and other conditions and matters which can in any way affect the work or the cost
thereof. By submitting a bid, the CONTRACTOR acknowledges that he or his qualified
representative has visited the job site and investigated and satisfied himself as to: (a) the
conditions affecting the work including but not limited of the physical conditions of the site
which may bear upon site access, handling and storage of tools and materials, access to water,
electric or other utilities or otherwise affect performance of required activities; (b) the character
and quantity of all surface and subsurface materials a obstacles to be encountered in so far as
this information is reasonably ascertainable from inspection. the site, including exploratory
work done by the OWNER or a designated consultant. Failure to �do all of the above will not
relieve a successful Bidder of the obligation to furnish al! material and labor necessary to carry
out the provisions of the Contract,Documents ad to complete the contemplated work for the
� s
considerations set foft in the bid ' Any information shown in the specifications or on the Plans
in regard to subsurface data test borings and similar conditions is to be considered approximate
and does not relive the Bidder oftheresponsibility for its verification. OWNER is not
1
responsible ,for any failure b °' acquaint CONTRACTOR to ac uaint himse f
with available
information for estimating properly the difficulty or cost of successfully performing the work.
The OWNER is not respo�ible for any conclusions or interpretations made by the
CONTRACTOR on the basis of the information made available by the OWNER. In conformity
with applicable statutes, the OWNER has adopted a labor classification and a minimum wage
scale, which is included preceding the Specifications.
(2) Coordinate Performance
5
Contractor shall coordinate its performance with the City Manager of his DesigneeCity
Manager or his designee and Engineer /Architect.. Contractor shall promptly inform the City
Manager or his designee, Engineer /Architect and other person(s) of all significant events relating
to the performance of this Agreement.
(3) Reports
Contractor shall submit all reports and progress updates required,by the City Manager or
his designee and Engineer /Architect.
E. CONSTRUCTION RESPONSIBILITIES
1. Specifications. Contractor shall construct the improvements required by the description of
work set out in the Contract Documents ( "the Improvements ") in,a competent and efficient manner
in accordance with the procedures, specifications and standards contained in the Contract
Documents and all regulations, ordinances or specifications applicable to such Improvements, such
specifications, standards, regulations and 'ordinances being expressly incorporated herein by
reference and being made a part of the agreement as though wiitten herein.
2. Unforeseen Con ;Contractor must notify City in writing as soon as reasonably
possible, but no later than three (3 -calendar days, it unforeseen conditions are encountered at the
site which are unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature, that differ materially from
those normally encountered in the type of worksbeing performed under this Agreement. If it is
determined by City that such conditions differ materially and cause an increase or decrease in the
cost f or time required r performance' of any part of the work, City's representative will
determine or not an equitable adjustment in the price or time for performance will be
made, taking into consideration Section 1 and other applicable provisions of this Agreement. If it
is determined that such conditions are not materially different from those indicated in the
Contract Documentsi;the price and time period will not be adjusted.
3.Protection o/Iines. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, Contractor
is solely responsible for the location and protection of any and all public utility lines and utility
customer service lines in the work area. Contractor shall indemnify or reimburse such
expenses or costs (including fines that may be levied against City) that may result from
unauthorized or accidental damage to all public lines and utility customer service lines in
the work area. City reserves the right to repair any damage Contractor causes to such utilities at
Contractor's expense. If a public line and /or customer service line is damaged by Contractor,
6
Contractor shall give verbal notice within one (1) hour and written notice within twenty -four (24)
hours to City's representative.
4. Good and Workmanlike Manner. All work on the Improvements shall be performed
in a good and workmanlike manner and to the satisfaction of the City or its representative. City shall
decide all questions which arise as to the quality and acceptability of materials furnished, work
performed, and the interpretation of specifications.
f
S. Facilitate Inspection. Contractor shall furnish .City 'or , ity's representative with
every reasonable facility for ascertaining whether or not the /work;performed was in accordance with
the specifications applicable thereto. Any work done or'mateals used without suitable inspection
by City may be ordered removed and replaced at Contractor's expense. Upon failure of the
Contractor to allow for inspection, to test materfalSs umished, to satisfactorily repair, remove or
replace, if so directed, rejected, unauthorized or condemned work or materials, or to follow any
other request or order of City or City's representative, City shall notify the Contractor of such
failure and may suspend inspections of such until such failure is remedied. If such failure is
not remedied to the satisfaction of City, City shall, have no obligation under this agreement to
approve or accept the Improvements.
6. Means and Methods of Constructiut Contractor shall be solely responsible for the
means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction. Contractor shall be
responsible to see that the completed Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents.
City may reject any of the Improvements for which,'4i1 the judgment of the City, the Improvements
were not constructed in accordance =with'City specifications.
77 Work Stoppage. ' 'T lie City shall have the right to order the work of the Contractor
wholly or partially stopped
(1) if any of the materials furnished or the work being done is not in strict accordance with
this AgreeMent;
(2) until anv,objectionable person or material is removed from the premises; or
(3) if any portion of the work is being performed so as to create a hazardous condition.
Such stoppage or suspension shall neither invalidate any of Contractor's performance obligations
under this Agreement, including the time of performance and deadlines therefore, nor will extra
charges be allowed the Contractor by reason of such stoppage or suspension.
7
8. Permits and Licenses. The Contractor shall secure and pay for all necessary
permits and licenses, governmental fees, and inspections necessary for the proper execution and
completion of the work. During this Agreement term and /or period during which the Contractor
is working, it shall give all notices and comply with all laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, and
lawful orders of any public authority bearing on the performance of the work.
9. Royalties and Licensing Fees. The Contractor shall pay all royalties and licensing
fees. The Contractor shall hold the City harmless and indemnify the City from the payment of
any royalties, damages, losses or expenses including attorney's fees for suits, claims or
otherwise, growing out of infringement or alleged infringement o 4 patents, materials and
methods used in the project. It shall defend all suits or etahns for in �'' g ment of any patent
rights. ‘
10. Safety Precautions. Safety precautions at the site are a part of the construction
techniques and processes for which the Contractor shall be ,splely responsible. The Contractor is
solely responsible for handling and use of hazardous ;materials or waste, and informing
employees of any such hazardous materials or waste. The Contractor shall provide copies of all
hazardous materials and waste data sheets'`to the -Fire Department
11. Warn of Hazarrhs. The Contractor: has the sole: obligation to protect or warn any
individual of potential hazards ;created by the'nperformance of the work set forth herein. The
Contractor shall, at ?its i wn expense, take such precautionary measures for the protection of
persons, property, and the work as may be necessary./
12 hil u re ' f S a ei ' \Devices The Contractor shall be held responsible for all
f
damages to property, personal injuries and /or death due to failure of safety devices of any type or
nature that may be require to. protect or warn any individual of potential hazards created by the
a
performance:\of the work set',forth‹ and when any property damage is incurred, the
damaged portimshall immediately be replaced or compensated for by the Contractor at its own
cost and expense \`
13. Indemty for Safety Failure. The Contractor shall indemnify City from any
liability caused by the Contractor's failure to comply with applicable federal, state, or local
regulations, that relate to or concern the maintenance of a safe and protected working
environment and the safe use and operation of machinery and equipment in that working
environment no matter where fault or responsibility lies. Such indemnity shall indemnify and
protect the City from the consequences of the City's own negligence, whether that negligence is
the sole or concurring cause of the injury, death, or damages.
8
F. SCHEDULE OF PERFORMANCE TIME OF PERFORMANCE .'
The City of Port Arthur's Purchasing Department in conjuncti with the City Manager
or his designee shall provide Contractor a written Not ce to Proceed specifying a date to begin
performance (Start Date). Contractor shall begiwIts:;performance no later than theStart Date.
Contractor shall complete its performance from the Start Date unless the
City Council extends the time for compl of, by the passage of formal resolution. Contractor
acknowledges that time is of the essence. v ' �
G. PAYMENTOFSUBCONTRACTORS/ PERFORMANCE
AND PAYMENT , BONDS
Contractor shall make timely payments to al persons and entities supplying labor,
materials, or equipment for the performance of this Agreement. CONTRACTOR SHALL
DEFEND AND INDEMNIFY THE CITY FROM ANY CLAIMS OR LIABILITY ARISING
OUT OFCONTRACTOR'S'.AILURF TO MAKE THESE PAYMENTS. Contractor must
obtain a payment bond as required by Chapter 252 of the Local Government Code and Chapter
2253 of the Government Code. Contractor shall furnish a performance bond and payment bond
for one hundred percent (100%) of the Contract price, conditioned on Contractor's full and
timely performance of the Agreement (and payment of subcontractors). The bond(s) must be in
a form approved by the City Attorney and issued by a corporate surety authorized and admitted
1
9
to write surety bonds in Texas. If the amount of the bond exceeds $100,000, the surety must be
listed on the current list of accepted sureties on federal bonds published by the United States
Treasury Department or reinsured for any liability in excess of $100,000 by a reinsurer listed on
the U.S. Treasury list. A copy of both the performance and payments bonds must be furnished to
the Purchasing Division prior as delineated in the Initiation to Bid. A Notice to Proceed cannot
be issued without proof that the bonding requirements have been net.
(1) Encumbrances. Contractor shall promptly pay all workmen and atenalmen and
shall not allow liens to be placed on the Improvements. Upon completion'` and approval or
acceptance of the Improvements by City, the Improvements shall become the property of City free
and clear of all liens, claims, charges or encumbrances of any kind. If, after acceptance of the
Improvements, any claim, lien, charge or encumbrance is mhde, or found to exist, against the
Improvements, or land dedicated to the City, to which they are affixed, Contractor shall upon notice
by City promptly cause such claim, lien, charge or �`encumbrance to' „he satisfied and released or
promptly post a bond with City in the amount ,Af such claim, lien. charge or encumbrance, in favor
of the City, to insure payment of such claim, lien,,charge or eneunbrance.
(2) Work Rejectk'n. All work deemed not in conformity with this Agreement as determined
by City, in its sole discretion, may be subject to refection by City. City may reject any work found
or determined by it to be; defectivetor not in accordance with this Agreement. City may reject said
work or any portion there regardless ;of the stage of its completion or the time or place of
discovery ,,of sueh errors. Furthef; may reject said work regardless of whether City has
previously” accepted the,work through oversight or otherwise. Neither observations by City nor
inspections, tests, certificate or approv made by City shall relieve Contractor from its obligation
to perform tie work in accordance with the requirements of this Agreement and related documents.
(3) Reme al*Work. If t e work or any part thereof is rejected by City, it shall be deemed by
City as notin conformity with the Agreement and related documents. Any remedial
action required, as set forth herein, shall be at the Contractor's expense, as follows:
1. Contractor may be required, at City's option, after notice from City, to remedy such work so
that it shall be in full compliance with this Agreement. All rejected work or materials shall
be immediately replaced in order to conform with this Agreement.
2. If City deems it expedient to correct work damaged or not done in accordance with this
10
Agreement, an equitable deduction from the agreed sum shall be made by City at City's sole
discretion.
(4) Changes to work or price. No changes shall be made, nor will bills for changes,
alterations, modifications, deviations, and extra orders be recognized or paid except upon the written
order from authorized personnel of the City.
(5) Liquidated Damages. The time for the final completion of, the work described herein is a
reasonable time, taking into consideration all conditions and usual industrial conditions
prevailing in this locality. The amount of liquidated damages for the Contractor's failure
to meet the deadline for final completion are fixed "and agreed',' upon by the Contractor
because of the impracticality and extreme difficulty in fixing and =`ascertaining actual
damages that the City in such event sustain The amounts to be charged are agreed to be
damages the City would sustain and shall be a retained b the City from current periodic
estimates for payment and from final payment:
(6) Delay Damages. If the Contractor should neglect, `fail, or refuse to finally complete the
mo d; ,
work within the time herein specified, or any proper extension thereof granted by the
City, then the Contractor does hereby agree as part of the consideration for the awarding
of this Agreement, that City may. withhold - peri anently from the Contractor's total
compensation the sum of Two Hundred and Fifty Dollars ($250.00) for each and every
calendar day that the Cntractor shallhe in default after the time for finally completing
the work. not as a penalty, but as liquidated damages for the breach of this Agreement.
(7),Prevatrlingya \�
Contractor shall pay the general prevailing rate of per diem wages for all construction
done under to this Agreement or related subcontracts, according to the provisions of Chapter
2258 of the Texas Government Code and as delineated in the Initiation to Bid.
E. RELEASE
CONTRACTOR AGREES TO AND SHALL RELEASE THE CITY, ITS
AGENTS, EMPLOYEES, OFFICERS, AND LEGAL REPRESENTATIVES
11
(COLLECTIVELY THE CITY OF PORT ARTHUR) FROM ALL LIABILITY FOR
INJURY, DEATH, DAMAGE, OR LOSS TO PERSONS OR PROPERTY SUSTAINED
IN CONNECTION WITH OR INCIDENTAL TO PERFORMANCE UNDER THIS
AGREEMENT, EVEN IF THE INJURY, DEATH, DAMAGE, OR LOSS IS CAUSED BY
THE CITY'S SOLE OR CONCURRENT NEGLIGENCE AND /OR THE CITY'S
STRICT PRODUCTS LIABILITY OR STRICT STATUTORY LIABILITY.
F. INDEMNIFICATION
CONTRACTOR AGREES TO AND SHALL DEFEND, INDEMNIFY"; AND HOLD
A
THE CITY, ITS AGENTS, EMPLOYEES, OFFICERS, AND LEGAL
REPRESENTATIVES (COLLECTIVELY THE CITY OF . ' ORT ARTHUR )HARMLESS
FOR ALL CLAIMS, CAUSES OF ACTION, 10ABILITIES, FINES, AND EXPENSES
(INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ATTORNEY'S 'FEES, COURT COSTS, AND,
ALL OTHER DEFENSE N COSTS AND INTEREST) FOR BODILY OR
PERSONALINJURY, SICKNESS, DISEASE ° DEATH, DAMAGE, OR LOSS TO
PERSONS OR PROPERTY _orto injury or destruction of tangible property including
the Toss of use resulting therefrom, and shall pay any judgment, with costs, which may be
obtained against the City .growing out of such injury or damage SUSTAINED IN
CONNECTION WITH OR INCIDENTAL TO PERFORMANCE UNDER THIS
AGREEMENT INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THOSE CAUSED BY:
(1) CONTRACTORS AND /OR ITS AGENTS, EMPLOYEES, OFFICERS,
, CONTRACTORS, OR SUBCONTRACTORS
12
(COLLECTIVELY IN NUMBERED PARAGRAPHS 1 -3, "CONTRACTOR ")
ACTUAL OR ALLEGED NEGLIGENCE OR INTENTIONAL ACTS OR
OMISSIONS;
(2) THE CITY'S AND CONTRACTOR'S ACTUAL OR ALLEGED
CONCURRENT NEGLIGENCE, WHETHER CONTRACTOR IS
IMMUNE FROM LIABILITY OR NOT; AN
(3) THE CITY'S AND CONTRACTOR'S ACTUAL OR 'LEGED STRICT
PRODUCTS LIABILITY OR STRICT-i. STATUTOR' ABILITY,
WHETHER CONTRACTOR IS IMMUAFitITOM LIABILIT i'OR NOT.
CONTRACTOR SHAT, DEFEND, INDEMNIFY ' AND HOLD THE CITY
HARMLESS DURING TIME 'TERM OF THIS = +GREEMENT AND FOR
FOUR YEARS AFTER ,. E AGREEMENT TERMINATES.
CON I NDEMNIF C ATION IS LIMITED TO $1,000,000 PER
OCCURRENCE CONT CTO2 SHALL NOT INDEMNIFY THE CITY
`FOR,THE,CITcSSOLE NEGLIGENCE.
- NOTHING HEI EIN SHALL ` WAIVE ANY GOVERNMENTAL IMMUNITY
AVAILABLE TO THE CIT UNDER TEXAS LAW AND ANY DEFENSES OF
THETARTIES UNDER TEXAS LAW.
. t om .
F. INSURANCE
Contractor shall maintain in effect certain insurance coverage and shall furnish
certificates of insurance, in duplicate form, before beginning its performance under this
Agreement as stated in the Invitation to Bid.
13
All policies except Professional Liability and Worker's Compensation must name the
City as an additional insured. The issuer of any policy (1) shall have a Certificate of Authority to
transact insurance business in Texas or (2) shall be an eligible non - admitted insurer in the State
of Texas and have a Best's rating of at least B+ and a Best's Financial Size Category of Class VI
or better, according to the most current edition Best's Key Rating 'Guide. Contractor shall
maintain the following insurance coverages in the following amount
1. Standard Worker's Compensation. Insurance (with -.waiver of
subrogation in favor of the City of 'Port Arthur, its Officers;; Agents &
Employees). (City and Contractbr and all persons providing services
shall comply with the workers compensation „ins rance requirements of
Section 406.096 of the Texas Labor Code and 28 TAC Section 110.110,
a copy of which is attached hereto and;1 y.hereby incorporated by
reference.)
2. Commercial General Liability - occurrence type insurance. No. "XCU”
RESTRICTIONS SHALL BE APPLI LE Products /completed
operations overage must be-Included, and CITY of Port Arthur, its
Officers,'° Agents;, and Employees must be named as an additional
Insured.
a. Bodily °-Injury - $500,000 single limit per occurrence, or $500,000
each pers6n/$500,000 per occurrence for contracts of $100,000 or
less; or, y
b. Bodily Injury .,,$1,000,000 single limit per occurrence or $1,000,000
each person/51.000 O00 per occurrence for contracts in excess of
$100,000; and,/
e. Property Damage $100,000 per occurrence regardless of Contract
N amount;,„ and,
04 V
d. Minimum aggregate policy year limit of $1,000,000 for contracts of
$100,000 or less; or,
e. Minimum aggregate policy year limit of $2,000,000 for contracts in
excess of $100,000.
3. Comprehensive Automobile Liability (including owned, non -owned and
hired vehicles coverage).
14
a. Minimum combined single limit of $500,000 per occurrence for
bodily injury and property damage.
b. If individual limits are provided, minimum limits are $300,000 per
person, $500,000 per occurrence for bodily injury, and $100,000 per
occurrence for property damage.
All insurance policies must require on their face, or by endorsement, that the insurance
carrier waives any rights of subrogation against the City, and that it ' ll, give 30 days written
notice to the City before they may be canceled, materially changed, or,nonrenewed. Within the
30 day period, Contractor shall provide other suitable /policies in lieu of those about to be
canceled, materially changed, or nonrenewed so as to'maintain in effect the required coverage. If
Contractor does not comply with this requirement, theCity, at his `or, her sole discretion, may
(1) immediately suspend Contractor from any further performance under this
Agreement and begin, procedures to terminate for default, or
(2) purchase the required insurance with City-fiunds and deduct the cost of the
f
premiums from amounts le to Contractor under this Agreement.
G. WARRANTIES
r ` r
Contract r warrants that it shall pertorn all work in a good and workmanlike manner,
meeting „the standards ofquality p in Jefferson County, Texas for work of this kind.
Contractor shall perform all Work using trained and skilled persons having substantial experience
performing the required under this Agreement. With respect to any parts and goods it
furnishes, Contractor Warrants:
(1) that all items are free of defects in title, design, material, and
workmanship,
15
(2) that each item meets or exceeds the manufacturer's specifications and
requirements for the equipment, structure, or other improvement in which
the item is installed,
(3) that each replacement item is new, in accordance with original equipment
manufacturers specifications, and of a quality at east as good as the
quality of the item which it replaces (when the replaced item was new),
and
(4) that no item or its use infringesany patent copyright, or pr ietary right.
H. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS `>
Contractor shall comply with all applicable state and federall laws and regulations and the
City Charter and Code of Ordinances includi g comp iance with Equal Employment Opportunity
Statutes, Women Business .enterprise ( "MWB . ") programs, Disadvantaged Business Enterprise
(DBE) program in acrd withegulations of The U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT),
49 CFR Part 26.
x �9
I. ENVIRONMENTAL
Contr shall omply with all rules, regulations, statutes, or orders of the
z �
Environmental, Protection Agency ( "EPA "), the Texas Natural Resource Conservation
Commission ( "TNRC " , and any other governmental agency with the authority to promulgate
environmental rules and regulations. Contractor shall promptly reimburse the City for any fines
or penalties levied against the City because of Contractor's failure to comply.
Contractor shall not possess, use, generate, release, discharge, store, dispose of, or
transport any Hazardous Materials on, under, in, above, to, or from the site except in strict
16
compliance with the Environmental Regulations. "Hazardous Materials" mean any substances,
materials, or wastes that are or become regulated as hazardous or toxic substances under any
applicable federal, state, or local laws, regulations, ordinances, or orders. Contractor shall not
deposit oil, gasoline, grease, lubricants, or any ignitable or hazardous liquids, materials, or
substances in the City's storm sewer system or sanitary sewer system ''or elsewhere on City
Property in violation of the Environmental Laws. \,
J. DUTIES OF CITY
1. Payment Terms
Progress payments may be paid based upon a percentage of the work completed, less the
retainage. An Application for Payment rust. -be approved by the.Engineer /Architect and the City
Manager or his designee and Engineer /Architect. poi written approval of both the
Engineer /Architect and the City Manager or his, designee, the application may be submitted to
the City's Finance D ' artment for the payment to be rendered. When approving a progress
payment under this construction contract. the Contractor must provide a detailed Application for
Payment { indicating the amount toepaid by and the rationale in support of the payment. The
v ,
Contractor'srequest for progress payments shall include an itemization of the amounts
requested, related to the various elements of work required by the contract covered by the
payment requested the City reserves the right to request additional supporting data in a form
r
and detail if necessary,.a
Retainage, Final Payments. As security for the faithful completion of the Improvements, Contractor
and City agree that City shall retain ( )% percent of the total dollar amount of the contract
price until after final approval or acceptance of the Improvements by City. City shall thereafter pay
17
Contractor the retainage, only after Contractor has furnished to the City satisfactory evidence that all
indebtedness connected with the work and all sums of money due for labor, materials, apparatus,
fixtures or machinery furnished for and used in performance of the work have been paid or
otherwise satisfied.
K. PROJECT COMPLETION
The Engineer /Architect shall conduct inspections to deters ine the date or dates of
Substantial Completion and the date of final completion,isie Certificates of Substantial
Completion; receive from the Contractor and forward to the City Manager or his designee for the
City's review and records, written warranties and relatedldoc rents required by the Contract
Documents and assembled by the Contractor; and issue a fuel Certificate for Payment
based upon a final inspection indicating the Work complies with the requirements of the Contract
Documents.
The Engineer /Architect's inspections shall be conducted with, the City Manager or his
designee to check conformance of the Work with th requirements of the Contract Documents
and to veti.fy the actiff* and completeness of the list submitted by the Contractor of Work to
be completed or corrected
When the Work is found to be substantially complete, the Engineer /Architect shall inform
the City Manager Orhis des ee about the balance of the Contract Sum remaining to be paid the
Contractor, including the to be retained from the Contract Sum, if any, for final
completion or correction of the Work.
The Engineer /Architect shall forward to the Owner the following information received from
the Contractor:
18
(1) consent of surety or sureties, if any, to reduction in or partial release of retainage or the
making of final payment;
(2) affidavits, receipts, releases and waivers of liens or bonds indemnifying the City
against liens; and
(3) any other documentation required of the Contractor under,the`Contract Documents.
L. TAXES AND METHOD OF PAYMENTS
1. The City is exempt from payment of Federal Excise,and Transportation Tax and Texas
Limited Sales and Use Tax. Contractor's invoices to City ust not cont assessments of
any of these taxes. The Purchasing Division will furnish the City's exemption certificate and
federal tax identification number to Contractor if requested. \ \
2. The City shall pay for Contractor s :'Services rendered under this
Agreement in accordance with the bid that was,submitted and approved by the City Council and
as delineated under the Payment'Tertns in Section IV(A).
3. The City shall pay on the basis of Payment Application submitted by Contractor and
approved - y the City'' „Manager r: his designee and Engineer /Architect, showing the services
Alk
perforiried the attendant fee. The shall pay Contractor within 30 days of the receipt and
approval of theinvoices.
4. If the Cit • dis es any items in an invoice Contractor submits for any reason,
P Y Y ,
including lack of supporting documentation, the City Manager or his designee and
Engineer /Architect shall temporarily delete the disputed item and pay the remainder of the
invoice. The City Manager or his designee and Engineer /Architect shall promptly notify
Contractor of the dispute and request remedial action. After the dispute is settled, Contractor
19
shall include the disputed amount on a subsequent regularly scheduled invoice or on a special
invoice for the disputed item only.
5. At any time during the Agreement Term, the City Council may issue a written Change
Order pursuant to a Resolution, after consultation with the City Manager or his designee and
Engineer /Architect, to increase or decrease the scope of services or change plans and
specifications, as necessary to accomplish the general u o s of
p y p g p rp thrs,Agreement. Contractor
shall furnish the services or deliverables in the e (hnge Order in \accordance with the
requirements of this Agreement plus any Special provisions, specifications, special
instructions issued to execute the extra work.
M. TERM AND TERMINATION
1. Contract Term.
This Agreement is effective on the Countersignature `Date and remains in effect until after
Wit,
the date specified in Notice to'Proceed unless sooner terminated under this Agreement.
2. Termination. fOrk,Conveitienee by City
4 `9
The'City may ter ninate th m,Agreement at any time by giving 30 days written notice to
Contractor, The City's rightSto terminate this Agreement for convenience is cumulative of all
rights and rer'n which exist now or in the future.
On receiving tie notice, Contractor shall, unless the notice directs otherwise, immediately
• �.. �
discontinue all services under this Agreement and cancel all existing orders and subcontracts that
are chargeable to this Agreement. As soon as practicable after receiving the termination notice,
Contractor shall submit an invoice showing in detail the services performed under this
Agreement up to the termination date. The City shall then pay the fees to Contractor for services
20
actually performed, but not already paid for, in the same manner as prescribed herein unless the
fees exceed the allocated funds remaining under this Agreement.
TERMINATION OF THIS AGREEMENT AND RECEIPT OF PAYMENT FOR
SERVICES RENDERED ARE CONTRACTOR'S ONLY REMEDIES FOR THE CITY'S
TERMINATION FOR CONVENIENCE, WHICH DOES NOT C NSTTTUTE A DEFAULT
OR BREACH OF THIS AGREEMENT. CONTRACTOR.. WAIVES'ANY CLAIM (OTHER
THAN ITS CLAIM FOR PAYMENT AS SPECIFIED TN THIS SECT foA, IT MAY HAVE
‘,)Y
NOW OR IN THE FUTURE FOR FINANC .L LOSES OR OTHER DAMAGES
RESULTING FROM THE CITY'S TERMINATION FO CONVENIENCE.
(a) Completion of Work. Wherein the Contracto has abandoned the project or the
City has terminated the contract for cause; then; he City at its op'tionmay provide for completion
of the work in the following manner:
(1) The City maybe to such force f workers and use of instruments, machinery,
equipment, tools, materials. and supplies as said the City may deem necessary to
complete the work and charge the expense of such labor, machinery, equipment,
tools, materials.ad supplies to said the °°ontractor, and the expense so charged shall
b ededucted and pain byhe "pity out of such monies as may be due or that may
thereafter at any time t ecome due to the Contractor.
° '(2 )..Should the cost to complete the work exceed this Agreement price and the Contractor
flto pay the amount due to the City within the time designated hereinabove, and
there emains any machinery, equipment, tools, materials, or supplies on the site of
the work, notices. thereof, together with an itemized list of such equipment and
materials. shall be mailed to the Contractor at its respective address designated in this
Agreement;= provided, however, that actual written notice given in any manner shall
satisfy this condition. After mailing, or otherwise giving such notice, such property
shall be held at the risk of the Contractor subject only to the duty of City to exercise
ordinary care to protect such property. After fifteen (15) days from the date of said
notice, City may sell such machinery, equipment, tools, materials, or supplies and
apply the net sum derived from such sale to the credit of the Contractor. Such sale
may be made at either public or private sale, with or without notice, as City may
21
elect. City shall release any machinery, equipment, tools, materials, or supplies which
remain on the job site and belong to persons other than the Contractor to their proper
owners.
(3) In the event the account shows that the cost to complete the work is less than that
which would have been the cost to City had the work been completed by the
Contractor under the terms of this Agreement, or when t // he ''Contractor shall pay the ma
balance shown to be due by them to the City, then all.chiriery, equipment, tools,
materials, or supplies left on the site of the work shall be turned over to the
Contractor.
(b) Damages. Without prejudice to any other legal or equitable right o remedy that
the City would otherwise possess hereunder or 'as a'matter slaw, the City a giving the
Contractor five (5) days prior written notice shall be entitledLt darnages for breach of contract,
upon but not limited to the following occurrences:
(1) If the Contractor shall fail to\remedy any default aile :.written notice thereof from
City, as City shall direct; or , ,y
(2) If the Contractor shall fail for any reason, other;: than the failure by City, to make
payments called uponhen due; or
(3) If the Contractor'comrnits a. under` any of the terms, provisions, conditions, or
covenants contained in this Agreement.
(c) \ .Agreement Controlling. The provisions of this Agreement shall control over any
conflicting • prevision of any',p tract City and Contractor as to the construction of the
Improvements:,
(d) Venue. The parties herein agree that this Agreement shall be enforceable in
County, Texas, and if legal action is necessary in connection therewith, exclusive venue
shall lie in County, Texas.
(e) Successor and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the
benefit of the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns.
(d) Independent Status. It is mutually understood and agreed by and between City and
22
Contractor that Contractor is an independent contractor and shall not be deemed to be or
considered an employee of the City of , Texas, for the purposes of income tax,
withholding, social security taxes, vacation or sick leave benefits, worker's compensation, or any
other. City shall not have supervision and control of Contractor or any employee of Contractor.
(f) Tax Exemption. This Agreement is entered into by an organization which qualifies
for exempt revisions pursuant to the Texas Tax Code, Sections 151 151.307 and 151.309.
The Contractor must divide the price for materials that will be, incorporated into the capital
improvement project and the price for skill and labor into separated contracts. Therefore, it is the
Contractor's responsibility to obtain a sales tax permit. resale certificate, and exemption
certificate which shall enable the Contractor to buy the materials to 'be : incorporated into the
completed capital project and then resale the aforementioned materials for•.the City without
paying the tax on the materials at the time of purchas t'` ,`
(g) Amendment. No amendments to this Agreement shall be effective and binding
until it is reduced to writing and signed by duly authorized-representatives of both parties.
(h) Litigation Costs. In the event oftttgation, the Cn actor agrees to pay and shall
pay all of the attorney's fees, court costs and other litigation costs o City.
(g) Texas Law. , This Agreement has been made under and shall be governed by the
laws of the State of Texas.
(h) Authority to .Enter act Each party has the full power and authority to enter
into and perform this Agreeme and the person signing this Agreement on behalf of each party
has been properly authorized Ind ., empowered to enter into this Agreement. The persons
executing this Agreement hereby represent that they have authorization to sign on behalf of their
respective corporations or other legal entity.
(i) Waiver. Failure of any party, at any time, to enforce a provision of this
Agreement, shall in -no way constitute a waiver of that provision, nor in any way affect the
Y of this A
validit eement` any part hereof, right of the City hereafter to enforce
�' , or the ri 1� Yp art party
each and every provisron hereof. No term of this Agreement shall be deemed waived or breach
excused unless the waiver shall be in writing and signed by the party claimed to have waived.
Furthermore, any consent to or waiver of a breach will not constitute consent to or waiver of or
excuse of any other different or subsequent breach.
23
0) Headings. The article headings are used in this Agreement for convenience and
reference purposes only and are not intended to define, limit, or describe the scope or Intent of
any provision of this Agreement and shall have no meaning or effect upon its interpretation.
(k) Invalidity. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or
unenforceable by a court or other tribunal of competent jurisdiction, the validity, legality, and
enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
The parties shall use their best efforts to replace the respective provision4or provisions of this
Agreement with legal terms and conditions approximating the original : intent of the parties.
(1) Written Notice. Unless otherwise specified, vvrittcn notice shall be deemed to have
been duly served if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to any
officer of the corporation for whom it is intended or if it is delivered or sent certified mail to the
last business address as listed herein. Each party yv.4 have the right to change its business
address by at least ten (10) days written notice to the otheirr pares inywriting of such change.
(m) Entire Agreement. It is ?- understood that thiss Agreement contains the entire
agreement between the parties and supersedes any and all prior agreements, arrangements, or
understandings between the parties relating to the :.subject matter. No oral understandings,
statements, promises or inducements contrary to , the terms of this Agreement exist. This
Agreement cannot be changed , or v terminated orally. No verbal agreement or conversation with
any officer, agent or employee of the City, either_before or after the execution of this Agreement,
shall affect or modtfv " bfthe terms or obligations hereunder.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties o fAhese presents have executed this agreement in the year
and day first above written,
CITY OF ARTHUR, TEXAS:
Floyd T. Manager,
City Manager
Sherri Bellard,
City Secretary
24
CONTRACTOR:
N &T CONTRACTOR COMPANY, INC.
By: ''
Title:
ATTEST: 7 z ;w
4-
' .
h
t
q
u? :
' .111
25
I
CITY OF PORT ARTHUR
ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS
Pavilion Renovation
February 26, 2012 March 4, 2012
. —
_ , .
CITY OF PORT ARTHUR, TEXAS . - - • :' : . ' CITY OF PORT ARTHUR; TEXAS. • • ; • ,,_
,
ADVERTISEMENT FOR BID • ': '':--. - ‘' -, :,: ::', - • . „: :' • FOR BID
-. . . .
NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN THAT sealed Bids, addressed to the City NOTICE, IS 'HEREBY THAT sealed Bids, addressed to the ;City
of Port Arthur, will be received at the Office, of the City Secretary, City ' : of Port Arthur, Will be received at the Office of the City. Secretary, City
Hall, 444, 4th Street or P.O. Box 1089, Port Arthur, Texas 77641 no ; Hall, 444- 4th Street or P.O. Box 1089, Port - Arthur, Texas 77641 no
later than 3:00 P.M., Wednesday, March 21, 2012 and all bids !later tharl. -. P.M,' Wedn esday,- March 21, • 2012 and all bids
. . -
received will thereafter be opened and read aloud at 3:15 P.M.;• on ' received will thereafter. be opened and read aloud at 3:15 P.M., on
Wednesday March 21, 2012 in the City Council Chambers, 5th Floor, Wednesday, March 21,...2012 in the City Council. Chambers, 5th Floor,
City Hall, Port Arthur, Texas for certain services briefly described as:::::',:.;' ; City Hall; Port Arthur, Texas for certain services briefly described as:
PAVILION RENOVATION •:•---, • -r• -•-:'•: ‘-'"- ,•:: .- .! •'•-,: ;7 ; , :.''' ''' 'PAVILION RENOVATION • •-:.-.: • ''-• '.... '.• .. • - ' z
All bids will remain in effect for sixty (60) days after the bid opening All bids will remain in effect for L ixtY;;(60) dayt after:the'tiid- opening
;•iplate.1,,,g '1,51;: . f -::.,,:%.:.:.,.. - •,, :
; - .1-,..-1/2•:":: :: .:3-;::", - ;:.- , ,:'-:::.;;:t..;,',;•;?::;:=;-`: r ,:;:::'.- - ;-' - ';` , '..:. , ..,,, - -:,;.- -, . .:,:'ii, ,..,..::,,-,-. ,;:;::„..:, - :',..:.--, ; ,.
MANDATORY .PRE-BID MEETING IS SCHEDULED FOR 2:00 P.M. : MANDATORY PRE-BID MEETING:'IS'tcHgouLED . .:::o0 ' 2:00 P.M.
ON , THURSDAY, --." MARCH '.• 8, 2012 .• IN -. THE .. STH • FLOOR . ON THURSDAY, :-. MARCH' ':•13,'S:20t2'.;.:: IN ' . :5TH S• FLOOR'
CONFERENCE ' ROOM OF CITY' HALL, 444 ,4TH STREET,' PORT i 1 ••.' ROOM"•.oF*:CITY:..HALL;,•444• 4T1-1 STREET, PORT
.• - • . ,.. ,. . • . , . .
ARTHUR, TEXAS.. : :-, ',•••'.'-•:'---„? ':'; ',=:'.'• •-• r. --,-' :''.',.'-,•• - ' '' , •'' -• •••',' --',----" I i ARTHUR TEXAS: I, ''':z.:.;::,,, : -;;;; . :"; ,7 J. ''',.',.:';-:.;:.;:!-'::■', .: . - :, ;, ..1,: ":,:, „i • ,!.• .
--,_.:, _ s .. ,, =...„,.: : ;;!.•,-: .,..,-,.:,. .'.':•..;:-. '=•!': =-.'; '•- '• :'' . ,..-. '!!. -:,..:`,... , ! 1 '!..::,.::!::! ::;'.?, .1...•',:. l'."':.:•:' ,,' l': . '.. : :' ,1. '' ' : 4 '.:- ' ':,..':.:'-'''..--::'-'-''':'• .-•'.::'
Copies of the Specifitations and other Contract Documents can be i Copies :_. of the Specifications end' other Contrapt •Docuinenta. can be
obtained on March 1, 20 from 'UF1S ; Corporation, 110550 Richmond : obtained on Maieh.1;,2012 from ;URS' Cerdoration;:10550:.RiOnmond..
. , ... ,..,, , . , .. , „.. .
Avenue, Houston, Texas .77042. Contact Person ..ii; Charlet:, Daniel I Avenue Houston -' ' 77042:Contact ' Person ' is', Charles Daniel
.. Texas 4 .
Wardrop. His email is Dan_Wardrop@URSCOrp.com and telephone i Wardrop. His email is . Dan.WardropPURSCord.com and 'telephone
number is (713) 914-6699. Documents will be available at Triangle Blue number is (713) 914-6699. Documents will be available et Triangle Blue
Print, 1123 Calder St:; TX 77701. Phone number is :(409)' I Print,: 1123. Calder St., 77701,-" phone number is (409)
; 835-6810.
.-. " : • • • :' :,,:',: r ":;':'-:='?:;=',4..:::::::: - : .:., ';.r,.: , ;:tz .,- ':'-':. c.'" , ."":''
A Cashier's Check or Certified Check, payable without recourse to the A Cashier's Check or Certified Check, payable without receUrse to the
_ .
order of the . City of Port Arthur:- or a .Bid Bond with corporate surety . order of the of port Arthur,- or a Bid Bond with corporate surety
authorized to conduct business in Texas, in an amount no less than 5% ; authorized to conduct business in Texas, in an amount no less than 5%
of total bid, must accompany the bid as a guarantee that, if awarded the of total bid, Must :accompany the bid as a.guarantee that, if awarded the
contract, the vendor, will perform work and execute the Bonds in the ' contract, the vendor, will perform work and execute the Bonds in the
forms provided as outlined in the specifications and instructions rto , forms .•provided as outlined in the - specifications and instructions to
bidders. :.. • • ',; '' '' , -:.2- - "• .-.- - -;(:;‘, . :••• - 2. bidders..:-:: ,; r ,;• ,- --, , : i': k A.:i :.::,:„:;:.:. • .•,,: : ,,..,:•,.: , .,- - , - .i::.„1„, , c :,,,-,;,,: :.. 7 •,_
: • '"- '': ',:. - 1 : •::•:- -''' ::--...', t'' ;,-'. '-''' ' , 7:,.:-..... — i ; ,-..:,.,...- -, . - , .,., -, „ -, ,,,.. ,.,, i, .
If the contract exceeds fifty thousand dollars ($50,000) a payment bond h the contract exceeds fifty thousand dollars ($50,000) a payment bond
is
,.
is required.. If the contract -exceeds one 'hundred : thousand dollars I is required. .If the contract exceeds one hundred thousand: dollars
; ($100,000) - 'a performance :', bond is required. , :: Performance, and l ($100,000) e;rteriormenee bond,. .is., Performance -and
Payments Bonds shall be fumished on prescribed forms in the amount Payments Bonds shall be furnished on prescribed forms in the amount
of one hundred percent (100%) of the contract price with corporate of one :hundred :, percent (1 00%) ef the contract- Once with corporate
surety duly !authorized ;, to do business in the State of Texas. surety r duly , authorized to' do - business • in the ; State of 'Texas:
Attorneys-in-fact who sign Bonds must file with each bond a certified Attorneys-in-fact who sign Bonds must file with each bond a certified
an
and effective date copy of their Power of Attorney. -, ;• ." ; ; , .. , .
and effective date copy of their Power of Attorney.' :: i,,.. : 3; 2 , -- ;'.
THE CITY OF PORT ARTHUR RESERVES THE RIGHT TO 'REJECT 1 THE CITY OF PORT. ARTHUR RESERVES THE RIGHT REJECT ANY AND/OR ALL BIDS AND TO WAIVE FORMALITIES. ...- -. , '• 1 ANYAND/0171ALL amp AND TO WAIVE FORMALITI ;, :. .. ,. - ...
-,.-i ,..,.:,..:',..,,,.-.,.,:,,.'..--','...:',:.,:: :::•;, -::., - . -: 41 -...., ..- ,:.:.
Per Article , III See. :2-262(c) Of the City'S Code Of Ordinanoe,:the Per"74410.••vl:Si.P.;:440(0)::.otliie::Oty.!*.COde":45( 4rdinandei:thef•
City Council 'shall not award a contact to 'a company that Is in :.Citi...CoUriell:**InalG:ateard:'4iObOtaet,10'apOlhPe*that,is:'In•
I arrears in it obligations to the City. "--",' -• 4 " ' ' -.. ''''' '7 ''''' ' 4 L . ' :atitaki liTivOtiiig'iiiOnelO.tfikOw,, •j.::
Shawna Tubbs, CPPB' 2 ,' • - :' -, ' -, 2 . - ' ' $haWriiIiibbsi:CPP';' -•
. .
Purchasing Manager ;:. ::: :::„„,-:-. . • . , - -,,... -, . ;; : .1?UrOhasrgMeir.r:i,:;'z4';,-2ii.,'4-;;;;--; ,-.,;::::•!-:'.''-:44:,....;:;!-:,.,,,:.,.*:,.:-!.:..,
. —
. .
•
<date>
PROJECT MANUAL
DOWNTOWN PAVILION
RENOVATION PROJECT
PORT ARTHUR TEXAS
CITY OF PORT ARTHUR
PORT ARTHUR
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION
PTIVIAMIt
fT �
URS CORPORATION
10550 RICHMOND AVENUE HOUSTON TEXAS 77042
TEL: 713- 914 -6699 FAX: 713- 789 -8404 URS PROJECT # 25014370
CITY OF PORT ARTHUR
DELORIS "BOBBIE" PRINCE, MAYOR
HAROLD L. DOUCET, SR., MAYOR PRO TEM
COUNCIL MEMBERS:
Raymond Scott Jr. Robert E. "Bob" Williamson
Elizabeth "Liz" Segler Derrick Freeman
Morris Albright III Kerry "Twin" Thomas
John Beard Jr.
PORT ARTHUR ECONOMIC DEVELOPMET CORPORATION
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Roosevelt Petry, President
Kaprina Frank, Vice President Ransom Howard, Treasurer
Aletha Kirkwood, Secretary Edith Neveaux
Richard Wycoff Don Page
Eli Roberts
F
Specification for Pavilion Renovation SEALS PAGE
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas
DOCUMENT 00 01 07 - SEALS PAGE
1.1 DESIGN PROFESSIONALS OF RECORD
ARCHITECT Charles Daniel Wardrop
TX LIC #18252 ,. �, 4r
•
'
K i - r
STRUCTURAL Jeffrey W. Pitzer
ENGINEER TX LIC #87023
E OF
:7023
S �ONAL E�
END OF DOCUMENT 00 01 07
Page 1 of 1 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas TOC
Division Section Title
AIA PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING DOCUMENTS
AIA DOCUMENT A101 — 2007 STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR
AIA DOCUMENT A201 — 2007 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
AIA DOCUMENT A310 — 2010 BID BOND
AIA DOCUMENT A701 — 1997 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING DOCUMENTS GROUP
DIVISION 00 - PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS
00 10 13 GENERAL INFORMATION
00 11 13 ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS
00 21 13 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
00 22 13 SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
00 25 13 PREBID MEETINGS
00 41 13 BID FORM
00 43 73 PROPOSED SCHEDULE OF VALUES FORM
SPECIFICATIONS GROUP
General Requirements Subgroup
DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
01 10 00 SUMMARY
01 26 00 CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
01 29 00 PAYMENT PROCEDURES
01 31 00 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION
01 32 00 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
01 42 00 REFERENCES
01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
01 73 00 EXECUTION
01 77 00 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
01 78 23 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
01 78 39 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
01 79 00 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas TOC
Facility Construction Subgroup
DIVISION 02 - EXISTING CONDITIONS
02 41 19 SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION
DIVISION 03 - CONCRETE
03 30 00 CAST - IN - PLACE CONCRETE
DIVISION 05 - METALS
05 12 00 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING
05 31 00 STEEL DECKING
05 40 00 COLD - FORMED METAL FRAMING
05 50 00 METAL FABRICATIONS
05 75 10 PERFORATED METAL PANELS
DIVISION 06 - WOOD, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES
06 10 53 MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY
DIVISION 07 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
07 62 00 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM
07 92 00 JOINT SEALANTS
DIVISION 09 - FINISHES
09 91 13 EXTERIOR PAINTING
DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT
11 61 23 FOLDING AND PORTABLE STAGES (ALTERNATE)
Facility Services Subgroup
DIVISION 26 - ELECTRICAL
26 01 00 BASIC ELECTRICAL
26 02 00 TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSORS
END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS
DELORIS "BOBBIE" PRINCE, MAYOR STEPHEN FITZGIBBONS
HAROLD L. DOUCET, SR., MAYOR PRO TEM CITY MANAGER
Enemy
COUNCIL MEMBERS: City o f SHERRI BELLARD
RAYMOND SCOTT, JR.
I l ACTING CITY SECRETARY
ELIZABETH "LIZ" SEGLER �--= -
MORRIS ALBRIGHT, III o T t T t h id T VAL TIZENO
JOHN BEARD, JR. CITY ATTORNEY
ROBERT E. `BOB" WILLIAMSON Texas
DERRICK FREEMAN
KERRY "TWIN" THOMAS
GENERAL INFORMATION:
NOTE: It is extremely important that the Vendor, Bidder, and/or Contractor furnish the City of Port
Arthur the required information specified in Bid or Proposal Specifications listed in this Bid Package.
All bids meeting the intent of this request for bid will be considered for award. BIDDERS TAKING
EXCEPTION TO THE SPECIFICATIONS, OR OFFERING SUBSTITUTIONS, SHALL STATE THESE
EXCEPTIONS BY ATTACHMENT AS PART OF THE BID. The absence of such a list shall indicate that the
bidder has not taken exceptions and the City shall hold the bidder responsible to perform in strict accordance
with the specifications of the invitation. The City reserves the right to accept any and all or none of the
exception(s) /substitutions(s) deemed to be in the best interest of the City of Port Arthur.
ALTERING BIDS: Bids cannot be altered or amended after submission deadline. Any interlineations,
alteration, or erasure made before opening time must be initialed by the signer of the bid, guaranteeing
authenticity.
BID AWARD: The City of Port Arthur will review all bids for responsiveness and compliance with these
specifications. The award shall be made to the responsive, responsible bidder who submits the best value bid.
The City reserves the right to:
1. Reject any and all bids and to make no award if it deems such action to be in its best interest.
2. Award bids on the lump sum or unit price basis, whichever is in the best interest of the City.
3. Reject any or all bids and to waive informalities or defects in bids or to accept such bids as it shall deem
to be in the best interests of the City.
4. Award bids to bidders whose principal place of business is in the City of Port Arthur and whose bid is
within 5% of the lowest bid price, as provided by Section 271.905 of the Texas Government Code.
TERMINOLOGY: "Bid" vs. "Proposal " - -For the purpose of this ITB, the terms "Bid" and Proposal" shall be
equivalent.
Bidders are cautioned to read the information contained in this ITB carefully and to submit a complete response
to all requirements and questions as directed.
CONFLICT OF INTEREST: No public official shall have interest in this contract, in accordance with
Vernon's Texas Code Annotated, Local Government Code Title 5, Subtitle C, Chapter 171.
ETHICS: The bidder shall not offer or accept gifts or anything of value nor enter into any business
arrangement with any employee, official or agent of the City of Port Arthur.
Purchasing Division /Finance Department 1 Purchasing Manager, Shawna Tubbs, CPPB
P.O. Box 10891444 4th Street' Port Arthur, Texas 776411 409.983.8160 1Fax 409.983.8291
MINIMUM STANDARDS FOR RESPONSIBLE PROSPECTIVE BIDDERS: A prospective bidder must
affirmatively demonstrate bidder's responsibility. A prospective bidder must meet the following requirements:
1. Be able to comply with the required or proposed delivery schedule.
2. Have a satisfactory record of performance.
3. Have a satisfactory record of integrity and ethics.
4. Be otherwise qualified and eligible to receive an award.
5. Be engaged in a full time business and can assume liabilities for any performance or warranty service
required.
6. The City Council shall not award a contract to a company that is in arrears in its obligations to the City.
7. No payments shall be made to any person of public monies under any contract by the City with such
person until such person has paid all obligations and debts owed to the City, or has made satisfactory
arrangements to pay the same.
ADDENDA: Any interpretations, corrections or changes to the ITB and Specifications will be made by
addenda. Sole issuing authority of addenda shall be vested in the City of Port Arthur Purchasing Manager. The
City assumes no responsibility for the bidder's failure to obtain and/or properly submit any addendum. Failure
to acknowledge and submit any addendum may be cause for the bid to be rejected. It is the vendor' s
responsibility to check for any addendums that might have been issued before bid closing date and time.
PORT ARTHUR PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSINESS: Any bona fide business that claims the City of Port
Arthur as its principal place of business must have an official business address (office location and office
personnel) in Port Arthur, the principal storage place or facility for the equipment shall be in Port Arthur and/or
the place of domicile for the principal business owner(s) shall be in Port Arthur or such other definition or
interpretation as is provided by state law. Contractors outside the City of Port Arthur are allowed to bid.
PRICES: The bidder should show in the proposal both the unit price and total amount, where required, of each
item listed. In the event of error or discrepancy in the mathematics, the unit price shall prevail.
PURCHASE ORDER: A purchase order(s) shall be generated by the City of Port Arthur to the successful
bidder. The purchase order number must appear on all itemized invoices.
INVOICES: All invoices shall be mailed directly to the City of Port Arthur, Attn.: EDC, P.O. Box 1089, Port
Arthur, Texas 77641.
PAYMENT: Payment will be made upon receipt of the original invoice and the acceptance of the goods or
services by the City of Port Arthur, in accordance with the State of Texas Prompt Payment Act, Article 601f
V.T.C.S. The City's standard payment terms are net 30, i.e. payment is due 30 days from the date of the
invoice.
SALES TAX: The City of Port Arthur is exempt by law from payment of Texas Sales Tax and Federal Excise
Tax; therefore the proposal shall not include Sales Tax.
VENUE: This agreement will be governed and construed according to the laws of the State of Texas. This
agreement is performable in Port Arthur, Texas, Jefferson County.
COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS: The Contractor shall comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules,
orders, regulations and codes of the federal, state and local governments relating to performance of work herein.
INTEREST OF MEMBERS OF CITY: No member of the governing body of the City, and no other officer,
employee or agent of the City who exercises any functions or responsibilities in connection with the planning
Page 2 of 5
and carrying out of the program, shall have any personal financial interest, direct or indirect, in this Contract;
and, the Contractor shall take appropriate steps to assure compliance.
DELINQUENT PAYMENTS DUE CITY: The City of Port Arthur Code of Ordinances prohibits the City
from granting any license, privilege or paying money to any -one owing delinquent taxes, paving assessments or
any money to the City until such debts are paid or until satisfactory arrangements for payment has been made.
Bidders must complete and sign the AFFIDAVIT included as part of this ITB.
QUANTITIES: Quantities shown are estimated, based on projected use. It is specifically understood and
agreed that these quantities are approximate and any additional quantities will be paid for at the quoted price. It
is further understood that the contractor shall not have any claim against the City of Port Arthur for quantities
less than the estimated amount.
SHIPPING INFORMATION: All bids are to be F.O.B., City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, TX 77640
INCORPORATION OF PROVISIONS REQUIRED BY LAW: Each provision and clause required by law
to be inserted into the Contract shall be deemed to be enacted herein and the Contract shall be read and enforced
as though each were included herein. If, through mistake or otherwise, any such provision is not inserted or is
not correctly inserted the Contract shall be amended to make such insertion on application by either party.
CONTRACTOR'S OBLIGATIONS: The Contractor shall and will, in good workmanlike manner, perform all
work and furnish all supplies and materials, machinery, equipment, facilities and means, except as herein
otherwise expressly specified, necessary or proper to perform and complete all the work required by this
Contract, in accordance with the provisions of this Contract and said specifications.
The apparent silence of these specifications as to any detail or to the apparent omission from it of a detailed
description concerning any point shall be regarded as meaning that only the best commercial practices are to
prevail.
While the purpose of the specifications is to indicate minimum requirements in the way of capability,
performance, construction, and other details, its use is not intended to deprive the City of Port Arthur the option
of selecting goods which may be considered more suitable for the purpose involved.
In the event of conflicts between the written bid proposal and information obtained verbally, the vendor is
specifically advised that the written bid proposal will prevail in the determination of the successful bidder.
Under the Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, no person shall, on the grounds of race, color, or national
origin, be excluded from participation in, be denied the benefits of, or be subjected to discrimination under any
program or activity receiving Federal financial assistance.
TERMINATION FOR CAUSE: If, through any cause, the Contractor shall fail to fulfill in a timely and
proper manner his obligations under this contract, or if the Contractor shall violate any of the covenants,
agreements or stipulations of this contract, the City shall thereupon have the right to terminate this contract by
giving written notice to the Contractor of such termination and specifying the effective date thereof, at least
fifteen (15) days before the effective date of such termination. Notwithstanding the above, the Contractor shall
not be relieved of liability to the City for damages sustained by the City by virtue of any breach of the contract
by the Contractor, and the City may withhold any payments to the Contractor for the purpose of set -off until
such time as the exact amount of damages due the City from the Contractor is determined.
TERMINATION FOR CONVENIENCE: The City may terminate this contract at any time giving at least
thirty (30) days notice in writing to the Contractor. If the Contract is terminated by the City as provided herein,
Page 3 of 5
the Contractor will be paid for the service that it has performed up to the termination date. If this contract is
terminated due to fault of the Contractor, the previous paragraph hereof relative to termination shall apply.
RELEASES AND RECEIPTS: The City of Port Arthur before making payments may require the Contractor
to furnish releases or receipts for any or all persons performing work and supplying material or service to the
Contractor, or any sub - contractors for work under this contract, if this is deemed necessary to protect its
interests.
CARE OF WORK: The Contractor shall be responsible for all damages to person or property that occurs as a
result of his fault or negligence in connection with the work performed until completion and final acceptance by
the City.
SUB - CONTRACTS: The Contractor shall not execute an agreement with any sub - contractor or permit any
sub- contractor to perform any work included in this Contract until he has received from the City of Port Arthur
written approval of such agreement.
INSURANCE: All insurance must be written by an insurer licensed to conduct business in the State of Texas,
unless otherwise permitted by Owner. The Contract shall, at his own expense, purchase, maintain and keep in
force insurance that will protect against injury and/or damages which may arise out of or result from operations
under this contract, whether the operations be by himself or by any subcontractor or by anyone directly or
indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, of the following
types and limits
1. Standard Worker's Compensation Insurance:
2. Commercial General Liability occurrence type insurance City of Port Arthur, its officers, agents,
and employees must be named as an additional insured):
a. Bodily injury $500,000 single limit per occurrence or $500,000 each
person/$500,000 per occurrence for contracts of $100,000 or less; or
Bodily injury $1,000,000 single limit per occurrence or $500,000 each
person /$1,000,000 per occurrence for contracts in excess of $100,000; and,
b. Property Damage $100,000 per occurrence regardless of contract amount; and,
c. Minimum aggregate policy year limit of $1,000,000 for contracts of
$100,000 or less; or, Minimum aggregate policy year limit of $2,000,000
for contracts in excess of $100,000.
3. Commercial Automobile Liability Insurance (Including owned, non -owned and hired vehicles
coverage's).
a. Minimum combined single limit of $500,000 per occurrence, for bodily
injury and property damage.
b. If individual limits are provided, minimum limits are $300,000 per person, $500,000 per
occurrence for bodily injury and $100,000 per occurrence for property damage.
Contractor shall cause Contractor's insurance company or insurance agent to fill in all information required
(including names of insurance agency, contractor and insurance companies, and policy numbers, effective dates
and expiration dates) and to date and sign and do all other things necessary to complete and make into valid
Page 4of5
certificates of insurance and pertaining to the above listed items, and before commencing any of the work and
within the time otherwise specified, Contractor shall file completed certificates of insurance with the Owner.
None of the provisions in said certificate of insurance should be altered or modified in any respect except as
herein expressly authorized. Said CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE Form should contain a provision that
coverage afforded under the policies will not be altered, modified or canceled unless at least fifteen (15) days
prior written notice has been given to the City of Port Arthur. Contractor shall also file with the City of Port
Arthur valid CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE on like form from or for all Subcontractors and showing the
Subcontractor (s) as the Insured. Said completed CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE Form (s) shall in any event
be filed with the City of Port Arthur not more than ten (10) days after execution of this Contract.
NOTICE TO PROCEED: Notice to Proceed shall be issued within ten (10) days of the execution of the
Contract by OWNER. Should there be any reasons why Notice to Proceed cannot be issued within such period,
the time may be extended by mutual agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR.
CELL PHONE OR PAGER: The Contractor must have a working cell phone or pager available Monday
through Friday from 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. so that the City will be able to contact the contractor.
BID SECURITY AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES: Bids shall be accompanied by a bid guarantee of not
less than five percent (5 %) of the amount of the total bid which shall be a Certified Check or Cashier's check
payable without recourse to the City of Port Arthur, or a bid bond with corporate surety authorized to conduct
business in Texas. Said security shall be submitted with the understanding that it shall guarantee that the Bidder
will not withdraw his bid within thirty (30) days after the date of the opening of the bids; that if a bid is
accepted, the bidder will enter into a formal Contract with the OWNER, furnish bonds and insurance as may be
required and commence work at the specified time, and that in the event of the withdrawal of said bid within
said period, or the failure to enter into said Contract, furnish said bonds and insurance and commence work
within the time specified, the Bidder shall be liable to the OWNER for the difference between the amount
specified in the bid in the amount for which the OWNER may otherwise procure the required work. Checks of
all except the three lowest responsible Bidders will be returned when award is made; when the Contract is
executed, the checks of the two remaining unsuccessful bidders will be returned; that of the successful Bidder
be returned when formal Contract, bonds and insurance are approved, and work has commenced within the time
specified.
PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND REQUIREMENTS: Per Government Code Chapter 2253.
Bonds. If the contract exceeds fifty thousand dollars ($50,000) a payment bond is required. If the contract
exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000) a performance bond is required. Performance and Payment
Bonds shall be furnished on prescribed forms in the amount of one hundred percent (100 %) of the contract price
with corporate surety duly authorized to do business in the State of Texas. Attorneys -in -fact who sign Bonds
must file with each bond a certified and effective date copy of their Power of Attorney.
II
Page 5 of 5
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas
DOCUMENT 00 11 13 - ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS
1.1 PROJECT INFORMATION
A. Notice to Bidders: bidders may submit bids for project as described in this Document.
Submit bids according to the Instructions to Bidders.
1. Regulatory Requirements: City of Port Arthur shall govern submittal, opening,
and award of bids.
B. Project Identification: Pavilion Renovation.
1. Project Location: Procter Street and Waco Avenue, Port Arthur, Texas 77641.
C. Owner: City of Port Arthur Texas.
1. Owner's Representative: City of Port Arthur, 444 4 Street, Port Arthur, Texas
77640; Port Arthur Economic Development Corporation, 4173 39 Street, Port
Arthur, Texas 77642
D. Architect: URS Corporation, 10550 Richmond Avenue, Houston, Texas 77042.
E. Project Description: Project consists of general re- cladding of existing structure to
include structural steel, CFMF studs, plaster and decorative lighting.
1. Project cost range is anticipated to be under $450,000.00.
F. Construction Contract: Bids will be received for the following Work:
1. General Contract (all trades).
a. General Building Construction.
b. Electrical Construction.
1.2 BID SUBMITTAL AND OPENING
A. Owner will receive sealed lump sum bids until the bid time and date at the location
given below. Owner will consider bids prepared in compliance with the Instructions to
Bidders issued by Owner, and delivered as follows:
1. Bid Date: <day >, <date >.
2. Bid Time: <time >, local time.
3. Location: City of Port Arthur, 444 4 Street, 4 Floor, Port Arthur, Texas 77640;
Attention: City Secretary
B. Bids will be thereafter publicly opened and read aloud at <time> on <day >, <date> in
the City Council Chambers, 5 Floor, City Hall, Port Arthur, Texas
Page 1 of 2 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas
1.3 BID SECURITY
A. Bid security shall be submitted with each bid in the amount of 5 percent of the bid
amount. No bids may be withdrawn for a period of 60 days after opening of bids.
Owner reserves the right to reject any and all bids and to waive informalities and
irregularities.
1.4 PREBID MEETING
A. Prebid Meeting: See Document 002513 "Prebid Meetings."
B. Prebid Meeting: A Prebid meeting for all bidders will be held at City of Port Arthur, 444
4 Street, 5 Floor conference room, Port Arthur, Texas 77640 on <day >, <date> at
<time >, local time. Prospective prime bidders are required to attend.
1. Bidders' Questions: Architect will receive bidders question in writing only during
the bidding period.
1.5 DOCUMENTS
A. Printed Procurement and Contracting Documents: Obtain on <date >, by contacting
Triangle Blue Print Co. in Beaumont, Texas, B &E Reprographics, Inc. in Houston,
Texas and reviewed at AGC in Houston and Beaumont. Documents will be provided to
prime bidders only; only complete sets of documents will be issued.
1. Contractor is responsible for all costs associated with printing their on sets.
B. Online Procurement and Contracting Documents: Electronic copies available from
Architect (dan.wardropPurs.com, billy.ferrellPurs.com ).
C. Viewing Procurement and Contracting Documents: Examine after <date >, at the
locations below:
1. AGC plan rooms in Houston and Beaumont.
1.6 TIME OF COMPLETION AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
A. Successful bidder shall begin the Work on receipt of the Notice to Proceed and shall
complete the Work within the Contract Time. Work is subject to liquidated damages.
1.7 NOTIFICATION
A. This Advertisement for Bids document is issued by Clifton Williams, City of Port Arthur.
END OF DOCUMENT 00 11 13
Page 2 of 2 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas
DOCUMENT 00 21 13 - INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
1.1 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
A. AIA Document A701, "Instructions to Bidders," is hereby incorporated into the
Procurement and Contracting Requirements by reference.
1. A copy of AIA Document A701, "Instructions to Bidders," is bound in this Project
Manual.
END OF DOCUMENT 00 21 13
Page 1 of 1 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas
DOCUMENT 00 22 13 - SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
1.1 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
A. Instructions to Bidders for Project consist of the following:
1. AIA Document A701, "Instructions to Bidders. "," a copy of which is bound in this
Project Manual.
2. The following Supplementary Instructions to Bidders that modify and add to the
requirements of the Instructions to Bidders.
1.2 SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS, GENERAL
A. The following supplements modify AIA Document A701, "Instructions to Bidders."
Where a portion of the Instructions to Bidders is modified or deleted by these
Supplementary Instructions to Bidders, unaltered portions of the Instructions to Bidders
shall remain in effect.
1.3 ARTICLE 1 - DEFINITIONS
A. NOT USED.
1.4 ARTICLE 2 - BIDDER'S REPRESENTATIONS
A. Add Section 2.1.3.1:
1. 2.1.3.1 - The Bidder has investigated all required fees, permits, and regulatory
requirements of authorities having jurisdiction and has properly included in the
submitted bid the cost of such fees, permits, and requirements not otherwise
indicated as provided by Owner.
B. Add Section 2.1.5:
1. 2.1.5 - The Bidder is a properly licensed Contractor according to the laws and
regulations of State of Texas and meets qualifications indicated in the
Procurement and Contracting Documents.
C. Add Section 2.1.6:
1. 2.1.6 - The Bidder has incorporated into the Bid adequate sums for work
performed by installers whose qualifications meet those indicated in the
Procurement and Contracting Documents.
Page 1 of 5 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas
1.5 ARTICLE 3 - BIDDING DOCUMENTS
A. 3.2 - Interpretation or Correction of Procurement and Contracting Documents:
P 9
1. Add Section 3.2.2.1:
a. 3.2.2.1 - Submit Bidder's Requests for Interpretation using form bound in
the Project Manual.
B. 3.4 - Addenda:
1. Delete Section 3.4.3 and replace with the following:
a. 3.4.3 - Addenda may be issued at any time prior to the receipt of bids.
2. Add Section 3.4.4.1:
a. 3.4.4.1 - Owner may elect to waive the requirement for acknowledging
receipt of 3.4.4 Addenda as follows:
1) 3.4.4.1.1 - Information received as part of the Bid indicates that the
Bid, as submitted, reflects modifications to the Procurement and
Contracting Documents included in an unacknowledged Addendum.
2) 3.4.4.1.2 - Modifications to the Procurement and Contracting
Documents in an unacknowledged Addendum do not, in the opinion
of Owner, affect the Contract Sum or Contract Time.
1.6 ARTICLE 4 - BIDDING PROCEDURES
A. 4.1 - Preparation of Bids:
1. Add Section 4.1.1.1:
a. 4.1.1.1 - Printable electronic Bid Forms and related documents are
available from Architect.
2. Add Section 4.1.8:
a. 4.1.8 - The Bid shall include unit prices when called for by the Procurement
and Contracting Documents. Owner may elect to consider unit prices in
the determination of award. Unit prices will be incorporated into the
Contract.
3. Add Section 4.1.9:
a. 4.1.9 - Owner may elect to disqualify a bid due to failure to submit a bid in
the form requested, failure to bid requested alternates or unit prices, failure
to complete entries in all blanks in the Bid Form, or inclusion by the Bidder
of any alternates, conditions, limitations or provisions not called for.
4. Add Section 4.1.10:
Page 2 of 5 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas
a. 4.1.10 - Bids shall include sales and use taxes. Contractors shall show
separately with each monthly payment application the sales and use taxes
paid by them and their subcontractors in the form indicated.
Reimbursement of sales and use taxes, if any, shall be applied for by
Owner for the sole benefit of Owner.
5. Add Section 4.1.11:
a. 4.1.11 - Bids shall exclude any contingency allowance.
B. 4.3 - Submission of Bids:
1. Add Section 4.3.1.2:
a. 4.3.1.2 - Include Bidder's Contractor License Number applicable in Project
jurisdiction on the face of the sealed bid envelope.
C. 4.5 - Break -Out Pricing Bid Supplement:
1. Add Section 4.5:
a. 4.5 - Provide detailed cost breakdowns no later than two business days
following Architect's request.
D. 4.6 - Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Manufacturers List Bid Supplement:
1. Add Section 4.6:
a. 4.6 - Provide list of major subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturers
furnishing or installing products no later than Six days beyond bid date.
Provide a list of likely subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturers
providing work no later than Six days beyond bid date. Do not change
subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturers from those submitted without
approval of Architect.
1.7 ARTICLE 5 - CONSIDERATION OF BIDS
A. 5.2 - Rejection of Bids:
1. Add Section 5.2.1:
a. 5.2.1 - Owner reserves the right to reject a bid based on Owner's and
Architect's evaluation of qualification information submitted following
opening of bids. Owner's evaluation of the Bidder's qualifications will
include: status of licensure and record of compliance with licensing
requirements, record of quality of completed work, record of Project
completion and ability to complete, record of financial management
including financial resources available to complete Project and record of
timely payment of obligations, record of Project site management including
compliance with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction, record of
and number of current claims and disputes and the status of their
Page 3 of 5 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas
resolution, and qualifications of the Bidder's proposed Project staff and
proposed subcontractors.
B. 5.3 — Acceptance of Bid (Award):
1. Delete Section 5.3.1 and replace with the following:
a. 5.3.1 — Owner will review all bids for responsiveness and compliance with
these specifications. Owner reserves the right to award on the basis of the
Lowest and Best Bid in accordance with the laws of Texas, to waive any
formality or irregularity, and /or to reject any or all bids.
1.8 ARTICLE 6 - POSTBID INFORMATION
A. 6.1 - Contractor's Qualification Statement:
1. Add Section 6.1.1:
a. 6.1.1 — To be included with bids.
1.9 ARTICLE 7 - PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND
A. 7.1 - Bond Requirements:
1. Add Section 7.1.1.1:
a. 7.1.1.1 - Both a Performance Bond and a Payment Bond will be required,
each in an amount equal to 100 percent of the Contract Sum.
B. 7.2 - Time of Delivery and Form of Bonds:
1. Delete the first sentence of Section 7.2.1 and insert the following:
a. The Bidder shall deliver the required bonds to Owner no later than the date
of the Notice to Proceed. Owner may deem the failure of the Bidder to
deliver required bonds within the period of time allowed a default.
2. Delete Section 7.2.3 and insert the following:
a. 7.2.3 - Bonds shall be executed and be in force on the date of the
execution of the Contract.
1.10 ARTICLE 8 - FORM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR
A. AIA document A -101
Page 4 of 5 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas
1.11 ARTICLE 9 - EXECUTION OF THE CONTRACT
A. Add Article 9:
1. 9.1.1 - Subsequent to the Notice of Intent to Award, and within 10 days after the
prescribed Form of Agreement is presented to the Awardee for signature, the
Awardee shall execute and deliver the Agreement to Owner in such number of
counterparts as Owner may require.
2. 9.1.2 - Owner may deem as a default the failure of the Awardee to execute the
Contract and to supply the required bonds when the Agreement is presented for
signature within the period of time allowed.
3. 9.1.3 - Unless otherwise indicated in the Procurement and Contracting
Documents or the executed Agreement, the date of commencement of the Work
shall be the date of the executed Agreement or the date that the Bidder is
obligated to deliver the executed Agreement and required bonds to Owner.
4. 9.1.4 - In the event of a default, Owner may declare the amount of the Bid
security forfeited and elect to either award the Contract to the next responsible
bidder or re- advertise for bids.
END OF DOCUMENT 00 22 13
Page 5 of 5 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas
DOCUMENT 00 25 13 - PREBID MEETINGS
1.1 PREBID MEETING
A. Owner Architect will conduct a Prebid meeting as indicated below:
1. Meeting Date: <day >, <date >.
2. Meeting Time: <time >, local time.
3. Location: 444 4 Street, 5th floor conference room, Port Arthur, Texas 77640
B. Attendance:
1. Prime Bidders: Attendance at Prebid meeting is <mandatory >.
2. Subcontractors: Attendance at Prebid meeting is recommended.
3. Notice: Bids will only be accepted from prime bidders represented on Prebid
Meeting sign -in sheet.
C. Bidder Questions: Submit written questions to the architect.
D. Agenda: Prebid meeting agenda will include review of topics that may affect proper
preparation and submittal of bids, including the following:
1. Procurement and Contracting Requirements:
a. Advertisement for Bids.
b. Instructions to Bidders.
c. Bidder Qualifications.
d. Bonding.
e. Insurance.
f. Bid Security.
g. Bid Form and Attachments.
h. Bid Submittal Requirements.
i. Bid Submittal Checklist.
j. Notice of Award.
k. Notice to Proceed.
2. Communication during Bidding Period:
a. Obtaining documents.
b. Access to Project Web site.
c. Bidder's Requests for Information.
d. Bidder's Substitution Request/Prior Approval Request.
e. Addenda.
3. Contracting Requirements:
a. Agreement.
b. The General Conditions.
c. The Supplementary Conditions.
Page 1 of 2 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas
d. Other Owner requirements.
4. Construction Documents:
a. Scopes of Work.
b. Temporary Facilities.
c. Use of Site.
d. Work Restrictions.
e. Alternates, Allowances, and Unit Prices.
f. Substitutions following award.
5. Separate Contracts:
a. Work by Owner.
b. Work of Other Contracts.
6. Schedule:
a. Project Schedule.
b. Contract Time.
c. Liquidated Damages.
d. Other Bidder Questions.
7. Site /facility visit or walkthrough.
8. Post - Meeting Addendum.
E. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting meeting will record and distribute meeting
minutes to attendees and others known by the issuing office to have received a
complete set of Procurement and Contracting Documents. Minutes of meeting are
issued as Available Information and do not constitute a modification to the
Procurement and Contracting Documents. Modifications to the Procurement and
Contracting Documents are issued by written Addendum only.
1. Sign -in Sheet: Minutes will include list of meeting attendees.
2. List of Planholders: Minutes will include list of planholders.
END OF DOCUMENT 00 25 13
Page 2 of 2 02/08/2012
CITY OF PORT ARTHUR, TEXAS
BID SHEET
BID FOR: Port Arthur Pavilion Facility Improvements
BID DUE DATE: <date>
Description Cost
Base Bid in words
Work will be completed in calendar days
Alternates
1. Deduct Price for removing the stage from the base bid (subtract) $
2. Deduct LED marquee screens from the building (wiring connections to remain)
(subtract) $
3. Deduct exterior lighting from the Pavilion Facades that face Waco and Austin Streets (wiring connections to
remain)
(subtract) $
COMPANY NAME STREET ADDRESS
SIGNATURE OF BIDDER P.O. BOX
PRINT OR TYPE NAME CITY STATE ZIP
TITLE AREA CODE TELEPHONE NO
EMAIL FAX NO.
BID OPENING DATE: October 15, 2011
CITY OF PORT ARTHUR
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDER
Bidders are requested to furnish their complete REMIT TO ADDRESS and
TAX IDENTIFICATION NUMBER as indicated below:
REMIT PAYMENT TO:
COMPANY
ADDRESS
CITY /STATE /ZIP
SEND PURCHASE ORDER TO:
COMPANY
ADDRESS
CITY /STATE /ZIP
TAX IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
AFFIDAVIT
All pages in Offeror's Responses containing statements, letters, etc., shall be signed by a duly authorized officer
of the company whose signature is binding.
The undersigned offers and agrees to one of the following:
I hereby certify that I do not have outstanding debts with the City of Port Arthur. I further agree to pay
succeeding debts as they become due.
I hereby certify that I do have outstanding debts with the City of Port Arthur and agree to pay said
debts prior to execution of this agreement. I further agree to pay succeeding debts as they become due.
I hereby certify that I do have outstanding debts with the City of Port Arthur and agree to enter into an
agreement for the payment of said debts. I further agree to pay succeeding debts as they become due.
Firm Name Date
Authorized Signature Title
Name (please print) Telephone
Email
STATE:
COUNTY:
SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN to before me by the above named
on this the day of , 20
Notary Public
RETURN THIS AFFIDAVIT AS PART OF THE BID PROPOSAL
CONFLICT OF INTEREST QUESTIONNAIRE FORM CIQ
For Vendor or other person doing business with local governmental entity
This questionnaire reflects changes made to the law by H.B. 1491, 80 Leg., Regular Session.
This questionnaire is being filed in accordance with Chapter 176, Local Government Code by a person who has a business relationship
as defined by Section 176.001 (1 -a) with a local governmental entity and the person meets requirements under Section 176.006 (a).
By law this questionnaire must be filed with the records administrator of the local governmental entity not later than the 7 business
day after the date the person becomes aware of facts that require the statement to be filed. See Section 176.006, Local Government
Code.
A person commits an offense if the person knowingly violates Section 176.006, Local Government Code. An offense under this
section is a Class C misdemeanor.
1. Name of person who has a business relationship with local governmental entity.
2. Check this box if you are filing an update to a previously filed questionnaire.
(The law requires that you file an updated completed questionnaire with the appropriate filing authority not later than
7 business day after the date the originally filed questionnaire becomes incomplete or inaccurate.)
3. Name of a local government officer with whom filer has employment or business relationship.
Name of Officer
This section (item 3 including subparts A, B, C, & D) must be completed for each officer with whom the filer has an employment
or other business relationship as defined by Section 176.001 (1 -a), Local Government Code. Attach additional pages to this Form
CIQ as necessary.
A. Is the local government officer named in this section receiving or likely to receive taxable income, other than investment
income, from the filer of the questionnaire?
Yes No
B. Is the filer of the questionnaire receiving or likely to receive taxable income, other than investment income, from or at the
direction of the local government officer named in this section AND the taxable income is not received from the local
governmental entity?
Yes No
C. Is the filer of this questionnaire employed by a corporation or other business entity with respect to which the local government
Officer serves as an officer or director, or holds an ownership of 10 percent or more?
Yes No
D. Describe each employment or business relationship with the local government officer named in this section.
4.
Signature of person doing business with the governmental entity Date
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas
DOCUMENT 00 43 73 - PROPOSED SCHEDULE OF VALUES FORM
1.1 BID FORM SUPPLEMENT
A. A completed Proposed Schedule of Values form is required to be attached to the Bid
Form.
1.2 PROPOSED SCHEDULE OF VALUES FORM
A. Proposed Schedule of Values Form: Provide a breakdown of the bid amount, including
alternates, in enough detail to facilitate continued evaluation of bid. Coordinate with
the Project Manual table of contents. Provide multiple line items for principal material
and subcontract amounts in excess of five percent of the Contract Sum.
B. Arrange schedule of values consistent with format of AIA Document G703.
1. Copies of AIA standard forms may be obtained from the American Institute of
Architects; http: / /www.aia.org /contractdocs /purchase /index.htm;
docspurchases@aia.org; (800) 942 -7732.
END OF DOCUMENT 00 43 73
Page 1 of 1 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas
DOCUMENT 00 43 93 - BID SUBMITTAL CHECKLIST
1.1 BID INFORMATION
A. Bidder:
B. Prime Contract: •
C. Project Name: Port Arthur Pavilion Renovations
D. Project Location: Procter Street at Waco and Austin Avenues
E. Owner: City of Port Arthur
F. Owner Project Number: TBD
G. Architect: URS Corporation
H. Architect Project Number: 25014370
I. Construction Manager: N/A
1.2 BIDDER'S CHECKLIST
A. In an effort to assist the Bidder in properly completing all documentation required, the
following checklist is provided for the Bidder's convenience. The Bidder is solely
responsible for verifying compliance with bid submittal requirements.
B. Attach this completed checklist to the outside of the Submittal envelope.
❑ Used the Bid Form provided in the Project Manual.
❑ Prepared the Bid Form as required by the Instructions to Bidders.
❑ Attached to the Bid Form: Proposed Schedule of Values Form.
❑ Attached to the Bid Form: <Insert name of Bid Form supplement >.
❑ Attached to the Bid Form: Bid Bond OR a certified check for the amount required.
❑ Bid envelope shows name and address of the Bidder.
❑ Bid envelope shows the Bidder's Contractor's License Number.
❑ Bid envelope shows name of Project being bid.
❑ Bid envelope shows name of Prime Contract being bid, if applicable.
❑ Bid envelope shows time and day of Bid Opening.
❑
Verified that the Bidder can provide executed Performance Bond and Labor and
Material Bond.
❑
Verified that the Bidder can provide Certificates of Insurance in the amounts
indicated.
Page 1 of 2 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas
END OF DOCUMENT 00 43 93
II
Page 2 of 2 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 01 10 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas SUMMARY
SECTION 01 10 00 - SUMMARY
PART1- GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Project information.
2. Work covered by Contract Documents.
3. Work by Owner.
4. Purchase contracts.
5. Owner - furnished products.
6. Contractor - furnished, Owner - installed products.
7. Access to site.
8. Work restrictions.
9. Specification and drawing conventions.
10. Miscellaneous provisions.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 01 50 00 "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for limitations and
procedures governing temporary use of Owner's facilities.
1.3 PROJECT INFORMATION
A. Project Identification: Pavilion Renovation
1. Project Location: Procter Street and Waco Avenue, Port Arthur, Texas 77641
B. Owner: City of Port Arthur Texas
1. Owner's Representative: City of Port Arthur, 444 4 Street, Port Arthur, Texas
77640; Port Arthur Economic Development Corporation, 4173 39 Street, Port
Arthur, Texas 77642
C. Architect: URS Corporation, 10550 Richmond Avenue, Houston, Texas, 77042.
D. Architect's Consultants: The Architect has retained the following design professionals
who have prepared designated portions of the Contract Documents:
Page 1 of 3 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 01 10 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas SUMMARY
1. Structural Engineer: URS Corporation, 10550 Richmond Avenue, Houston,
Texas 77042.
1.4 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
A. The Work of Project is defined by the Contract Documents and consists of the
following:
1. Renovation of downtown pavilion to include structural steel, CFMF, plaster and
decorative lighting.
B. Type of Contract:
1. Project will be constructed under a single prime contract.
1.5 WORK BY OWNER
A. General: Cooperate fully with Owner so work may be carried out smoothly, without
interfering with or delaying work under this Contract or work by Owner. Coordinate the
Work of this Contract with work performed by Owner.
1.6 ACCESS TO SITE
A. General: Contractor shall have full use of Project site for construction operations
during construction period. Contractor's use of Project site is limited only by Owner's
right to perform work or to retain other contractors on portions of Project.
B. General: Contractor shall have limited use of Project site for construction operations
as indicated on Drawings by the Contract limits and as indicated by requirements of
this Section.
to work in areas indicated. Do not disturb portions
C. Use of Site: Limit use of Project site p
U �
of Project site beyond areas in which the Work is indicated.
1. Limits: Limit site disturbance, including earthwork and clearing of vegetation, to
40 feet beyond building perimeter; 10 feet beyond surface walkways, patios,
surface parking, and utilities less than 12 inches in diameter; 15 feet beyond
primary roadway curbs and main utility branch trenches; and 25 feet beyond
constructed areas with permeable surfaces (such as pervious paving areas,
stormwater detention facilities, and playing fields) that require additional staging
areas in order to limit compaction in the constructed area.
2. Driveways, Walkways and Entrances: Keep driveways loading areas, and
entrances serving premises clear and available to Owner, Owner's employees,
and emergency vehicles at all times. Do not use these areas for parking or
storage of materials.
a. Schedule deliveries to minimize use of driveways and entrances by
construction operations.
Page 2 of 3 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 01 10 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas SUMMARY
b. Schedule deliveries to minimize space and time requirements for storage of
materials and equipment on -site.
D. Condition of Existing Building: Repair damage caused by construction operations.
1.7 WORK RESTRICTIONS
1. TBD
1.8 SPECIFICATION AND DRAWING CONVENTIONS
A. Specification Content: The Specifications use certain conventions for the style of
language and the intended meaning of certain terms, words, and phrases when used in
particular situations. These conventions are as follows:
Iin language are sed in
1. Imperative mood and streamlined ed a guage a e he u t
Specifications. The words "shall," "shall be," or "shall comply with," depending
on the context, are implied where a colon (:) is used within a sentence or phrase.
2. Specification requirements are to be performed by Contractor unless specifically
stated otherwise.
B. Division 01 General Requirements: Requirements of Sections in Division 01 apply to
the Work of all Sections in the Specifications.
C. Drawing Coordination: Requirements for materials and products identified on
Drawings are described in detail in the Specifications. One or more of the following are
used on Drawings to identify materials and products:
1. Terminology: Materials and products are identified by the typical generic terms
used in the individual Specifications Sections.
2. Abbreviations: Materials and products are identified by abbreviations published
as part of the U.S. National CAD Standard and scheduled on Drawings.
3. Keynoting: Materials and products are identified by reference keynotes
referencing Specification Section numbers found in this Project Manual.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01 10 00
Page 3 of 3 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 01 26 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
SECTION 0126 00 - CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for handling and
processing Contract modifications.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 01 25 00 "Substitution Procedures" for administrative procedures for
handling requests for substitutions made after the Contract award.
1.3 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK
A. Architect will issue supplemental instructions authorizing minor changes in the Work,
not involving adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time, on
AIA Document G710, "Architect's Supplemental Instructions."
1.4 PROPOSAL REQUESTS
A. Owner - Initiated Proposal Requests: Architect will issue a detailed description of
proposed changes in the Work that may require adjustment to the Contract Sum or the
Contract Time. If necessary, the description will include supplemental or revised
Drawings and Specifications.
1. Work Change Proposal Requests issued by Architect are not instructions either
to stop work in progress or to execute the proposed change.
2. Within time specified in Proposal Request or 20 days, when not otherwise
specified, after receipt of Proposal Request, submit a quotation estimating cost
adjustments to the Contract Sum and the Contract Time necessary to execute
the change.
a. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs,
with total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested,
furnish survey data to substantiate quantities.
b. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts
of trade discounts.
c. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change.
Page 1 of 3 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 01 26 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
d. Include an updated Contractor's construction schedule that indicates the
effect of the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity
duration, start and finish times, and activity relationship. Use available total
float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time.
e. Quotation Form: Use CSI Form 13.6D, "Proposal Worksheet Summary,"
and Form 13.6C, "Proposal Worksheet Detail."
B. Contractor - Initiated Proposals: If latent or changed conditions require modifications to
the Contract, Contractor may initiate a claim by submitting a request for a change to
Architect.
1. Include a statement outlining reasons for the change and the effect of the change
on the Work. Provide a complete description of the proposed change. Indicate
the effect of the proposed change on the Contract Sum and the Contract Time.
2. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with
total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey
data to substantiate quantities.
3. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of
trade discounts.
4. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change.
5. Include an updated Contractor's construction schedule that indicates the effect of
the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and
finish times, and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting
an extension of the Contract Time.
6. Comply with requirements in Section 01 25 00 "Substitution Procedures" if the
proposed change requires substitution of one product or system for product or
system specified.
7. Proposal Request Form: Use CSI Form 13.6A, "Change Order Request •
(Proposal)," with attachments CSI Form 13.6D, "Proposal Worksheet Summary,"
and Form 13.6C, "Proposal Worksheet Detail."
1.5 ADMINISTRATIVE CHANGE ORDERS
A. Allowance Adjustment: See Section 01 21 00 "Allowances" for administrative
procedures for preparation of Change Order Proposal for adjusting the Contract Sum
to reflect actual costs of allowances.
B. Unit -Price Adjustment: See Section 01 22 00 "Unit Prices" for administrative
procedures for preparation of Change Order Proposal for adjusting the Contract Sum
to reflect measured scope of unit -price work.
1.6 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES
A. On Owner's approval of a Work Changes Proposal Request, Architect will issue a
Change Order for signatures of Owner and Contractor on AIA Document G701.
Page 2 of 3 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 01 26 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
1.7 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE
A. Change Directive: Architect may issue a Change Directive on AIA Document G714.
Change Directive instructs Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work, for
subsequent inclusion in a Change Order.
1. Change Directive contains a complete description of change in the Work. It also
designates method to be followed to determine change in the Contract Sum or
the Contract Time.
B. Documentation: Maintain detailed records on a time and material basis of work
required by the Change Directive.
1. After completion of change, submit an itemized account and supporting data
necessary to substantiate cost and time adjustments to the Contract.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01 26 00
Page 3 of 3 02/08/2012
{
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 01 78 23
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
SECTION 01 78 23 - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for preparing operation
and maintenance manuals, including the following:
1. Operation and maintenance documentation directory.
2. Emergency manuals.
3. Operation manuals for systems, subsystems, and equipment.
4. Product maintenance manuals.
5. Systems and equipment maintenance manuals.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 01 33 00 "Submittal Procedures" for submitting copies of submittals for
operation and maintenance manuals.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. System: An organized collection of parts, equipment, or subsystems united by regular
interaction.
B. Subsystem: A portion of a system with characteristics similar to a system.
1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Manual Content: Operations and maintenance manual content is specified in individual
Specification Sections to be reviewed at the time of Section submittals. Submit
reviewed manual content formatted and organized as required by this Section.
1. Architect will comment on whether content of operations and maintenance
submittals are acceptable.
B. Final Manual Submittal: Submit each manual in final form prior to requesting
inspection for Substantial Completion and at least 15 days before commencing
demonstration and training. Architect will return copy with comments.
Page 1 of 6 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 01 78 23
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
1. Correct or revise each manual to comply with Architect's comments. Submit
copies of each corrected manual within 15 days of receipt of Architect's
comments and prior to commencing demonstration and training.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTATION DIRECTORY
A. Directory: Prepare a single, comprehensive directory of emergency, operation, and
maintenance data and materials, listing items and their location to facilitate ready
access to desired information. Include a section in the directory for each of the
following:
1. List of documents.
2. List of systems.
3. List of equipment.
4. Table of contents.
B. List of Systems and Subsystems: List systems alphabetically. Include references to
• operation and maintenance manuals that contain information about each system.
C. List of Equipment: List equipment for each system, organized alphabetically by
system. For pieces of equipment not part of system, list alphabetically in separate list.
D. Tables of Contents: Include a table of contents for each emergency, operation, and
maintenance manual.
2.2 OPERATION MANUALS
A. Content: In addition to requirements in this Section, include operation data required in
individual Specification Sections and the following information:
1. System, subsystem, and equipment descriptions. Use designations for systems
and equipment indicated on Contract Documents.
2. Operating standards.
3. Operating procedures.
4. Operating logs.
5. Wiring diagrams.
6. Control diagrams.
7. Piped system diagrams.
8. Precautions against improper use.
9. License requirements including inspection and renewal dates.
B. Descriptions: Include the following:
1. Product name and model number. Use designations for products indicated on
Contract Documents.
2. Manufacturer's name.
Page 2 of 6 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 01 78 23
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
3. Equipment identification with serial number of each component.
4. Equipment function.
5. Operating characteristics.
6. Limiting conditions.
7. Complete nomenclature and number of replacement parts.
C. Operating Procedures: Include the following, as applicable:
1. Startup procedures.
2. Equipment or system break -in procedures.
3. Routine and normal operating instructions.
4. Special operating instructions and procedures.
D. Systems and Equipment Controls: Describe the sequence of operation, and diagram
controls as installed.
2.3 PRODUCT MAINTENANCE MANUALS
A. Content: Organize manual into a separate section for each product, material, and
finish. Include source information, product information, maintenance procedures,
repair materials and sources, and warranties and bonds, as described below.
B. Source Information: List each product included in manual, identified by product name
and arranged to match manual's table of contents. For each product, list name,
address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent,
and cross - reference Specification Section number and title in Project Manual and
drawing or schedule designation or identifier where applicable.
C. Product Information: Include the following, as applicable:
1. Product name and model number.
2. Manufacturer's name.
3. Color, pattern, and texture.
4. Material and chemical composition.
5. Reordering information for specially manufactured products.
D. Maintenance Procedures: Include manufacturer's written recommendations and the
following:
1. Inspection procedures.
2. Types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning.
3. List of cleaning agents and methods of cleaning detrimental to product.
4. Schedule for routine cleaning and maintenance.
5. Repair instructions.
E. Repair Materials and Sources: Include lists of materials and local sources of materials
and related services.
F. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of
circumstances and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds.
Page 3 of 6 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 01 78 23
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
1. Include procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty claims.
2.4 SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE MANUALS
A. Content: For each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system,
include source information, manufacturers' maintenance documentation, maintenance
procedures, maintenance and service schedules, spare parts list and source
information, maintenance service contracts, and warranty and bond information, as
described below.
B. Source Information: List each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment included in
manual, identified by product name and arranged to match manual's table of contents.
For each product, list name, address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier and
maintenance service agent, and cross - reference Specification Section number and title
in Project Manual and drawing or schedule designation or identifier where applicable.
C. Manufacturers' Maintenance Documentation: Manufacturers' maintenance
documentation including the following information for each component part or piece of
equipment:
1. Standard maintenance instructions and bulletins.
2. Drawings, diagrams, and instructions required for maintenance, including
disassembly and component removal, replacement, and assembly.
3. Identification and nomenclature of parts and components.
4. List of items recommended to be stocked as spare parts.
D. Maintenance Procedures: Include the following information and items that detail
essential maintenance procedures:
1. Test and inspection instructions.
2. Troubleshooting guide.
3. Precautions against improper maintenance.
4. Disassembly; component removal, repair, and replacement; and reassembly
instructions.
5. Aligning, adjusting, and checking instructions.
6. Demonstration and training video recording, if available.
E. Maintenance and Service Schedules: Include service and lubrication requirements, list
of required lubricants for equipment, and separate schedules for preventive and routine
maintenance and service with standard time allotment.
F. Spare Paris List and Source Information: Include lists of replacement and repair parts,
with parts identified and cross - referenced to manufacturers' maintenance
documentation and local sources of maintenance materials and related services.
G. Maintenance Service Contracts: Include copies of maintenance agreements with
name and telephone number of service agent.
H. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of
circumstances and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds.
Page 4 of 6 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 01 78 23
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
1. Include procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty claims.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 MANUAL PREPARATION
A. Operation and Maintenance Documentation Directory: Prepare a separate manual that
provides an organized reference to emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals.
B. Emergency Manual: Assemble a complete set of emergency information indicating
procedures for use by emergency personnel and by Owner's operating personnel for
types of emergencies indicated.
C. Product Maintenance Manual: Assemble a complete set of maintenance data
indicating care and maintenance of each product, material, and finish incorporated into
the Work.
D. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Assemble a complete set of operation and
maintenance data indicating operation and maintenance of each system, subsystem,
and piece of equipment not part of a system.
1. Engage a factory- authorized service representative to assemble and prepare
m and piece of equipment not
information for each system, subsystem, a d p e part of a p
system.
2. Prepare a separate manual for each system and subsystem, in the form of an
instructional manual for use by Owner's operating personnel.
E. Manufacturers' Data: Where manuals contain manufacturers' standard printed data,
include only sheets pertinent to product or component installed. Mark each sheet to
identify each product or component incorporated into the Work. If data include more
than one item in a tabular format, identify each item using appropriate references from
the Contract Documents. Identify data applicable to the Work and delete references to
information not applicable.
1. Prepare supplementary text if manufacturers' standard printed data are not
available and where the information is necessary proper for er operation and
P
maintenance of equipment or systems.
F. Drawings: Prepare drawings supplementing manufacturers' printed data to illustrate
the relationship component com onent P arts of equipment and systems and to illustrate control
sequence and flow diagrams. Coordinate these drawings with information contained in
record Drawings to ensure correct illustration of completed installation.
1. Do not use original project record documents as part of operation and
maintenance manuals.
2. Comply with requirements of newly prepared record Drawings in
Section 01 78 39 "Project Record Documents."
Page 5 of 6 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 01 78 23
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
G. Comply with Section 01 77 00 "Closeout Procedures" for schedule for submitting
operation and maintenance documentation.
END OF SECTION 01 78 23
•
Page 6 of 6 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 01 78 39
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
SECTION 01 78 39 - PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for project record
documents, including the following:
1. Record Drawings.
2. Record Specifications.
3. Record Product Data.
4. Miscellaneous record submittals.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 01 77 00 "Closeout Procedures" for general closeout procedures.
2. Section 01 78 23 "Operation and Maintenance Data" for operation and
maintenance manual requirements.
1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Record Drawings: Comply with the following:
1. Number of Copies: Submit one set(s) of marked -up record prints.
2. Number of Copies: Submit copies of record Drawings as follows:
a. Initial Submittal:
1) Submit one paper -copy set(s) of marked -up record prints.
2) Submit PDF electronic files of scanned record prints and one of file
prints.
3) Architect will indicate whether general scope of changes, additional
information recorded, and quality of drafting are acceptable.
b. Final Submittal:
1) Submit one paper -copy set(s) of marked -up record prints.
2) Submit PDF electronic files of scanned record prints and one set(s)
of prints.
Page 1 of 4 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 01 78 39
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
3) Print each drawing, whether or not changes and additional
information were recorded.
B. Record Specifications: Submit annotated PDF electronic files of Project's
Specifications, including addenda and contract modifications.
C. Record Product Data: Submit annotated PDF electronic files and directories of each
submittal.
1. Where record Product Data are required as part of operation and maintenance
manuals, submit duplicate marked -up Product Data as a component of manual.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 RECORD DRAWINGS
A. Record Prints: Maintain one set of marked -up paper copies of the Contract Drawings
and Shop Drawings, incorporating new and revised drawings as modifications are
issued.
1. Preparation: Mark record prints to show the actual installation where installation
varies from that shown originally. Require individual or entity who obtained
record data, whether individual or entity is Installer, subcontractor, or similar
entity, to provide information for preparation of corresponding marked -up record
prints.
a. Give particular attention to information on concealed elements that would
be difficult to identify or measure and record later.
b. Accurately record information in an acceptable drawing technique.
c. Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it.
d. Record and check the markup before enclosing concealed installations.
e. Cross - reference record prints to corresponding archive photographic
documentation.
2. Content: Types of items requiring marking include, but are not limited to, the
following:
a. Dimensional changes to Drawings.
b. Revisions to details shown on Drawings.
c. Depths of foundations below first floor.
d. Locations and depths of underground utilities.
e. Revisions to routing of piping and conduits.
f. Revisions to electrical circuitry.
g. Actual equipment locations.
h. Duct size and routing.
i. Locations of concealed internal utilities.
j. Changes made by Change Order or Construction Change Directive.
k. Changes made following Architect's written orders.
I. Details not on the original Contract Drawings.
Page 2 of 4 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 01 78 39
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
m. Field records for variable and concealed conditions.
n. Record information on the Work that is shown only schematically.
3. Mark the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings completely and accurately. Use
personnel proficient at recording graphic information in production of marked -up
record prints.
4. Mark record sets with erasable, red - colored pencil. Use other colors to
distinguish between changes for different categories of the Work at same
location.
5. Mark important additional information that was either shown schematically or
omitted from original Drawings.
6. Note Construction Change Directive numbers, alternate numbers, Change Order
numbers, and similar identification, where applicable.
B. Format: Identify and date each record Drawing; include the designation "PROJECT
RECORD DRAWING" in a prominent location.
1. Record Prints: Organize record prints and newly prepared record Drawings into
manageable sets. Bind each set with durable paper cover sheets. Include
identification on cover sheets.
2. Format: Annotated PDF electronic file with comment function enabled.
3. Record Digital Data Files: Organize digital data information into separate
electronic files that correspond to each sheet of the Contract Drawings. Name
each file with the sheet identification. Include identification in each digital data
file.
4. Identification: As follows:
a. Project name.
b. Date.
c. Designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWINGS."
d. Name of Architect.
e. Name of Contractor.
2.2 RECORD SPECIFICATIONS
A. Preparation: Mark Specifications to indicate the actual product installation where
installation varies from that indicated in Specifications, addenda, and contract
modifications.
B. Format: Submit record Specifications as scanned PDF electronic file(s) of marked -up
paper copy of Specifications.
Page 3 of 4 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 01 78 39
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 RECORDING AND MAINTENANCE
A. Recording: Maintain one copy of each submittal during the construction period for
project record document purposes. Post changes and revisions to project record
documents as they occur; do not wait until end of Project.
B. Maintenance of Record Documents and Samples: Store record documents and
Samples in the field office apart from the Contract Documents used for construction.
Do not use project record documents for construction purposes. Maintain record
documents in good order and in a clean, dry, legible condition, protected from
deterioration and loss. Provide access to project record documents for Architect's
reference during normal working hours.
END OF SECTION 01 78 39
Page 4 of 4 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 01 79 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING
SECTION 01 79 00 - DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for instructing Owner's
personnel, including the following:
1. Demonstration of operation of systems, subsystems, and equipment.
2. Training in operation and maintenance of systems, subsystems, and equipment.
1.3 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate instruction schedule with Owner's operations. Adjust schedule as required
to minimize disrupting Owner's operations and to ensure availability of Owner's
personnel.
B. Coordinate instructors, including providing notification of dates, times, length of
instruction time, and course content.
C. Coordinate content of training modules with content of approved operation, and
maintenance manuals. Do not submit instruction program until operation and
maintenance data has been reviewed and approved by Architect.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 INSTRUCTION PROGRAM
A. Training Modules: For each module, include instruction for the following as applicable
to the system, equipment, or component:
1. Basis of System Design, Operational Requirements, and Criteria: Include the
following:
a. System, subsystem, and equipment descriptions.
b. Performance and design criteria if Contractor is delegated design
responsibility.
c. Operating standards.
Page 1 of 3 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 01 79 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING
d. Regulatory requirements.
e. Equipment function.
f. Operating characteristics.
.g. Limiting conditions.
h. Performance curves.
2. Documentation: Review the following items in detail:
a. Operations manuals.
b. Maintenance manuals.
c. Warranties and bonds.
d. Maintenance service agreements and similar continuing commitments.
3. Emergencies: Include the following, as applicable:
a. Instructions on meaning of warnings, trouble indications, and error
messages.
b. Instructions on stopping.
c. Shutdown instructions for each type of emergency.
d. Operating instructions for conditions outside of normal operating limits.
e. Sequences for electric or electronic systems.
f. Special operating instructions and procedures.
4. Operations: Include the following, as applicable:
a. Startup procedures.
b. Equipment or system break -in procedures.
c. Routine and normal operating instructions.
d. Regulation and control procedures.
e. Control sequences.
f. Safety procedures.
g. Instructions on stopping.
h. Normal shutdown instructions.
in procedures for emer
i. Operating emergencies.
g
j. Operating procedures for system, subsystem, or equipment failure.
k. Seasonal and weekend operating instructions.
I. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems.
m. Special operating instructions and procedures.
5. Adjustments: Include the following:
a. Alignments.
b. Checking adjustments.
c. Noise and vibration adjustments.
d. Economy and efficiency adjustments.
6. Troubleshooting: Include the following:
a. Diagnostic instructions.
b. Test and inspection procedures.
Page 2 of 3 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 01 79 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING
7. Maintenance: Include the following:
a. Inspection procedures.
b. Types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning.
c. List of cleaning agents and methods of cleaning detrimental to product.
d. Procedures for routine cleaning
e. Procedures for preventive maintenance.
f. Procedures for routine maintenance.
g. Instruction on use of special tools.
8. Repairs: Include the following:
a. Diagnosis instructions.
b. Repair instructions.
c. Disassembly; component removal, repair, and replacement; and
reassembly instructions.
d. Instructions for identifying parts and components.
e. Review of spare parts needed for operation and maintenance.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Assemble educational materials necessary for instruction, including documentation and
training module. Assemble training modules into a training manual organized in
coordination with requirements in Section 01 78 23 "Operation and Maintenance Data."
B. Set up instructional equipment at instruction location.
3.2 INSTRUCTION
A. Engage qualified instructors to instruct Owner's personnel to adjust, operate, and
maintain systems, subsystems, and equipment not part of a system.
B. Scheduling: Provide instruction at mutually agreed on times. For equipment that
requires seasonal operation, provide similar instruction at start of each season.
1. Schedule training with Owner with at least seven days' advance notice.
C. Training Location and Reference Material: Conduct training on -site in the completed
and fully operational facility using the actual equipment in- place. Conduct training
using final operation and maintenance data submittals.
D. Cleanup: Collect used and leftover educational materials and give to Owner. Remove
instructional equipment. Restore systems and equipment to condition existing before
initial training use.
END OF SECTION 01 79 00.
Page 3 of 3 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 01 29 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas PAYMENT PROCEDURES
SECTION 01 29 00 - PAYMENT PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements necessary to prepare and
process Applications for Payment.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 01 26 00 "Contract Modification Procedures" for administrative
procedures for handling changes to the Contract.
2. Section 01 32 00 "Construction Progress Documentation" for administrative
requirements governing the preparation and submittal of the Contractor's
construction schedule.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Schedule of Values: A statement furnished by Contractor allocating portions of the
Contract Sum to various portions of the Work and used as the basis for reviewing
Contractor's Applications for Payment.
1.4 SCHEDULE OF VALUES
A. Coordination: Coordinate preparation of the schedule of values with preparation of
Contractor's construction schedule.
1. Coordinate line items in the schedule of values with other required administrative
forms and schedules, including the following:
a. Application for Payment forms with continuation sheets.
b. Submittal schedule.
c. Items required to be indicated as separate activities in Contractor's
construction schedule.
2. Submit the schedule of values to Architect at earliest possible date, but no later
than seven days before the date scheduled for submittal of initial Applications for
Payment.
Page 1 of 5 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 01 29 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas PAYMENT PROCEDURES
B. Format and Content: Use Project Manual table of contents as a guide to establish line
items for the schedule of values. Provide at least one line item for each Specification
Section.
1. Identification: Include the following Project identification on the schedule of
values:
a. Project name and location.
b. Name of Architect.
c. Architect's project number.
d. Contractor's name and address.
e. Date of submittal.
2. Arrange schedule of values consistent with format of AIA Document G703.
3. Arrange the schedule of values in tabular form with separate columns to indicate
the following for each item listed:
a. Related Specification Section or Division.
b. Description of the Work.
c. Name of subcontractor.
d. Name of manufacturer or fabricator.
e. Name of supplier.
f. Change Orders (numbers) that affect value.
g. Dollar value of the following, as a percentage of the Contract Sum to
nearest one - hundredth percent, adjusted to total 100 percent.
1) Labor.
2) Materials.
3) Equipment.
4. Provide a breakdown of the Contract Sum in enough detail to facilitate continued
evaluation of Applications for Payment and progress reports. Coordinate with
Project Manual table of contents. Provide multiple line items for principal
subcontract amounts in excess of five percent of the Contract Sum.
5. Round amounts to nearest whole dollar; total shall equal the Contract Sum.
6. Provide a separate line item in the schedule of values for each part of the Work
where Applications for Payment may include materials or equipment purchased
or fabricated and stored, but not yet installed.
a. Differentiate between items stored on -site and items stored off -site. If
required, include evidence of insurance.
7. Schedule Updating: Update and resubmit the schedule of values before the next
Applications for Payment when Change Orders or Construction Change
Directives result in a change in the Contract Sum.
Page 2 of 5 02/08/2012
l _
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 01 29 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas PAYMENT PROCEDURES
1.5 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT
A. Each Application for Payment following the initial Application for Payment shall be
consistent with previous applications and payments as certified by Architect and paid
for by Owner.
1. Initial Application for Payment, Application for Payment at time of Substantial
Completion, and final Application for Payment involve additional requirements.
B. Payment Application Times: Submit Application for Payment to Architect by the 3 day
of the month. The period covered by each Application for Payment is one month,
ending on the last day of the month.
1. Submit draft copy of Application for Payment seven days prior to due date for
review by Architect.
C. Application for Payment Forms: Use forms acceptable to Architect and Owner for
Applications for Payment. Submit forms for approval with initial submittal of schedule
of values.
D. Application Preparation: Complete every entry on form. Notarize and execute by a
person authorized to sign legal documents on behalf of Contractor. Architect will return
incomplete applications without action.
1. Entries shall match data on the schedule of values and Contractor's construction
schedule. Use updated schedules if revisions were made.
2. Include amounts for work completed following previous Application for Payment,
whether or not payment has been received. Include only amounts for work
completed at time of Application for Payment.
3. Include amounts of Change Orders and Construction Change Directives issued
before last day of construction period covered by application.
4. Indicate separate amounts for work being carried out under Owner - requested
project acceleration.
E. Stored Materials: Include in Application for Payment amounts applied for materials or
equipment purchased or fabricated and stored, but not yet installed. Differentiate
between items stored on -site and items stored off -site.
1. Provide certificate of insurance, evidence of transfer of title to Owner, and
consent of surety to payment, for stored materials.
2. Provide supporting documentation that verifies amount requested, such as paid
invoices. Match amount requested with amounts indicated on documentation; do
not include overhead and profit on stored materials.
3. Provide summary documentation for stored materials indicating the following:
a. Value of materials previously stored and remaining stored as of date of
previous Applications for Payment.
b. Value of previously stored materials put in place after date of previous
Application for Payment and on or before date of current Application for
Payment.
Page 3 of 5 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 01 29 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas PAYMENT PROCEDURES
c. Value of materials stored since date of previous Application for Payment
and remaining stored as of date of current Application for Payment.
F. Transmittal: Submit three signed and notarized original copies of each Application for
Payment to Architect by a method ensuring receipt within 24 hours. One copy shall
include waivers of lien and similar attachments if required.
1. Transmit each copy with a transmittal form listing attachments and recording
appropriate information about application.
G. Waivers of Mechanic's Lien: With each Application for Payment, submit waivers of
mechanic's liens from subcontractors, sub - subcontractors, and suppliers for
construction period covered by the previous application.
1. Submit partial waivers on each item for amount requested in previous
application, after deduction for retainage, on each item.
2. When an application shows completion of an item, submit conditional final or full
waivers.
3. Owner reserves the right to designate which entities involved in the Work must
submit waivers.
4. Submit final Application for Payment with or preceded by conditional final waivers
from every entity involved with performance of the Work covered by the
application who is lawfully entitled to a lien.
5. Waiver Forms: Submit executed waivers of lien on forms, acceptable to Owner.
H. Initial Application for Payment: Administrative actions and submittals that must
precede or coincide with submittal of first Application for Payment include the following:
1. List of subcontractors.
2. Schedule of values.
3. Contractor's construction schedule (preliminary if not final).
4. Products list (preliminary if not final).
5. Schedule of unit prices.
6. Submittal schedule (preliminary if not final).
7. List of Contractor's staff assignments.
8. List of Contractor's principal consultants.
9. Copies of building permits.
10. Copies of authorizations and licenses from authorities having jurisdiction for
performance of the Work.
11. Initial progress report.
12. Report of preconstruction conference.
I. Application for Payment at Substantial Completion: After Architect issues the
Certificate of Substantial Completion, submit an Application for Payment showing 100
percent completion for portion of the Work claimed as substantially complete.
1. Include documentation supporting claim that the Work is substantially complete
and a statement showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum.
2. This application shall reflect Certificate(s) of Substantial Completion issued
previously for Owner occupancy of designated portions of the Work.
Page 4 of 5 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 01 29 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas PAYMENT PROCEDURES
J. Final Payment Application: After completing Project closeout requirements, submit
final Application for Payment with releases and supporting documentation not
previously submitted and accepted, including, but not limited, to the following:
1. Evidence of completion of Project closeout requirements.
2. Insurance certificates for products and completed operations where required and
proof that taxes, fees, and similar obligations were paid.
3. Updated final statement, accounting for final changes to the Contract Sum.
4. AIA Document G706, "Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims."
5. AIA Document 0706A, "Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens."
6. AIA Document G707, "Consent of Surety to Final Payment."
7. Evidence that claims have been settled.
8. Final meter readings for utilities, a measured record of stored fuel, and similar
data as of date of Substantial Completion or when Owner took possession of and
assumed responsibility for corresponding elements of the Work.
9. Final liquidated damages settlement statement.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01 29 00
Page 5 of 5 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 01 31 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION
SECTION 01 31 00 - PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative provisions for coordinating construction operations on
Project including, but not limited to, the following:
1. General coordination procedures.
2. Requests for Information (RFIs).
3. Project meetings.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 01 32 00 "Construction Progress Documentation" for preparing and
submitting Contractor's construction schedule.
2. Section 01 73 00 "Execution" for procedures for coordinating general installation
and field- engineering services, including establishment of benchmarks and
control points.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. RFI: Request from Owner, Architect, or Contractor seeking information required by or
clarifications of the Contract Documents.
1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Subcontract List: Prepare a written summary identifying individuals or firms proposed
for each portion of the Work, including those who are to furnish products or equipment
fabricated to a special design. Include the following information in tabular form:
1. Name, address, and telephone number of entity performing subcontract or
supplying products.
1.5 GENERAL COORDINATION PROCEDURES
A. Coordination: Coordinate construction operations included in different Sections of the
Specifications to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work.
Page 1 of 6 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 01 31 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION
Coordinate construction operations, included in different Sections, that depend on each
other for proper installation, connection, and operation.
1. Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain the best results
where installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other
components, before or after its own installation.
2. Coordinate installation of different components to ensure maximum performance
and accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair.
3. Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation.
1.6 REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION (RFIs)
A. General: Immediately on discovery of the need for additional information or
interpretation of the Contract Documents, Contractor shall prepare and submit an RFI
in the form specified.
1. Architect will return RFIs submitted to Architect by other entities controlled by
Contractor with no response.
2. Coordinate and submit RFIs in a prompt manner so as to avoid delays in
Contractor's work or work of subcontractors.
B. Content of the RFI: Include a detailed, legible description of item needing information
or interpretation and the following:
1. Project name.
2. Project number.
3. Date.
4. Name of Contractor.
5. Name of Architect.
6. RFI number, numbered sequentially.
7. RFI subject.
8. Specification Section number and title and related paragraphs, as appropriate.
9. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate.
10. Field dimensions and conditions, as appropriate.
11. Contractor's suggested resolution. If Contractor's suggested resolution impacts
the Contract Time or the Contract Sum, Contractor shall state impact in the RFI.
12. Contractor's signature.
13. Attachments: Include sketches, descriptions, measurements, photos, Product
Data, Shop Drawings, coordination drawings, and other information necessary to
fully describe items needing interpretation.
a. Include dimensions, thicknesses, structural grid references, and details of
affected materials, assemblies, and attachments on attached sketches.
C. RFI Forms: Software - generated form with substantially the same content as indicated
above, acceptable to Architect.
1. Attachments shall be electronic files in Adobe Acrobat PDF format.
Page 2 of 6 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 01 32 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
B. Activities: Treat each story or separate area as a separate numbered activity for each
main element of the Work. Comply with the following:
1. Activity Duration: Define activities so no activity is longer than 20 days, unless
specifically allowed by Architect.
2. Submittal Review Time: Include review and resubmittal times indicated in
Section 01 33 00 "Submittal Procedures" in schedule. Coordinate submittal
review times in Contractor's construction schedule with submittal schedule.
3. Startup and Testing Time: Include no fewer than 15 days for startup and testing.
4. Substantial Completion: Indicate completion in advance of date established for
Substantial Completion, and allow time for Architect's administrative procedures
necessary for certification of Substantial Completion.
5. Punch List and Final Completion: Include not more than 30 days for completion
of punch list items and final completion.
C. Milestones: Include milestones indicated in the Contract Documents in schedule,
including, but not limited to, the Notice to Proceed, Substantial Completion, and final
completion.
D. Upcoming Work Summary: Prepare summary report indicating activities scheduled to
occur or commence prior to submittal of next schedule update. Summarize the
following issues:
1. Unresolved issues.
2. Unanswered Requests for Information.
3. Rejected or unreturned submittals.
4. Notations on returned submittals.
5. Pending modifications affecting the Work and Contract Time.
2.2 STARTUP CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
A. Bar -Chart Schedule: Submit startup, horizontal, bar -chart-type construction schedule
within 7 days of date established for commencement of the Work.
B. Preparation: Indicate each significant construction activity separately. Identify first
workday of each week with a continuous vertical line. Outline significant construction
activities for first 90 days of construction. Include skeleton diagram for the remainder
of the Work and a cash requirement prediction based on indicated activities.
2.3 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE (GANTT CHART)
A. Gantt -Chart Schedule: Submit a comprehensive, fully developed, horizontal, Gantt -
chart -type, Contractor's construction schedule within 30 days of date established for
commencement of the Work. Base schedule on the startup construction schedule and
additional information received since the start of Project.
B. Preparation: Indicate each significant construction activity separately. Identify first
workday of each week with a continuous vertical line.
Page 3 of 4 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 01 32 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION
1. For construction activities that require three months or longer to complete,
indicate an estimated completion percentage in 10 percent increments within
time bar.
2.4 REPORTS
A. Site Condition Reports: Immediately on discovery of a difference between site
conditions and the Contract Documents, prepare and submit a detailed report. Submit
with a Request for Information. Include a detailed description of the differing
conditions, together with recommendations for changing the Contract Documents.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
A. Contractor's Construction Schedule Updating: At monthly intervals, update schedule to
reflect actual construction progress and activities. Issue schedule one week before
each regularly scheduled progress meeting.
1. As the Work progresses, indicate final completion percentage for each activity.
B. Distribution: Distribute copies of approved schedule to Architect, Construction
Manager, Owner, separate contractors, testing and inspecting agencies, and other
parties identified by Contractor with a need -to -know schedule responsibility.
•
END OF SECTION 01 32 00
Page 4 of 4 02/08/2012
•
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 01 33 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
SECTION 01 33 00 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes requirements for the submittal schedule and administrative and
procedural requirements for submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, and
other submittals.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 01 29 00 "Payment Procedures" for submitting Applications for Payment
and the schedule of values.
2. Section 01 32 00 "Construction Progress Documentation" for submitting
schedules and reports, including Contractor's construction schedule.
3. Section 01 78 23 "Operation and Maintenance Data" for submitting operation and
maintenance manuals.
4. Section 01 78 39 "Project Record Documents" for submitting record Drawings,
record Specifications, and record Product Data.
5. Section 01 79 00 "Demonstration and Training" for submitting video recordings of
demonstration of equipment and training of Owner's personnel.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Action Submittals: Written and graphic information and physical samples that require
Architect's responsive action. Action submittals are those submittals indicated in
individual Specification Sections as "action submittals."
B. Informational Submittals: Written and graphic information and physical samples that
do not require Architect's responsive action. Submittals may be rejected for not
complying with requirements. Informational submittals are those submittals indicated
in individual Specification Sections as "informational submittals."
C. File Transfer Protocol (FTP): Communications protocol that enables transfer of files to
and from another computer over a network and that serves as the basis for standard
Internet protocols. An FTP site is a portion of a network located outside of network
firewalls within which internal and external users are able to access files.
Page 1 of 8 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 01 33 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
D. Portable Document Format (PDF): An open standard file format licensed by Adobe
Systems used for representing documents in a device - independent and display
resolution- independent fixed - layout document format.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Submittal Schedule: Submit a schedule of submittals, arranged in chronological order
by dates required by construction schedule. Include time required for review, ordering,
manufacturing, fabrication, and delivery when establishing dates. Include additional
time required for making corrections or revisions to submittals noted by Architect and
additional time for handling and reviewing submittals required by those corrections.
1. Coordinate submittal schedule with list of subcontracts, the schedule of values,
and Contractor's construction schedule.
1.5 SUBMITTAL ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Architect's Digital Data Files: Electronic digital data files of the Contract Drawings will
be provided by Architect for Contractor's use in preparing submittals.
1. Architect will furnish Contractor one set of digital data drawing files of the
Contract Drawings for use in preparing Shop Drawings and Project record
drawings.
a. Architect makes no representations as to the accuracy or completeness of
digital data drawing files as they relate to the Contract Drawings.
b. Digital Drawing Software Program: The Contract Drawings are available in
AutoCAD 2000.
c. Contractor shall execute a data licensing agreement in the form of
Agreement included in Project Manual.
d. The following digital data files will by furnished for each appropriate
discipline:
1) Floor plans.
2) Reflected ceiling plans.
B. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance
of construction activities.
1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other
submittals, and related activities that require sequential activity.
2. Submit all submittal items required for each Specification Section concurrently
unless partial submittals for portions of the Work are indicated on approved
submittal schedule.
3. Submit action submittals and informational submittals required by the same
Specification Section as separate packages under separate transmittals.
4. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related parts of the
Work so processing will not be delayed because of need to review submittals
concurrently for coordination.
Page 2 of 8 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 01 33 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
a. Architect reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring
coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received.
C. Processing Time: Allow time for submittal review, including time for resubmittals, as
follows. Time for review shall commence on Architect's receipt of submittal. No
extension of the Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit
submittals enough in advance of the Work to permit processing, including resubmittals.
1. Initial Review: Allow 15 days for initial review of each submittal. Allow additional
time if coordination with subsequent submittals is required. Architect will advise
Contractor when a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination.
2. Intermediate Review: If intermediate submittal is necessary, process it in same
manner as initial submittal.
3. Resubmittal Review: Allow 15 days for review of each resubmittal.
D. Electronic Submittals: Identify and incorporate information in each electronic submittal
file as follows:
1. Assemble complete submittal package into a single indexed file incorporating
submittal requirements of a single Specification Section and transmittal form with
links enabling navigation to each item.
2. Name file with submittal number or other unique identifier, including revision
identifier.
3. Provide means for insertion to permanently record Contractor's review and
approval markings and action taken by Architect.
4. Transmittal Form for Electronic Submittals: Use electronic form acceptable to
Owner, containing the following information as applicable:
a. Project name.
b. Date.
c. Name and address of Architect.
d. Name of Contractor.
e. Name of firm or entity that prepared submittal.
f. Names of subcontractor, manufacturer, and supplier.
g. Category and type of submittal.
h. Submittal purpose and description.
i. Specification Section number and title.
j. Specification paragraph number or drawing designation and generic name
for each of multiple items.
k. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate.
I. Location(s) where product is to be installed, as appropriate.
m. Related physical samples submitted directly.
n. Indication of full or partial submittal.
o. Transmittal number, numbered consecutively.
p. Submittal and transmittal distribution record.
q. Other necessary identification.
r. Remarks.
E. Options: Identify options requiring selection by Architect.
Page 3 of 8 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 01 33 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
F. Deviations and Additional Information: On an attached separate sheet, prepared on
Contractor's letterhead, record relevant information, requests for data, revisions other
than those requested by Architect on previous submittals, and deviations from
requirements in the Contract Documents, including minor variations and limitations.
Include same identification information as related submittal.
G. Resubmittals: Make resubmittals in same form and number of copies as initial
submittal.
1. Note date and content of previous submittal.
2. Note date and content of revision in label or title block and clearly indicate extent
of revision.
3. Resubmit submittals until they are marked with approval notation from Architect's
action stamp.
H. Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittals to manufacturers, subcontractors,
suppliers, fabricators, installers, authorities having jurisdiction, and others as necessary
for performance of construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms.
I. Use for Construction: Retain complete copies of submittals on Project site. Use only
final action submittals that are marked with approval notation from Architect's action
stamp.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
A. General Submittal Procedure Requirements: Prepare and submit submittals required
by individual Specification Sections. Types of submittals are indicated in individual
Specification Sections.
1. Submit electronic submittals via email as PDF electronic files.
a. Architect will return annotated file. Annotate and retain one copy of file as
an electronic Project record document file.
B. Product Data: Collect information into a single submittal for each element of
construction and type of product or equipment.
1. If information must be specially prepared for submittal because standard
published data are not suitable for use, submit as Shop Drawings, not as Product
Data.
2. Mark each copy of each submittal to show which products and options are
applicable.
3. Include the following information, as applicable:
a. Manufacturer's catalog cuts.
b. Manufacturer's product specifications.
c. Standard color charts.
Page 4 of 8 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 01 33 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
d. Statement of compliance with specified referenced standards.
e. Testing by recognized testing agency.
f. Application of testing agency labels and seals.
g. Notation of coordination requirements.
h. Availability and delivery time information.
4. For equipment, include the following in addition to the above, as applicable:
a. Wiring diagrams showing factory - installed wiring.
b. Printed performance curves.
c. Operational range diagrams.
d. Clearances required to other construction, if not indicated on
accompanying Shop Drawings.
5. Submit Product Data before or concurrent with Samples.
6. Submit Product Data in the following format:
a. PDF electronic file.
C. Shop Drawings: Prepare Project- specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Do
not base Shop Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard
printed data, unless submittal based on Architect's digital data drawing files is
otherwise permitted.
1. Preparation: Fully illustrate requirements in the Contract Documents. Include
the following information, as applicable:
a. Identification of products.
b. Schedules.
c. Compliance with specified standards.
d. Notation of coordination requirements.
e. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement.
f. Relationship and attachment to adjoining construction clearly indicated.
g. Seal and signature of professional engineer if specified.
2. Sheet Size: Except for templates, patterns, and similar full -size drawings, submit
Shop Drawings on sheets at least 8 -1/2 by 11 inches, but no larger than 30 by 42
inches.
3. Submit Shop Drawings in the following format:
a. PDF electronic file.
D. Samples: Submit Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture for a check of
these characteristics with other elements and for a comparison of these characteristics
between submittal and actual component as delivered and installed.
1. Transmit Samples that contain multiple, related components such as accessories
together in one submittal package.
2. Identification: Attach label on unexposed side of Samples that includes the
following:
Page 5 of 8 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 01 33 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
a. Generic description of Sample.
b. Product name and name of manufacturer.
c. Sample source.
d. Number and title of applicable Specification Section.
e. Specification paragraph number and generic name of each item.
3. For projects where electronic submittals are required, provide corresponding
electronic submittal of Sample transmittal, digital image file illustrating Sample
characteristics, and identification information for record.
4. Samples for Initial Selection: Submit manufacturer's color charts consisting of
units or sections of units showing the full range of colors, textures, and patterns
available.
a. Number of Samples: Submit one full set(s) of available choices where
color, pattern, texture, or similar characteristics are required to be selected
from manufacturer's product line. Architect will return submittal with
options selected.
5. Samples for Verification: Submit full -size units or Samples of size indicated,
prepared from same material to be used for the Work, cured and finished in
manner specified, and physically identical with material or product proposed for
use, and that show full range of color and texture variations expected. Samples
include, but are not limited to, the following: partial sections of manufactured or
fabricated components; small cuts or containers of materials; complete units of
repetitively used materials; swatches showing color, texture, and pattern; color
range sets; and components used for independent testing and inspection.
a. Number of Samples: Submit three sets of Samples. Architect will retain
two Sample sets; remainder will be returned. Mark up and retain one
returned Sample set as a project record sample.
1) Submit a single Sample where assembly details, workmanship,
fabrication techniques, connections, operation, and other similar
characteristics are to be demonstrated.
2) If variation in color, pattern, texture, or other characteristic is inherent
in material or product represented by a Sample, submit at least three
sets of paired units that show approximate limits of variations.
E. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Comply with requirements specified in
Section 01 32 00 "Construction Progress Documentation."
F. Application for Payment and Schedule of Values: Comply with requirements specified
in Section 01 29 00 "Payment Procedures."
G. Closeout Submittals and Maintenance Material Submittals: Comply with requirements
specified in Section 01 77 00 "Closeout Procedures."
H. Maintenance Data: Comply with requirements specified in Section 01 78 23 "Operation
and Maintenance Data."
Page 6 of 8 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 01 33 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
I. Qualification Data: Prepare written information that demonstrates capabilities and
experience of firm or person.
J. Welding Certificates: Prepare written certification that welding procedures and
personnel comply with requirements in the Contract Documents.
K. Installer Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying
that Installer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents and, where
required, is authorized by manufacturer for this specific Project.
L. Manufacturer Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead
certifying that manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents.
Include evidence of manufacturing experience where required.
M. Product Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying
that product complies with requirements in the Contract Documents.
N. Material Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying
that material complies with requirements in the Contract Documents.
O. Material Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing
agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting test results of material for
compliance with requirements in the Contract Documents.
P. Product Test Reports: Submit written reports indicating that current product produced
by manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Base reports
on evaluation of tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing
agency, or on comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW
A. Action and Informational Submittals: Review each submittal and check for coordination
with other Work of the Contract and for compliance with the Contract Documents. Note
corrections and field dimensions. Mark with approval stamp before submitting to
Architect.
B. Project Closeout and Maintenance Material Submittals: See requirements in
Section 01 77 00 "Closeout Procedures."
C. Approval Stamp: Stamp each submittal with a uniform, approval stamp. Include
Project name and location, submittal number, Specification Section title and number,
name of reviewer, date of Contractor's approval, and statement certifying that submittal
has been reviewed, checked, and approved for compliance with the Contract
Documents.
Page 7 of 8 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 01 33 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
3.2 ARCHITECT'S ACTION
A. Action Submittals: Architect will review each submittal, make marks to indicate
corrections or revisions required, and return it. Architect will stamp each submittal with
an action stamp and will mark stamp appropriately to indicate action.
B. Informational Submittals: Architect will review each submittal and will not return it, or
will return it if it does not comply with requirements. Architect will forward each
submittal to appropriate party.
C. Partial submittals prepared for a portion of the Work will be reviewed when use of
partial submittals has received prior approval from Architect.
D. Incomplete submittals are unacceptable, will be considered nonresponsive, and will be
returned for resubmittal without review.
E. Submittals not required by the Contract Documents may be returned by the Architect
without action.
END OF SECTION 01 33 00
Page 8 of 8 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 01 42 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas REFERENCES
SECTION 01 42 00 - REFERENCES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. General: Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract.
B. "Approved ": When used to convey Architect's action on Contractor's submittals,
applications, and requests, "approved" is limited to Architect's duties and
responsibilities as stated in the Conditions of the Contract.
C. "Directed ": A command or instruction by Architect. Other terms including "requested,"
"authorized," "selected," "required," and "permitted" have the same meaning as
"directed."
D. "Indicated ": Requirements expressed by graphic representations or in written form on
Drawings, in Specifications, and in other Contract Documents. Other terms including
"shown," "noted," "scheduled," and "specified" have the same meaning as "indicated."
E. "Regulations ": Laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities
having jurisdiction, and rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction
industry that control performance of the Work.
F. "Furnish ": Supply and deliver to Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking,
assembly, installation, and similar operations.
G. "Install ": Operations at Project site including unloading, temporarily storing, unpacking,
assembling, erecting, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing,
curing, protecting, cleaning, and similar operations.
H. "Provide ": Furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use.
I. "Project Site ": Space available for performing construction activities. The extent of
Project site is shown on Drawings and may or may not be identical with the description
of the land on which Project is to be built.
1.3 INDUSTRY STANDARDS
A. Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent
requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and
Page 1 of 18 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 01 42 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas REFERENCES
effect as if bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent
referenced. Such standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference.
B. Publication Dates: Comply with standards in effect as of date of the Contract
Documents unless otherwise indicated.
C. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on Project should be
familiar with industry standards applicable to its construction activity. Copies of
applicable standards are not bound with the Contract Documents.
1. Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction
activity, obtain copies directly from publication source.
1.4 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS
A. Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications
or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities
indicated in Thomson Gale's "Encyclopedia of Associations" or in Columbia Books'
"National Trade & Professional Associations of the U.S."
B. Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications
or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in
the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to change
and are believed to be accurate and up -to -date as of the date of the Contract
Documents.
AA Aluminum Association (The) (703) 358 -2960
www.aluminum.org
AABC Associated Air Balance Council (202) 737 -0202
www.aabchq.com
AAMA American Architectural Manufacturers Association (847) 303 -5664
www.aamanet.org
AASHTO American Association of State Highway and (202) 624 -5800
Transportation Officials
www.transportation.org
AATCC American Association of Textile Chemists and Colorists (919) 549 -8141
www.aatcc.org
ABAA Air Barrier Association of America (866) 956 -5888
www.airbarrier.org
ABMA American Bearing Manufacturers Association (202) 367 -1155
www.abma - dc.org
ACI American Concrete Institute (248) 848 -3700
www.concrete.org
Page 2 of 18 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 01 42 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas REFERENCES
ACPA American Concrete Pipe Association (972) 506 -7216
www.concrete i e.or
pP 9
AEIC Association of Edison Illuminating Companies, Inc. (205) 257 -2530
(The)
www.aeic.org
AF &PA American Forest & Paper Association (800) 878 -8878
www.afandpa.org (202) 463 -2700
AGA American Gas Association (202) 824 -7000
www.aga.org
AHAM Association of Home Appliance Manufacturers (202) 872 -5955
www.aham.org
AHRI Air - Conditioning, Heating, and Refrigeration Institute, (703) 524 -8800
The
www.ahrinet.org
Al Asphalt Institute (859) 288 -4960
www.asphaltinstitute.org
AIA American Institute of Architects (The) (800) 242 -3837
www.aia.org (202) 626 -7300
AISC American Institute of Steel Construction (800) 644 -2400
www.aisc.org (312) 670 -2400
AISI American Iron and Steel Institute (202) 452 -7100
www.steel.org
AITC American Institute of Timber Construction (303) 792 -9559
www.aitc- glulam.org
ALSC American Lumber Standard Committee, Incorporated (301) 972 -1700
www.alsc.org
AMCA Air Movement and Control Association International, (847) 394 -0150
Inc.
www.amca.org
ANSI American National Standards Institute (202) 293 -8020
www.ansi.org
AOSA Association of Official Seed Analysts, Inc. (405) 780 -7372
www.aosaseed.com
APA APA - The Engineered Wood Association (253) 565 -6600
www.apawood.org
Page 3 of 18 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 01 42 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas REFERENCES
APA Architectural Precast Association (239) 454 -6989
www.archprecast.org
API American Petroleum Institute (202) 682 -8000
www.api.org
ARI Air - Conditioning & Refrigeration Institute (703) 524 -8800
www.ari.org
ARMA Asphalt Roofing Manufacturers Association (202) 207 -0917
www.asphaltroofing.org
ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers (800) 548 -2723
www.asce.org (703) 295 -6300
ASCE /SEI American Society of Civil Engineers /Structural
Engineering Institute
(See ASCE)
ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air- (800) 527 -4723
Conditioning Engineers
www.ashrae.org (404) 636 -8400
ASME ASME International (800) 843 -2763
(American Society of Mechanical Engineers (973) 882 -1170
International)
www.asme.org
ASSE American Society of Sanitary Engineering (440) 835 -3040
www.asse - plumbing.org
ASTM ASTM International (610) 832 -9500
(American Society for Testing and Materials
International)
www.astm.org
ATIS Alliance for Telecommunications Industry Solutions (202) 628 -6380
www.atis.org
AWCMA American Window Covering Manufacturers Association
(Now WCMA)
AWCI Association of the Wall and Ceiling Industry (703) 534 -8300
www.awci.org
AWI Architectural Woodwork Institute (571) 323 -3636
www.awinet.org
AWPA American Wood Protection Association (205) 733 -4077
(Formerly: American Wood Preservers' Association)
Page 4 of 18 02/08/2012
L
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 01 42 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas REFERENCES
www.awpa.com
AWS American Welding Society (800) 443 -9353
www.aws.org (305) 443 -9353
AWWA American Water Works Association (800) 926 -7337
www.awwa.org (303) 794 -7711
BHMA Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association (212) 297 -2122
www.buildershardware.com
BIA Brick Industry Association (The) (703) 620 -0010
www.bia.org
BICSI BICSI, Inc. (800) 242 -7405
www.bicsi.org (813) 979 -1991
BIFMA BIFMA International (616) 285 -3963
(Business and Institutional Furniture Manufacturer's
Association International)
www.bifma.com
BISSC Baking Industry Sanitation Standards Committee (866) 342 -4772
www.bissc.org
CCC Carpet Cushion Council (610) 527 -3880
www.carpetcushion.org
CDA Copper Development Association (800) 232 -3282
www.copper.org (212) 251 -7200
CEA Canadian Electricity Association (613) 230 -9263
www.canelect.ca
CEA Consumer Electronics Association (866) 858 -1555
www.ce.org (703) 907 -7600
CFFA Chemical Fabrics & Film Association, Inc. (216) 241 -7333
www.chemicalfabricsandfilm.com
CGA Compressed Gas Association (703) 788 -2700
www.cganet.com
CIMA Cellulose Insulation Manufacturers Association (888) 881 -2462
www.cellulose.org (937) 222 -2462
CISCA Ceilings & Interior Systems Construction Association (630) 584 -1919
www.cisca.org
CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute (423) 892 -0137
www.cispi.org
Page 5 of 18 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 01 42 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas REFERENCES
CLFMI Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute (301) 596 -2583
www.chainlinkinfo.org
CPA Composite Panel Association
www.pbmdf.com (703) 724 -1128
CRI Carpet and Rug Institute (The) (800) 882 -8846
www.carpet - rug.com (706) 278 -3176
CRRC Cool Roof Rating Council (866) 465 -2523
www.coolroofs.org (510) 485 -7175
CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (847) 517 -1200
www.crsi.org (800) 328 -6306
CRRC Cool Roof Rating Council (866) 465 -2523
www.coolroofs.org (510) 485 -7175
CSA Canadian Standards Association (800) 463 -6727
www.csa.ca (416) 747 -4000
CSA CSA International (866) 797 -4272
(Formerly: IAS - International Approval Services) (416) 747 -4000
www.csa - international.org
CSI Construction Specifications Institute (The) (800) 689 -2900
www.csinet.org (703) 684 -0300
CSSB Cedar Shake & Shingle Bureau (604) 820 -7700
www.cedarbureau.org
CTI Cooling Technology Institute (281) 583 -4087
(Formerly: Cooling Tower Institute)
www.cti.org
DHI Door and Hardware Institute (703) 222 -2010
www.dhi.org
ECA Electrical Components Association (703)907 -8024
www.ec - central.org
EIA Electronic Industries Alliance (703) 907 -7500
www.eia.org
EIMA EIFS Industry Members Association (800) 294 -3462
www.eima.com (770) 968 -7945
EJCDC Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee (703) 295 -6000
http: / /content.asce.org /ejcdc/
Page 6 of 18 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 01 42 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas REFERENCES
EJMA Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association, Inc. (914) 332 -0040
www.ejma.org
ESD ESD Association (315) 339 -6937
(Electrostatic Discharge Association)
www.esda.org
7
ETL SEMCO Intertek ETL SEMCO (800) 967-5352
(Formerly: ITS - Intertek Testing Service NA)
www.intertek-etlsemko.com
FIBA Federation Internationale de Basketball 41 22 545 00 00
(The International Basketball Federation)
www.fiba.com
FIVB Federation Internationale de Volleyball 41 21 345 35 35
(The International Volleyball Federation)
www.fivb.ch
FM Approvals FM Approvals LLC (781) 762 -4300
www.fmglobal.com
FM Global FM Global (401) 275 -3000
(Formerly: FMG - FM Global)
www.fmglobal.com
FRSA Florida Roofing, Sheet Metal & Air Conditioning (407) 671 -3772
Contractors Association, Inc.
www.floridaroof.com
FSA Fluid Sealing Association (610) 971 -4850
www.fluidsealing.com
FSC Forest Stewardship Council 49 228 367 66 0
www.fsc.org
GA Gypsum Association
www.gypsum.org (301) 277 -8686
1
GANA Glass Association of North America (785) 271 -0208
www.glasswebsite.com
GRI (Part of GSI)
GS Green Seal (202) 872 -6400
www.greenseal.org
GSI Geosynthetic Institute (610) 522 -8440
www.geosynthetic - institute.org
HI Hydronics Institute (908) 464 -8200
Page 7 of 18 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 01 42 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas REFERENCES
www.gamanet.org
HI /GAMA Hydronics Institute /Gas Appliance Manufacturers (908) 464 -8200
Association
Division of Air - Conditioning, Heating, and Refrigeration
Institute (AHRI)
www.ahrinet.org
HMMA Hollow Metal Manufacturers Association
(Part of NAAMM)
HPVA Hardwood Plywood & Veneer Association (703) 435 -2900
www.hpva.org
HPW H. P. White Laboratory, Inc. (410) 838 -6550
www.hpwhite.com
IAPSC International Association of Professional Security (515) 282 -8192
Consultants
www.iapsc.org
ICBO International Conference of Building Officials (888) 422 -7233
www.iccsafe.org
ICEA Insulated Cable Engineers Association, Inc. (770) 830 -0369
www.icea.net
ICRI International Concrete Repair Institute, Inc. (847) 827 -0830
www.icri.org
ICPA International Cast Polymer Association (703) 525 -0320
www.icpa - hq.org
IEC International Electrotechnical Commission 41 22 919 02 11
www.iec.ch
IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. (212) 419 -7900
(The)
www.ieee.org
IES Illuminating Engineering Society of North America (703) 525 -0320
www.iesna.org
IEST Institute of Environmental Sciences and Technology (847) 255 -1561
www.iest.org
IGMA Insulating Glass Manufacturers Alliance (613) 233 -1510
www.igmaonline.org
ILI Indiana Limestone Institute of America, Inc. (812) 275 -4426
www.iliai.com
Page 8 of 18 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 01 42 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas REFERENCES
ISA Instrumentation, Systems, and Automation Society, The (919) 549 -8411
www.isa.org
ISO International Organization for Standardization 41 22 749 01 11
www.iso.ch
ISSFA International Solid Surface Fabricators Association (877) 464 -7732
www.issfa.net (801) 341 -7360
ITS Intertek Testing Service NA
(Now ETL SEMCO)
ITU International Telecommunication Union 41 22 730 51 11
www.itu.int /home
KCMA Kitchen Cabinet Manufacturers Association (703) 264 -1690
www.kcma.org
LGSEA Light Gauge Steel Engineers Association (202) 263 -4488
www.arcat.com
LMA Laminating Materials Association
(Now part of CPA)
LPI Lightning Protection Institute (800) 488 -6864
www.lightning.org
MBMA Metal Building Manufacturers Association (216) 241 -7333
www.mbma.com
MCA Metal Construction Association (847) 375 -4718
www.metalconstruction.org
MFMA Maple Flooring Manufacturers Association, Inc. (888) 480 -9138
www.maplefloor.org
MFMA Metal Framing Manufacturers Association, Inc. (312) 644 -6610
www.metalframingmfg.org
MH Material Handling
(Now MHIA)
MHIA Material Handling Industry of America (800) 345 -1815
www.mhia.org (704) 676 -1190
MIA Marble Institute of America (440) 250 -9222
www.marble- institute.com
MPI Master Painters Institute (888) 674 -8937
www.paintinfo.com (604) 298 -7578
Page 9 of 18 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 01 42 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas REFERENCES
MSS Manufacturers Standardization Society of The Valve (703) 281 -6613
and Fittings Industry Inc.
www.mss - hq.com
NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal (630) 942 -6591
Manufacturers
www.naamm.org
NACE NACE International (800) 797 -6223
(National Association of Corrosion Engineers (281) 228 -6200
International)
www.nace.org
NADCA National Air Duct Cleaners Association (202) 737 -2926
www.nadca.com
NAGWS National Association for Girls and Women in Sport (800) 213 -7193,
ext. 453
www.aahperd.org /nagws/
NAIMA North American Insulation Manufacturers Association (703) 684 -0084
www.naima.org
NBGQA National Building Granite Quarries Association, Inc. (800) 557 -2848
www.nbgqa.com
NCAA National Collegiate Athletic Association (The) (317) 917 -6222
www.ncaa.org
NCMA National Concrete Masonry Association (703) 713 -1900
www.ncma.org
NCTA National Cable & Telecommunications Association (202) 222 -2300
www.ncta.com
NEBB National Environmental Balancing Bureau (301) 977 -3698
www.nebb.org
NECA National Electrical Contractors Association (301) 657 -3110
www.necanet.org
NeLMA Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers' Association (207) 829 -6901
www.nelma.org
NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association (703) 841 -3200
www.nema.org
NETA InterNational Electrical Testing Association (888) 300-6382
2
www.netaworld.org (269) 488 -6382
Page 10 of 18 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 01 42 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas REFERENCES
NFHS National Federation of State High School Associations (317) 972 -6900
www.nfha.org
NFPA NFPA (800) 344 -3555
(National Fire Protection Association) (617) 770 -3000
www.nfpa.org
NFRC National Fenestration Rating Council (301) 589 -1776
www.nfrc.org
NGA National Glass Association (866) 342 -5642
www.glass.org (703) 442 -4890
NHLA National Hardwood Lumber Association (800) 933 -0318
www.natlhardwood.org (901) 377 -1818
NLGA National Lumber Grades Authority (604) 524 -2393
www.nlga.org
NOFMA NOFMA: The Wood Flooring Manufacturers (901) 526 -5016
Association
(Formerly: National Oak Flooring Manufacturers
Association)
www.nofma.org
NOMMA National Ornamental & Miscellaneous Metals (888) 516 -8585
Association
www.nomma.org
NRCA National Roofing Contractors Association (800) 323 -9545
www.nrca.net (847) 299 -9070
NRMCA National Ready Mixed Concrete Association (888) 846 -7622
www.nrmca.org (301) 587 -1400
NSF NSF International (800) 673 -6275
(National Sanitation Foundation International) (734) 769 -8010
www.nsf.org
NSSGA National Stone, Sand & Gravel Association (800) 342 -1415
www.nssga.org (703) 525 -8788
NTMA National Terrazzo & Mosaic Association, Inc. (The) (800) 323 -9736
www.ntma.com (540) 751 -0930
NWFA National Wood Flooring Association (800) 422 -4556
www.nwfa.org (636) 519 -9663
PCI Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute (312) 786 -0300
www.pci.org
Page 11 of 18 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 01 42 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas REFERENCES
PDI Plumbing & Drainage Institute (800) 589 -8956
www.pdonline.org (978) 557 -0720
PGI PVC Geomembrane Institute (217) 333 -3929
http: / /pg i -tp. cee. u i u c. ed u
PTI Post - Tensioning Institute (248) 848 -3180
www.post - tensioning.org
RCSC Research Council on Structural Connections
www.boltcouncil.org
RFCI Resilient Floor Covering Institute
www.rfci.com (706) 882 -3833
RIS Redwood Inspection Service
www.redwoodinspection.com (925) 935 -1499
SAE SAE International (877) 606 -7323
www.sae.org (724) 776 -4841
SCAQMD South Coast Air Quality Management District (909) 396 -2000
www.agmd.com
SCTE Society of Cable Telecommunications Engineers (800) 542 -5040
www.scte.org (610) 363 -6888
SDI Steel Deck Institute (847) 458 -4647
www.sdi.org
SDI Steel Door Institute (440) 899 -0010
www.steeldoor.org
SEFA Scientific Equipment and Furniture Association (877) 294 -5424
www.sefalabs.com (516) 294 -5424
SEI /ASCE Structural Engineering Institute /American Society of
Civil Engineers
(See ASCE)
SIA Security Industry Association (866) 817 -8888
www.siaonline.org (703) 683 -2075
SJI Steel Joist Institute (843) 626 -1995
www.steeljoist.org
SMA Screen Manufacturers Association (561) 533 -0991
www.smacentral.org
SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' (703) 803 -2980
National Association
Page 12 of 18 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 01 42 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas REFERENCES
www.smacna.org
SMPTE Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers (914) 761 -1100
www.smpte.org
SPFA Spray Polyurethane Foam Alliance (800) 523 -6154
(Formerly: SPI /SPFD - The Society of the Plastics
Industry, Inc.; Spray Polyurethane Foam Division)
www.sprayfoam.org
SPIB Southern Pine Inspection Bureau (The) (850) 434 -2611
www.spib.org
SPRI Single Ply Roofing Industry (781) 647 -7026
www.spri.org
SSINA Specialty Steel Industry of North America (800) 982 -0355
www.ssina.com (202) 342 -8630
SSPC SSPC: The Society for Protective Coatings (877) 281 -7772
www.sspc.org (412) 281 -2331
STI Steel Tank Institute (847) 438 -8265
www.steeltank.com
SWI Steel Window Institute (216) 241 -7333
www.steelwindows.com
SWPA Submersible Wastewater Pump Association (847) 681 -1868
www.swpa.org
TCA Tilt -Up Concrete Association (319) 895 -6911
www.tilt - up.org
TCNA Tile Council of North America, Inc. (864) 646 -8453
www.tileusa.com
TEMA Tubular Exchanger Manufacturers Association (914) 332 -0040
www.tema.org
TIA/EIA Telecommunications Industry Association /Electronic (703) 907 -7700
Industries Alliance
www.tiaonline.org
TMS The Masonry Society (303) 939 -9700
www.masonrysociety.org
TPI Truss Plate Institute, Inc. (703) 683 -1010
www.tpinst.org
TPI Turfgrass Producers International (800) 405 -8873
Page 13 of 18 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 01 42 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas REFERENCES
www.turfgrasssod.org (847) 649 -5555
TRI Tile Roofing Institute (312) 670 -4177
www.tileroofing.org
UL Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (877) 854 -3577
www.ul.com (847) 272 -8800
UNI Uni -Bell PVC Pipe Association (972) 243 -3902
www.uni- bell.org
USAV USA Volleyball (888) 786 -5539
www.usavolleyball.org (719) 228 -6800
USGBC U.S. Green Building Council (800) 795 -1747
www.usgbc.org
USITT United States Institute for Theatre Technology, Inc. (800) 938 -7488
www.usitt.org (315) 463 -6463
WASTEC Waste Equipment Technology Association (800) 424 -2869
www.wastec.org (202) 244 -4700
WCLIB West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau (800) 283 -1486
www.wclib.org (503) 639 -0651
WCMA Window Covering Manufacturers Association (212) 297 -2122
www.wcmanet.org
WDMA Window & Door Manufacturers Association (800) 223 -2301
(Formerly: NWWDA - National Wood Window and Door (312) 321 -6802
Association)
www.wdma.com
WI Woodwork Institute (Formerly: WIC - Woodwork (916) 372 -9943
Institute of California)
www.wicnet.org
WMMPA Wood Moulding & Millwork Producers Association (800) 550 -7889
www.wmmpa.com (530) 661 -9591
WSRCA Western States Roofing Contractors Association (800) 725 -0333
www.wsrca.com (650) 570 -5441
WWPA Western Wood Products Association (503) 224 -3930
www.wwpa.org
C. Code Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or
other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the
following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to change and
are believed to be accurate and up -to -date as of the date of the Contract Documents.
Page 14 of 18 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 01 42 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas REFERENCES
DIN Deutsches Institut fur Normung e.V. 49 30 2601 -0
www.din.de
IAPMO International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical (909) 472 -4100
Officials
www.iapmo.org
ICC International Code Council (888) 422 -7233
www.iccsafe.org
ICC -ES ICC Evaluation Service, Inc. (800) 423 -6587
www.icc - es.org (562) 699 -0543
D. Federal Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in
Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of
the entities in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject
to change and are believed to be accurate and up -to -date as of the date of the
Contract Documents.
COE Army Corps of Engineers (202) 761 -0011
www.usace.army.mil
CPSC Consumer Product Safety Commission (800) 638 -2772
www.cpsc.gov (301) 504 -7923
DOC Department of Commerce (202) 482 -2000
www.commerce.gov
DOD Department of Defense (215) 697 -6257
http: / /dodssp.daps.dla.mil
DOE Department of Energy (202) 586 -9220
www.energy.gov
EPA Environmental Protection Agency (202) 272 -0167
www.epa.gov
FAA Federal Aviation Administration (866) 835 -5322
www.faa.gov
FCC Federal Communications Commission (888) 225 -5322
www.fcc.gov
FDA Food and Drug Administration (888) 463 -6332
www.fda.gov
GSA General Services Administration (800) 488 -3111
www.gsa.gov
Page 15 of 18 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 01 42 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas REFERENCES
HUD Department of Housing and Urban Development (202) 708 -1112
www.hud.gov
LBL Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory (510) 486 -4000
www.lbl.gov
NCHR National Cooperative Highway Research Program
P
(See TRB)
NIST National Institute of Standards and Technology (301) 975 -6478
www.nist.gov
OSHA Occupational Safety & Health Administration (800) 321 -6742
www.osha.gov (202) 693 -1999
PBS Public Buildings Service
(See GSA)
PHS Office of Public Health and Science (202) 690 -7694
http: / /www.hhs.gov /ophs/
RUS Rural Utilities Service (202) 720 -9540
(See USDA)
SD State Department (202) 647 -4000
www.state.gov
TRB Transportation Research Board (202) 334 -2934
http: / /gulliver.trb.org
USDA Department of Agriculture (202) 720 -2791
www.usda.gov
USP U.S. Pharmacopeia (800) 227 -8772
www.usp.org
USPS Postal Service (202) 268 -2000
www.usps.com
E. Standards and Regulations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in
Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of
the standards and regulations in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and
Web sites are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up -to -date as of
the date of the Contract Documents.
ADAAG Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) (800) 872-
2253
Architectural Barriers Act (ABA) (202) 272-
0080
Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities
Page 16 of 18 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 01 42 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas REFERENCES
Available from U.S. Access Board
www.access - board.gov
CFR Code of Federal Regulations (866) 512-
1800
Available from Government Printing Office (202) 512-
1800
www.gpoaccess.gov/cfr/index.html
DOD Department of Defense Military Specifications and Standards (215) 697-
2664
Available from Department of Defense Single Stock Point
http://dodssp.daps.dla.mil
DSCC Defense Supply Center Columbus
(See FS)
FED -STD Federal Standard
(See FS)
FS Federal Specification (215) 697-
2664
Available from Department of Defense Single Stock Point
http: / /dodssp.daps.dla.mil/
Available from Defense Standardization Program
www.dsp.dla.mil
Available from General Services Administration (202) 619-
8925
www.gsa.gov
Available from National Institute of Building Sciences (202) 289-
7800
www.wbdg.org /ccb
FTMS Federal Test Method Standard
(See FS)
MIL (See MILSPEC)
MIL -STD (See MILSPEC)
MILSPEC Military Specification and Standards (215) 697-
2664
Available from Department of Defense Single Stock Point
http: / /dodssp.daps.dla.mil
UFAS Uniform Federal Accessibility Standards (800) 872-
2253
Available from Access Board (202) 272 -
Page 17 of 18 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 01 42 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas REFERENCES
0080
www.access - board.gov
F. State Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in
Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of
the entities in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject
to change and are believed to be accurate and up -to -date as of the date of the
Contract Documents.
CBH State of California, Department of Consumer Affairs Bureau of Home (800) 952 -
F Furnishings and Thermal Insulation 5210
www.dca.ca.gov /bhfti (916) 574-
2041
CCR California Code of Regulations (916) 323-
6815
www.calregs.com
CDH California Department of Health Services (916) 445 -
S 4171
www.dhcs.ca.gov
CDP California Department of Public Health, Indoor Air Quality Section
H
www.cal - iaq.org
CPU California Public Utilities Commission (415) 703 -
C 2782
www.cpuc.ca.gov
TFS Texas Forest Service
Forest Resource Development (979) 458-
6606
http: / /txforestservice.tamu.edu
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01 42 00
Page 18 of 18 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 01 50 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
SECTION 01 50 00 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes requirements for temporary utilities, support facilities, and security and
protection facilities.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 01 10 00 "Summary" for work restrictions and limitations on utility
interruptions.
1 3 ¢t + €;tib USECRARGES
A ; JGer►eral. 7 3installation arid removal of -and use charges for temporary facilities shall be
includen, the Contract Surn unless otherwise i indicated. Allow other entities to use
temporary ;services andfacilities without, cost, including, but not limited to,[ Owner'e
construction forces,] ;Architect,[ occupants 'of Prolect,]jesting' agencies, and
authorities having, jurisdiction.
B` '� Sewer Service [Pay] [Owner will pay] sewer'servic use - charges for sewer, usage by
all 'entities tor construction operations
"j W f r Service : :,[Pay] _ OWner will kairweterlservice , use char es for used b _all
entities for construction operations..
D 77 Electric Power Service: [Pay] [Owner Will pay] electr�c power ;service use charges for
electricity used by all entities for construction operations::
E d Water and Sewer Service from Existing System: Water from Owner's existing water
system is; available for use without =metering and without payment of use charges'
,Provide connections, "and'extensions I of services, as - required ; for construction
operations! . � . _.. m _
F Electric Power Service from System. Electric Owner's existing
system is available .for;use without and without payment of. use charges}
Provide ;connections ;and extensions ; of services as required for construction
operations)
Page 1 of 8 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 01 50 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Site Plan: Show temporary facilities, utility hookups, staging areas, and parking areas
for construction personnel.
B. Erosion- and Sedimentation - Control Plan: Show compliance with requirements of EPA
Construction General Permit or authorities having jurisdiction, whichever is more
stringent.
C. Fire - Safety Program: Show compliance with requirements of NFPA 241 and
authorities having jurisdiction. Indicate Contractor personnel responsible for
management of fire - prevention program.
D. Moisture - Protection Plan: Describe procedures and controls for protecting materials
and construction from water absorption and damage.
1. Describe delivery, handling, and storage provisions for materials subject to water
absorption or water damage.
2. Indicate procedures for discarding water - damaged materials, protocols for
mitigating water intrusion into completed Work, and replacing water - damaged
Work.
3. Indicate sequencing of work that requires water, such as sprayed fire - resistive
materials, plastering, and terrazzo grinding, and describe plans for dealing with
water from these operations. Show procedures for verifying that wet construction
has dried sufficiently to permit installation of finish materials.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Electric Service: Comply with NECA, NEMA, and UL standards and regulations for
temporary electric service. Install service to comply with NFPA 70.
B. Tests and Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to test and inspect
each temporary utility before use. Obtain required certifications and permits.
1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Temporary Use of Permanent Facilities: Engage Installer of each permanent service to
assume responsibility for operation, maintenance, and protection of each permanent
service during its use as a construction facility before Owner's acceptance, regardless
of previously assigned responsibilities.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Portable Chain -Link Fencing: Minimum 2 -inch, 0.148 -inch- thick, galvanized - steel,
chain -link fabric fencing; minimum 6 feet high with galvanized -steel pipe posts;
minimum 2 -3/8 -inch- OD line posts and 2 -7/8 -inch- OD corner and pull posts, with 1-
Page 2 of 8 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 01 50 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
5/8 -inch- OD top and bottom rails. Provide concrete or galvanized -steel bases for
supporting posts.
2.2 TEMPORARY FACILITIES
A. Field Offices, General: Prefabricated or mobile units with serviceable finishes,
temperature controls, and foundations adequate for normal loading.
B. Common -Use Field Office: Of sufficient size to accommodate needs of Owner,
Architect, and construction personnel office activities and to accommodate Project
meetings specified in other Division 01 Sections. Keep office clean and orderly.
Furnish and equip offices with ability to receive, transmit and print digital information in
a timely manner (real time).
C. Storage and Fabrication Sheds: Provide sheds sized, furnished, and equipped to
accommodate materials and equipment for construction operations.
1. Store combustible materials apart from building.
2.3 EQUIPMENT
A. Fire Extinguishers: Portable, UL rated; with class and extinguishing agent as required
by locations and classes of fire exposures.
B. HVAC Equipment: Provide vented, self- contained, liquid - propane -gas or fuel -oil
heaters with individual space thermostatic control.
1. Use of gasoline- burning space heaters, open -flame heaters, or salamander -type
heating units is prohibited.
2. Heating Units: Listed and labeled for type of fuel being consumed, by a qualified
testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for
intended location and application.
C. Air - Filtration Units: Primary and secondary HEPA- filter- equipped portable units with
four -stage filtration. Provide single switch for emergency shutoff. Configure to run
continuously.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Locate facilities where they will serve Project adequately and result in minimum
interference with performance of the Work. Relocate and modify facilities as required
by progress of the Work.
1. Locate facilities to limit site disturbance as specified in Section 01 10 00
"Summary."
Page 3 of 8 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 01 50 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
B. Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Do not remove until
facilities are no longer needed or are replaced by authorized use of completed
permanent facilities.
3.2 TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION
A. General: Install temporary service or connect to existing service.
1. Arrange with utility company, Owner, and existing users for time when service
can be interrupted, if necessary, to make connections for temporary services.
B. Sewers and Drainage: Provide temporary utilities to remove effluent lawfully.
1. Connect temporary sewers as directed by authorities having jurisdiction.
C Water Service 4 Install water serviceAnd distribution a prpmg in ,sizes and pressures
adequate for construction;
D Water Service Connect to Owner's existing wnrater service _ facilities. Clean and
maintain water service facilities in a condition acceptable to Owner: At Substantial
;Completion,' restore F thesalacilities to condition existing before initial use'
E. Sanitary Facilities: Provide temporary toilets, wash facilities, and drinking water for use
of construction personnel. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction
for type, number, location, operation, and maintenance of fixtures and facilities.
F. Heating and Cooling: Provide temporary heating and cooling required by construction
activities for curing or drying of completed installations or for protecting installed
construction from adverse effects of low temperatures or high humidity. Select
equipment that will not have a harmful effect on completed installations or elements
being installed.
G r °` Electric Power Service : Connect tO Owner's ex electne poerseryice Maintain
equipment, in a Conditiomacceptable to`Owner ;
H Electric Power Service. Provide electric po wer service and .disThbutiori system of
� sufflcierlt size, Capacity >and power characteristics; requlred construction operations.'
.Install electne : power _service ; ead] [underground] unless otherwise
indicated
`Connect tenj oar e ' t
prary serVice existi w
poer
Owner!. _source,�as directed„�by
_�
I. Lighting: Provide temporary lighting with local switching that provides adequate
illumination for construction operations, observations, inspections, and traffic
conditions.
1. Install and operate temporary lighting that fulfills security and protection
requirements without operating entire system.
2. Install lighting for Project identification sign.
Page 4 of 8 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 01 50 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
3.3 SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION
A. General: Comply with the following:
1. Provide construction for temporary offices, shops, and sheds located within
construction area or within 30 feet of building lines that is noncombustible
according to ASTM E 136. Comply with NFPA 241.
B. Traffic Controls: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
1. Protect existing site improvements to remain including curbs, pavement, and
utilities.
2. Maintain access for fire - fighting equipment and access to fire hydrants.
C. Parking: Provide temporary parking areas for construction personnel.
D. Dewatering Facilities and Drains: Comply with requirements of authorities having
jurisdiction. Maintain Project site, excavations, and construction free of water.
1. Dispose of rainwater in a lawful manner that will not result in flooding Project or
adjoining properties or endanger permanent Work or temporary facilities.
2. Remove snow and ice as required to minimize accumulations.
E. Project Signs: Provide Project signs as indicated. Unauthorized signs are not
permitted.
1. Identification Signs: Provide Project identification signs as indicated on
Drawings.
2. Temporary Signs: Provide other signs as indicated and as required to inform
public and individuals seeking entrance to Project.
a. Provide temporary, directional signs for construction personnel and visitors.
3. Maintain and touchup signs so they are legible at all times.
F. Waste Disposal Facilities: Provide waste - collection containers in sizes adequate to
handle waste from construction operations. Comply with requirements of authorities
having jurisdiction. Comply with progress cleaning requirements in Section 01 73 00
"Execution."
G. Lifts and Hoists: Provide facilities necessary for hoisting materials and personnel.
1. Truck cranes and similar devices used for hoisting materials are considered
"tools and equipment" and not temporary facilities.
3.4 SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION
A. Protection of Existing Facilities: Protect existing vegetation, equipment, structures,
utilities, and other improvements at Project site and on adjacent properties, except
those indicated to be removed or altered. Repair damage to existing facilities.
Page 5 of 8 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 01 50 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
B. Environmental Protection: Provide protection, operate temporary facilities, and
conduct construction as required to comply with environmental regulations and that
minimize possible air, waterway, and subsoil contamination or pollution or other
undesirable effects.
1. Comply with work restrictions specified in Section 01 10 00 "Summary."
C. Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control: Provide measures to prevent soil
erosion and discharge of soil- bearing water runoff and airborne dust to undisturbed
areas and to adjacent properties and walkways, according to requirements of 2003
EPA Construction General Permit or authorities having jurisdiction, whichever is more
stringent.
1. Verify that flows of water redirected from construction areas or generated by
construction activity do not enter or cross tree- or plant- protection zones.
2. Inspect, repair, and maintain erosion- and sedimentation - control measures
during construction until permanent vegetation has been established.
3. Clean, repair, and restore adjoining properties and roads affected by erosion and
sedimentation from Project site during the course of Project.
4. Remove erosion and sedimentation controls and restore and stabilize areas
disturbed during removal.
D. Stormwater Control: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
Provide barriers in and around excavations and subgrade construction to prevent
flooding by runoff of stormwater from heavy rains.
E. Tree and Plant Protection: Install temporary fencing located as indicated or outside the
drip line of trees to protect vegetation from damage from construction operations.
Protect tree root systems from damage, flooding, and erosion.
F. Pest Control: Engage pest - control service to recommend practices to minimize
attraction and harboring of rodents, roaches, and other pests and to perform
extermination and control procedures at regular intervals so Project will be free of pests
and their residues at Substantial Completion. Perform control operations lawfully,
using environmentally safe materials.
G. Site Enclosure Fence: Before construction operations begin, furnish and install site
enclosure fence in a manner that will prevent people and animals from easily entering
site except by entrance gates.
1. Extent of Fence: As required to enclose entire Project site or portion determined
sufficient to accommodate construction operations.
2. Maintain security by limiting number of keys and restricting distribution to
authorized personnel. Furnish one set of keys to Owner.
H. Security Enclosure and Lockup: Install temporary enclosure around partially
completed areas of construction. Provide lockable entrances to prevent unauthorized
entrance, vandalism, theft, and similar violations of security. Lock entrances at end of
each work day.
Page 6 of 8 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 01 50 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
I. Barricades, Warning Signs, and Lights: Comply with requirements of authorities
having jurisdiction for erecting structurally adequate barricades, including warning
signs and lighting.
J. Temporary Egress: Maintain temporary egress from existing occupied facilities as
indicated and as required by authorities having jurisdiction.
K. Temporary Enclosures: Provide temporary enclosures for protection of construction, in
progress and completed, from exposure, foul weather, other construction operations,
and similar activities.
L. Temporary Fire Protection: Install and maintain temporary fire - protection facilities of
types needed to protect against reasonably predictable and controllable fire losses.
Comply with NFPA 241; manage fire - prevention program.
1. Prohibit smoking in construction areas.
2. Supervise welding operations, combustion -type temporary heating units, and
similar sources of fire ignition according to requirements of authorities having
jurisdiction.
3. Develop and supervise an overall fire - prevention and - protection program for
personnel at Project site. Review needs with local fire department and establish
procedures to be followed. Instruct personnel in methods and procedures. Post
warnings and information.
3.5 MOISTURE AND MOLD CONTROL
A. Contractor's Moisture - Protection Plan: Avoid trapping water in finished work.
Document visible signs of mold that may appear during construction.
3.6 OPERATION, TERMINATION, AND REMOVAL
A. Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. To minimize waste
and abuse, limit availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended uses.
B. Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal.
1. Maintain operation of temporary enclosures, heating, cooling, humidity control,
ventilation, and similar facilities on a 24 -hour basis where required to achieve
indicated results and to avoid possibility of damage.
C. Operate Project- identification -sign lighting daily from dusk until 12:00 midnight.
D. Temporary Facility Changeover: Do not change over from using temporary security
and protection facilities to permanent facilities until Substantial Completion.
E. Termination and Removal: Remove each temporary facility when need for its service
has ended, when it has been replaced by authorized use of a permanent facility, or no
later than Substantial Completion. Complete or, if necessary, restore permanent
construction that may have been delayed because of interference with temporary
Page 7 of 8 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 01 50 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
facility. Repair damaged Work, clean exposed surfaces, and replace construction that
cannot be satisfactorily repaired.
1. Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are property of
Contractor. Owner reserves right to take possession of Project identification
signs.
2. Remove temporary roads and paved areas not intended for or acceptable for
integration into permanent construction. Where area is intended for landscape
development, remove soil and aggregate fill that do not comply with requirements
for fill or subsoil. Remove materials contaminated with road oil, asphalt and
other petrochemical compounds, and other substances that might impair growth
of plant materials or lawns. Repair or replace street paving, curbs, and sidewalks
at temporary entrances, as required by authorities having jurisdiction.
3. At Substantial Completion, repair, renovate, and clean permanent facilities used
during construction period. Comply with final cleaning requirements specified in
Section 01 77 00 "Closeout Procedures."
END OF SECTION 01 50 00
•
Page 8 of 8 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 01 73 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas EXECUTION
SECTION 01 73 00 - EXECUTION
PART1- GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes general administrative and procedural requirements governing
execution of the Work including, but not limited to, the following:
1. Construction layout.
2. Field engineering and surveying.
3. Installation of the Work.
4. Cutting and patching.
5. Coordination of Owner - installed products.
6. Progress cleaning.
7. Starting and adjusting.
8. Protection of installed construction.
9. Correction of the Work.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 01 10 00 "Summary" for limits on use of Project site.
2. Section 01 33 00 "Submittal Procedures" for submitting surveys.
3. Section 01 77 00 "Closeout Procedures" for submitting final property survey with
Project Record Documents, recording of Owner - accepted deviations from
indicated lines and levels, and final cleaning.
4. Section 02 41 19 "Selective Structure Demolition" for demolition and removal of
selected portions of the building.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Cutting: Removal of in -place construction necessary to permit installation or
performance of other work.
B. Patching: Fitting and repair work required to restore construction to original conditions
after installation of other work.
Page 1 of 9 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 01 73 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas EXECUTION
1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Cutting and Patching Plan: Submit plan describing procedures at least 10 days prior to
the time cutting and patching will be performed. Include the following information:
1. Extent: Describe reason for and extent of each occurrence of cutting and
patching.
2. Changes to In -Place Construction: Describe anticipated results. Include
changes to structural elements and operating components as well as changes in
building appearance and other significant visual elements.
3. Products: List products to be used for patching and firms or entities that will
perform patching work.
4. Dates: Indicate when cutting and patching will be performed.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Cutting and Patching: Comply with requirements for and limitations on cutting and
patching of construction elements.
1. Structural Elements: When cutting and patching structural elements, notify
Architect of locations and details of cutting and await directions from Architect
before proceeding. Shore, brace, and support structural elements during cutting
and patching. Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that could
change their load- carrying capacity or increase deflection
2. Operational Elements: Do not cut and patch operating elements and related
components in a manner that results in reducing their capacity to perform as
intended or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or
safety.
3. Other Construction Elements: Do not cut and patch other construction elements
or components in a manner that could change their load- carrying capacity, that
results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended, or that results in
increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety.
4. Visual Elements: Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that results in
visual evidence of cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch exposed
construction in a manner that would, in Architect's opinion, reduce the building's
aesthetic qualities. Remove and replace construction that has been cut and
patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. General: Comply with requirements specified in other Sections.
B. In -Place Materials: Use materials for patching identical to in -place materials. For
exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match in -place adjacent surfaces to the
fullest extent possible.
Page 2 of 9 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 01 73 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas EXECUTION
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Existing Conditions: The existence and location of underground and other utilities and
construction indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning sitework,
investigate and verify the existence and location of underground utilities, and other
construction affecting the Work.
1. Before construction, verify the location and invert elevation at points of
connection of sanitary sewer, storm sewer, and water - service piping;
underground electrical services, and other utilities.
2. Furnish location data for work related to Project that must be performed by public
utilities serving Project site.
B. Examination and Acceptance of Conditions: Before proceeding with each component
of the Work, examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer or Applicator
present where indicated, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances
and other conditions affecting performance. Record observations.
1. Examine roughing -in for mechanical and electrical systems to verify actual
locations of connections before equipment and fixture installation.
2. Examine walls, floors, and roofs for suitable conditions where products and
systems are to be installed.
3. Verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with
existing finishes or primers.
C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
Proceeding with the Work indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Existing Utility Information: Furnish information to Owner that is necessary to adjust,
move, or relocate existing utility structures, utility poles, lines, services, or other utility
appurtenances located in or affected by construction. Coordinate with authorities
having jurisdiction.
B. Field Measurements: Take field measurements as required to fit the Work properly.
Recheck measurements before installing each product. Where portions of the Work
are indicated to fit to other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field
measurements before fabrication. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction
progress to avoid delaying the Work.
C. Space Requirements: Verify space requirements and dimensions of items shown
diagrammatically on Drawings.
D. Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions: Immediately on discovery of the
need for clarification of the Contract Documents caused by differing field conditions
outside the control of Contractor, submit a request for information to Architect
Page 3 of 9 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 01 73 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas EXECUTION
according to requirements in Section 01 31 00 "Project Management and
Coordination."
3.3 CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT
A. Verification: Before proceeding to lay out the Work, verify layout information shown on
Drawings, in relation to the property survey and existing benchmarks. If discrepancies
are discovered, notify Architect promptly.
B. General: Engage a land surveyor or professional engineer to lay out the Work using
accepted surveying practices.
1. Establish benchmarks and control points to set lines and levels at each story of
construction and elsewhere as needed to locate each element of Project.
2. Establish limits on use of Project site.
3. Establish dimensions within tolerances indicated. Do not scale Drawings to
obtain required dimensions.
4. Inform installers of lines and levels to which they must comply.
5. Check the location, level and plumb, of every major element as the Work
progresses.
6. Notify Architect when deviations from required lines and levels exceed allowable
tolerances.
C. Building Lines and Levels: Locate and lay out control lines and levels for structures,
building foundations, column grids, and floor levels, including those required for
mechanical and electrical work. Transfer survey markings and elevations for use with
control lines and levels. Level foundations and piers from two or more locations.
D. Record Log: Maintain a log of layout control work. Record deviations from required
lines and levels. Include beginning and ending dates and times of surveys, weather
conditions, name and duty of each survey party member, and types of instruments and
tapes used. Make the log available for reference by Architect.
3.4 FIELD ENGINEERING
A. Reference Points: Locate existing permanent benchmarks, control points, and similar
reference points before beginning the Work. Preserve and protect permanent
benchmarks and control points during construction operations.
1. Do not change or relocate existing benchmarks or control points without prior
written approval of Architect. Report lost or destroyed permanent benchmarks or
control points promptly. Report the need to relocate permanent benchmarks or
control points to Architect before proceeding.
3.5 INSTALLATION
A. General: Locate the Work and components of the Work accurately, in correct
alignment and elevation, as indicated.
Page 4 of 9 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 01 73 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas EXECUTION
1. Make vertical work plumb and make horizontal work level.
2. Where space is limited, install components to maximize space available for
maintenance and ease of removal for replacement.
3. Conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring in finished areas unless otherwise indicated.
B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations for installing
products in applications indicated.
C. Install products at the time and under conditions that will ensure the best possible
results. Maintain conditions required for product performance until Substantial
Completion.
D. Conduct construction operations so no part of the Work is subjected to damaging
operations or loading in excess of that expected during normal conditions of
occupancy.
E. Sequence the Work and allow adequate clearances to accommodate movement of
construction items on site and placement in permanent locations.
F. Tools and Equipment: Do not use tools or equipment that produce harmful noise
levels.
G. Templates: Obtain and distribute to the parties involved templates for work specified to
be factory prepared and field installed. Check Shop Drawings of other work to confirm
that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing products to comply with
indicated requirements.
H. Attachment: Provide blocking and attachment plates and anchors and fasteners of
adequate size and number to securely anchor each component in place, accurately
located and aligned with other portions of the Work. Where size and type of
attachments are not indicated, verify size and type required for load conditions.
1. Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, mount
components at heights directed by Architect.
2. Allow for building movement, including thermal expansion and contraction.
3. Coordinate installation of anchorages. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and
directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor
bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or
masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation.
1. Joints: Make joints of uniform width. Where joint locations in exposed work are not
indicated, arrange joints for the best visual effect. Fit exposed connections together to
form hairline joints.
J. Hazardous Materials: Use products, cleaners, and installation materials that are not
considered hazardous.
Page 5 of 9 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 01 73 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas EXECUTION
3.6 CUTTING AND PATCHING
A. Cutting and Patching, General: Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and
patching. Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time, and complete
without delay.
1. Cut in -place construction to provide for installation of other components or
performance of other construction, and subsequently patch as required to restore
surfaces to their original condition.
B. Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or
damaged during installation or cutting and patching operations, by methods and with
materials so as not to void existing warranties.
C. Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of work to be cut.
D. Protection: Protect in -place construction during cutting and patching to prevent
damage. Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of Project
that might be exposed during cutting and patching operations.
E. Cutting: Cut in -place construction by sawing, drilling, breaking, chipping, grinding, and
similar operations, including excavation, using methods least likely to damage
elements retained or adjoining construction. If possible, review proposed procedures
with original Installer; comply with original Installer's written recommendations.
1. In general, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing and grinding, not
hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots neatly to minimum size required,
and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings
when not in use.
2. Finished Surfaces: Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed
surfaces.
3. Excavating and Backfilling: Comply with requirements in applicable Sections
where required by cutting and patching operations.
4. Mechanical and Electrical Services: Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions
to be removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal remaining portion of pipe or conduit
to prevent entrance of moisture or other foreign matter after cutting.
5. Proceed with patching after construction operations requiring cutting are
complete.
F. Patching: Patch construction by filling, repairing, refinishing, closing up, and similar
operations following performance of other work. Patch with durable seams that are as
invisible as practicable. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements
specified in other Sections, where applicable.
1. Inspection: Where feasible, test and inspect patched areas after completion to
demonstrate physical integrity of installation.
2. Exposed Finishes: Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish
restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will minimize
evidence of patching and refinishing.
Page 6 of 9 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 01 73 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas EXECUTION
a. Clean piping, conduit, and similar features before applying paint or other
finishing materials.
b. Restore damaged pipe covering to its original condition.
G. Cleaning: Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are performed.
Remove paint, mortar, oils, putty, and similar materials from adjacent finished surfaces.
3.7 OWNER- INSTALLED PRODUCTS
A. Site Access: Provide access to Project site for Owner's construction personnel.
B. Coordination: Coordinate construction and operations of the Work with work
performed by Owner's construction personnel.
1. Construction Schedule: Inform Owner of Contractor's preferred construction
schedule for Owner's portion of the Work. Adjust construction schedule based
on a mutually agreeable timetable. Notify Owner if changes to schedule are
required due to differences in actual construction progress.
2. Preinstallation Conferences: Include Owner's construction personnel at
preinstallation conferences covering portions of the Work that are to receive
Owner's work. Attend preinstallation conferences conducted by Owner's
construction personnel if portions of the Work depend on Owner's construction.
3.8 PROGRESS CLEANING
A. General: Clean Project site and work areas daily, including common areas. Enforce
requirements strictly. Dispose of materials lawfully.
1. Comply with requirements in NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste
materials and debris.
2. Do not hold waste materials more than seven days during normal weather or
three days if the temperature is expected to rise above 80 deg F.
3. Containerize hazardous and unsanitary waste materials separately from other
waste. Mark containers appropriately and dispose of legally, according to
regulations.
a. Use containers intended for holding waste materials of type to be stored.
B. Site: Maintain Project site free of waste materials and debris.
C. Work Areas: Clean areas where work is in progress to the level of cleanliness
necessary for proper execution of the Work.
1. Remove liquid spills promptly.
2. Where dust would impair proper execution of the Work, broom -clean or vacuum
the entire work area, as appropriate.
D. Installed Work: Keep installed work clean. Clean installed surfaces according to
written instructions of manufacturer or fabricator of product installed, using only
Page 7 of 9 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 01 73 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas EXECUTION
cleaning materials specifically recommended. If specific cleaning materials are not
recommended, use cleaning materials that are not hazardous to health or property and
that will not damage exposed surfaces.
E. Concealed Spaces: Remove debris from concealed spaces before enclosing the
space.
F. Exposed Surfaces in Finished Areas: Clean exposed surfaces and protect as
necessary to ensure freedom from damage and deterioration at time of Substantial
Completion.
G Waste Disposal D-O x not bury; or burn waste materials .on site Do:not wash waste
mateials down:sewers or into waterways ,, Comply;with waste disposal requirements in
[Section'01 5000 "Temporary Facilities and ;Controls. "] 4 [Section 01 74 19
I'Construction Waste Management Rand Disposal.'']
H. During handling and installation, clean and protect construction in progress and
adjoining materials already in place. Apply protective covering where required to
ensure protection from damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion.
•
I. Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary
through the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable
components to ensure operability without damaging effects.
J. Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction operations to assure that no part of the
construction, completed or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or
otherwise deleterious exposure during the construction period.
3.9 STARTING AND ADJUSTING
A. Coordinate startup and adjusting of equipment and operating components with
requirements in Section 01 91 13 "General Commissioning Requirements."
B. Start equipment and operating components to confirm proper operation. Remove
malfunctioning units, replace with new units, and retest.
C. Adjust equipment for proper operation. Adjust operating components for proper
operation without binding.
D. Test each piece of equipment to verify proper operation. Test and adjust controls and
safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment.
E. Manufacturer's Field Service: Comply with qualification requirements in
Section 01 40 00 "Quality Requirements."
3.10 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION
A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure installed Work is without
damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.
Page 8 of 9 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 01 73 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas EXECUTION
B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature and relative humidity.
END OF SECTION 01 73 00
Page 9 of 9 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 01 77 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
SECTION 01 77 00 - CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout,
including, but not limited to, the following:
1. Substantial Completion procedures.
2. Final completion procedures.
3. Warranties.
4. Final cleaning.
5. Repair of the Work.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 01 73 00 "Execution" for progress cleaning of Project site.
2. Section 01 78 23 "Operation and Maintenance Data" for operation and
maintenance manual requirements.
3. Section 01 78 39 "Project Record Documents" for submitting record Drawings,
record Specifications, and record Product Data.
4. Section 01 79 00 "Demonstration and Training" for requirements for instructing
Owner's personnel.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For cleaning agents.
B. Contractor's List of Incomplete Items: Initial submittal at Substantial Completion.
C. Certified List of Incomplete Items: Final submittal at Final Completion.
1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Certificates of Release: From authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Certificate of Insurance: For continuing coverage.
C. Field Report: For pest control inspection.
Page 1 of 6 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 01 7T00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
1.5 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS
A. Schedule of Maintenance Material Items: For maintenance material submittal items
specified in other Sections.
1.6 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION PROCEDURES
A. Contractor's List of Incomplete Items: Prepare and submit a list of items to be
completed and corrected (Contractors punch list), indicating the value of each item on
the list and reasons why the Work is incomplete.
B. Submittals Prior to Substantial Completion: Complete the following a minimum of 10
days prior to requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion. List
items below that are incomplete at time of request.
1. Certificates of Release: Obtain and submit releases from authorities having
jurisdiction permitting Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services
and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar
releases.
2. Submit closeout submittals specified in other Division 01 Sections, including
project record documents, operation and maintenance manuals, final completion
construction photographic documentation, damage or settlement surveys,
property surveys, and similar final record information.
3. Submit closeout submittals specified in individual Sections, including specific
warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance service agreements, final
certifications, and similar documents.
4. Submit maintenance material submittals specified in individual Sections,
including tools, spare parts, extra materials, and similar items, and deliver to
location designated by Architect. Label with manufacturer's name and model
number where applicable.
a. Schedule of Maintenance Material Items: Prepare and submit schedule of
maintenance material submittal items, including name and quantity of each
item and name and number of related Specification Section. Obtain
Architect's signature for receipt of submittals.
5. Submit changeover information related to Owner's occupancy, use, operation,
and maintenance.
C. Procedures Prior to Substantial Completion: Complete the following a minimum of 10
days prior to requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion. List
items below that are incomplete at time of request.
1. Advise Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements.
2. Make final changeover of permanent locks and deliver keys to Owner. Advise
Owner's personnel of changeover in security provisions.
3. Complete startup and testing of systems and equipment.
4. Perform preventive maintenance on equipment used prior to Substantial
Completion.
Page 2 of 6 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 01 77 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
5. Instruct Owner's personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of
products, equipment, and systems.
6. Advise Owner of changeover in utilities.
7. Terminate and remove temporary facilities from Project site, along with mockups,
construction tools, and similar elements.
8. Complete final cleaning requirements, including touchup painting.
9. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate
visual defects.
D. Inspection: Submit a written request for inspection to determine Substantial
Completion a minimum of 10 days prior to date the work will be completed and ready
for final inspection and tests. On receipt of request, Architect will either proceed with
inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare the
Certificate of Substantial Completion after inspection or will notify Contractor of items,
either on Contractor's list or additional items identified by Architect, that must be
completed or corrected before certificate will be issued.
1. Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous
inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected.
2. Results of completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for final
completion.
1.7 FINAL COMPLETION PROCEDURES
A. Submittals Prior to Final Completion: Before requesting final inspection for determining
final completion, complete the following:
1. Submit a final Application for Payment according to Section 01 29 00 "Payment
Procedures."
2. Certified List of Incomplete Items: Submit certified copy of Architect's Substantial
Completion inspection list of items to be completed or corrected (punch list),
endorsed and dated by Architect. Certified copy of the list shall state that each
item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance.
3. Certificate of Insurance: Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage
complying with insurance requirements.
B. Inspection: Submit a written request for final inspection to determine acceptance a
minimum of 10 days prior to date the work will be completed and ready for final
inspection and tests. On receipt of request, Architect will either proceed with
inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare a final
Certificate for Payment after inspection or will notify Contractor of construction that
must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued.
1. Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous
inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected.
Page 3 of 6 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 01 77 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
1.8 LIST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS (PUNCH LIST)
A. Organization of List: Include name and identification of each space and area affected
by construction operations for incomplete items and items needing correction including,
if necessary, areas disturbed by Contractor that are outside the limits of construction.
1. Organize list of spaces in sequential order, starting with exterior areas first.
2. Organize items applying to each space by major element, including categories
for individual walls, floors, equipment, and building systems.
3. Include the following information at the top of each page:
a. Project name.
b. Date.
c. Name of Architect.
d. Name of Contractor.
e. Page number.
4. Submit list of incomplete items in the following format:
a. PDF electronic file. Architect will return annotated file.
1.9 SUBMITTAL OF PROJECT WARRANTIES
A. Time of Submittal: Submit written warranties on request of Architect for designated
portions of the Work where commencement of warranties other than date of
Substantial Completion is indicated, or when delay in submittal of warranties might limit
Owner's rights under warranty.
B. Partial Occupancy: Submit properly executed warranties within 15 days of completion
of designated portions of the Work that are completed and occupied or used by Owner
during construction period by separate agreement with Contractor.
C. Organize warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the table of contents
of Project Manual.
1. Bind warranties and bonds in heavy -duty, three -ring, vinyl- covered, loose -leaf
binders, thickness as necessary to accommodate contents, and sized to receive
8- 1/2 -by -11 -inch paper.
2. Provide heavy paper dividers with plastic- covered tabs for each separate
warranty. Mark tab to identify the product or installation. Provide a typed
description of the product or installation, including the name of the product and
the name, address, and telephone number of Installer.
3. Identify each binder on the front and spine with the typed or printed title
"WARRANTIES," Project name, and name of Contractor.
D. Provide additional copies of each warranty to include in operation and maintenance
manuals.
Page 4 of 6 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 01 77 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by manufacturer
or fabricator of the surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are
potentially hazardous to health or property or that might damage finished surfaces.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 FINAL CLEANING
A. General: Perform final cleaning. Conduct cleaning and waste - removal operations to
comply with local laws and ordinances and Federal and local environmental and
antipollution regulations.
B. Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning.
Clean each surface or unit to condition expected in an average commercial building
cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions.
1. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for
certification of Substantial Completion for entire Project or for a designated
portion of Project:
a. Clean Project site, yard, and grounds, in areas disturbed by construction
activities, including landscape development areas, of rubbish, waste
material, litter, and other foreign substances.
b. Sweep paved areas broom clean. Remove petrochemical spills, stains,
and other foreign deposits.
c. Rake grounds that are neither planted nor paved to a smooth, even -
textured surface.
d. Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material
from Project site.
e. Remove snow and ice to provide safe access to building.
f. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard - surfaced finishes to a dirt-free
condition, free of stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Avoid
disturbing natural weathering of exterior surfaces. Restore reflective
surfaces to their original condition.
g. Remove debris and surface dust from limited access spaces, including
roofs, plenums, shafts, trenches, equipment vaults, manholes, attics, and
similar spaces.
h. Sweep concrete floors broom clean in unoccupied spaces.
i. Remove labels that are not permanent.
j. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment and similar
equipment. Remove excess lubrication, paint and mortar droppings, and
other foreign substances.
k. Clean light fixtures, lamps, globes, and reflectors to function with full
efficiency.
Page 5 of 6 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 01 77 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
I. Leave Project clean and ready for occupancy.
C. Construction Waste Disposal: Comply with waste disposal requirements in
Section 01 50 00 "Temporary Facilities and Controls."
3.2 REPAIR OF THE WORK
A. Complete repair and restoration operations before requesting inspection for
determination of Substantial Completion.
B. Repair or remove and replace defective construction. Repairing includes replacing
defective parts, refinishing damaged surfaces, touching up with matching materials,
and properly adjusting operating equipment. Where damaged or worn items cannot be
repaired or restored, provide replacements. Remove and replace operating
components that cannot be repaired. Restore damaged construction and permanent
facilities used during construction to specified condition.
1. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred or exposed finishes and
surfaces. Replace finishes and surfaces that that already show evidence of
repair or restoration.
a. Do not paint over "UL" and other required labels and identification,
including mechanical and electrical nameplates. Remove paint applied to
required labels and identification.
2. Replace parts subject to operating conditions during construction that may
impede operation or reduce longevity.
3. Replace burned -out bulbs, bulbs noticeably dimmed by hours of use, and
defective and noisy starters in fluorescent and mercury vapor fixtures to comply
with requirements for new fixtures.
END OF SECTION 01 77 00
Page 6 of 6 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 02 41 19
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION
SECTION 02 41 19 - SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Demolition and removal of selected portions of building or structure.
2. Demolition and removal of selected site elements.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Remove: Detach items from existing construction and legally dispose of them off -site
unless indicated to be removed and salvaged or removed and reinstalled.
B. Remove and Salvage: Carefully detach from existing construction, in a manner to
prevent damage, and deliver to Owner.
C. Remove and Reinstall: Detach items from existing construction, prepare for reuse, and
reinstall where indicated.
D. Existing to Remain: Existing items of construction that are not to be permanently
removed and that are not otherwise indicated to be removed, removed and salvaged,
or removed and reinstalled.
1.4 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP
A. Unless otherwise indicated, demolition waste becomes property of Contractor.
B. Historic items, relics, antiques, and similar objects including, but not limited to,
cornerstones and their contents, commemorative plaques and tablets, and other items
of interest or value to Owner that may be uncovered during demolition remain the
property of Owner.
1. Carefully salvage in a manner to prevent damage and promptly return to Owner.
Page 1 of 4 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 02 41 19
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION
1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Predemolition Photographs or Video: Submit before Work begins.
1.6 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purpose will be maintained by
Owner as far as practical.
B. Notify Architect of discrepancies between existing conditions and Drawings before
proceeding with selective demolition.
C. Hazardous Materials: It is not expected that hazardous materials will be encountered
in the Work.
1. If suspected hazardous materials are encountered, do not disturb; immediately
notify Architect and Owner. Hazardous materials will be removed by Owner
under a separate contract.
D. Utility Service: Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain in service and protect
them against damage during selective demolition operations.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PEFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before
beginning selective demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of
authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Standards: Comply with ANSI /ASSE A10.6 and NFPA 241.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that utilities have been disconnected and capped before starting selective
demolition operations.
B. Review record documents of existing construction provided by Owner. Owner does not
guarantee that existing conditions are same as those indicated in record documents.
C. Survey existing conditions and correlate with requirements indicated to determine
extent of selective demolition required.
Page 2 of 4 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 02 41 19
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION
D. When unanticipated mechanical, electrical, or structural elements that conflict with
intended function or design are encountered, investigate and measure the nature and
extent of conflict. Promptly submit a written report to Architect.
3.2 UTILITY SERVICES AND MECHANICAUELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
A. Existing Services /Systems to Remain: Maintain services /systems indicated to remain
and protect them against damage.
1. Owner will arrange to shut off indicated services /systems when requested by
Contractor.
3.3 PREPARATION
A. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct selective demolition and debris -
removal operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks,
walkways, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities.
B. Temporary Facilities: Provide temporary barricades and other protection required to
prevent injury to people and damage to adjacent buildings and facilities to remain.
1. Provide protection to ensure safe passage of people around selective demolition
area.
3.4 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION, GENERAL
A. General: Demolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by
new construction and as indicated. Use methods required to complete the Work within
limitations of governing regulations.
B. Existing Items to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage
and soiling during selective demolition. When permitted by Architect, items may be
removed to a suitable, protected storage location during selective demolition and
reinstalled in their original locations after selective demolition operations are complete.
3.5 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS
A. General: Except for items or materials indicated to be reused, salvaged, reinstalled, or
otherwise indicated to remain Owner's property, remove demolished materials from
Project site.
1. Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on -site.
2. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent
surfaces and areas.
3. Remove debris from elevated portions of building by chute, hoist, or other device
that will convey debris to grade level in a controlled descent.
4. Comply with requirements specified in Section 01 74 19 "Construction Waste
Management and Disposal."
Page 3 of 4 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 02 41 19
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION
B. Burning: Do not burn demolished materials.
C. Disposal: Transport demolished materials off Owner's property and legally dispose of
them.
3.6 CLEANING
A. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by
selective demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before
selective demolition operations began.
END OF SECTION 02 41 19
Page 4 of 4 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 03 30 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
SECTION 03 30 00 - CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section specifies cast -in place concrete, including formwork, reinforcement,
concrete materials, mixture design, placement procedures, and finishes, for the
following:
1. Footings.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Cementitious Materials: Portland cement alone or in combination with one or more of
the following: blended hydraulic cement, fly ash and other pozzolans, ground
granulated blast- furnace slag, and silica fume; subject to compliance with
requirements.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
B. Design Mixtures: For each concrete mixture. Submit alternate design mixtures when
characteristics of materials, Project conditions, weather, test results, or other
circumstances warrant adjustments.
1. Indicate amounts of mixing water to be withheld for later addition at Project site.
C. Steel Reinforcement Shop Drawings: Placing drawings that detail fabrication, bending,
and placement. Include bar sizes, lengths, material, grade, bar schedules, stirrup
spacing, bent bar diagrams, bar arrangement, splices and laps, mechanical
connections, tie spacing, hoop spacing, and supports for concrete reinforcement.
D. Material Test Reports: For the following, from a qualified testing agency, indicating
compliance with requirements:
1. Aggregates.
E. Material Certificates: For each of the following, signed by manufacturers:
Page 1 of 13 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 03 30 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
1. Cementitious materials.
2. Steel reinforcement and accessories.
3. Curing compounds.
4. Semirigid joint filler.
5. Repair materials.
F. Field quality - control test and inspection reports.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing ready -mixed
concrete products and that complies with ASTM C 94/C 94M requirements for
production facilities and equipment.
B. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency qualified according to
ASTM C 1077 and ASTM E 329 for testing indicated, as documented according to
ASTM E 548.
1. Personnel conducting field tests shall be qualified as ACI Concrete Field Testing
Technician, Grade 1, according to ACI CP -01 or an equivalent certification
program.
C. Source Limitations: Obtain each type or class of cementitious material of the same
brand from the same manufacturer's plant, obtain aggregate from one source, and
obtain admixtures through one source from a single manufacturer.
D. ACI Publications: Comply with the following unless modified by requirements in the
Contract Documents:
1. ACI 301, "Specification for Structural Concrete," Sections 1 through 5.
2. ACI 117, "Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials."
E. Concrete Testing Service: Engage a qualified independent testing agency to perform
material evaluation tests and to design concrete mixtures.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Steel Reinforcement: Deliver, store, and handle steel reinforcement to prevent
bending and damage.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements
apply to product selection:
Page 2 of 13 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 03 30 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may
be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, products specified.
2. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products
specified.
3. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,
manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
but are not limited to, manufacturers specified.
4. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the manufacturers specified.
2.2 FORM - FACING MATERIALS
A. Smooth - Formed Finished Concrete: Form - facing panels that will provide continuous,
true, and smooth concrete surfaces. Furnish in largest practicable sizes to minimize
number of joints.
1. Plywood, metal, or other approved panel materials.
B -B (Concrete Form), Class 1 or better; mill oiled and edge sealed.
B. Rough- Formed Finished Concrete: Plywood, lumber, metal, or another approved
material. Provide lumber dressed on at least two edges and one side for tight fit.
C. Chamfer Strips: Wood, metal, PVC, or rubber strips, 3/4 by 3/4 inch minimum.
D. Rustication Strips: Wood, metal, PVC, or rubber strips, kerfed for ease of form
removal.
E. Form - Release Agent: Commercially formulated form - release agent that will not bond
with, stain, or adversely affect concrete surfaces and will not impair subsequent
. treatments of concrete surfaces.
1. Formulate form - release agent with rust inhibitor for steel form - facing materials.
2.3 STEEL REINFORCEMENT
A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60 deformed.
2.4 REINFORCEMENT ACCESSORIES
A. Bar Supports: Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting,
and fastening reinforcing bars and welded wire reinforcement in place. Manufacture
bar supports from steel wire, plastic, or precast concrete according to CRSI's "Manual
of Standard Practice," of greater compressive strength than concrete and as follows:
Page 3 of 13 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 03 30 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
2.5 CONCRETE MATERIALS
A. Cementitious Material: Use the following cementitious materials, of the same type,
brand, and source, throughout Project:
1. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or II, gray
a. Fly Ash: ASTM C 618, Class C or F.
b. Ground Granulated Blast- Furnace Slag: ASTM C 989, Grade 100 or 120.
B. Silica Fume: ASTM C 1240, amorphous silica.
C. Normal- Weight Aggregates: ASTM C 33, coarse aggregate or better, graded. Provide
aggregates from a single source.
1. Maximum Coarse - Aggregate Size: 1 -1/2 inches.
2. Fine Aggregate: Free of materials with deleterious reactivity to alkali in cement.
2.6 ADMIXTURES
A. Air - Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260.
B. Chemical Admixtures: Provide admixtures certified by manufacturer to be compatible
with other admixtures and that will not contribute water - soluble chloride ions exceeding
those permitted in hardened concrete. Do not use calcium chloride or admixtures
containing calcium chloride.
1. Water- Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type A.
2. Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type B.
3. Water- Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type D.
4. Plasticizing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 1017/C 1017M, Type II.
2.7 CURING MATERIALS
A. Evaporation Retarder: Waterborne, monomolecular film forming, manufactured for
application to fresh concrete.
1. Products:
a. Axim Concrete Technologies; Cimfilm.
b. Burke by Edoco; BurkeFilm.
c. ChemMasters; Spray -Film.
d. Conspec Marketing & Manufacturing Co., Inc., a Dayton Superior
Company; Aquafilm.
e. Dayton Superior Corporation; Sure Film.
f. Euclid Chemical Company (The); Eucobar.
g. Kaufman Products, Inc.; Vapor Aid.
h. Lambert Corporation; Lambco Skin.
i. L &M Construction Chemicals, Inc.; E -Con.
j. MBT Protection and Repair, Div. of ChemRex; Confilm.
Page 4 of 13 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 03 30 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
k. Meadows, W. R., Inc.; Sealtight Evapre.
I. Metalcrete Industries; Waterhold.
m. Nox -Crete Products Group, Kinsman Corporation; Monofilm.
n. Sika Corporation, Inc.; SikaFilm.
o. Symons Corporation, a Dayton Superior Company; Finishing Aid.
p. Unitex; Pro -Film.
q. US Mix Products Company; US Spec Monofilm ER.
r. Vexcon Chemicals, Inc.; Certi -Vex EnvioAssist.
B. Water: Potable.
2.8 RELATED MATERIALS
A. Bonding Agent: ASTM C 1059, Type II, non - redispersible, acrylic emulsion or styrene
butadiene.
B. Epoxy Bonding Adhesive: ASTM C 881, two - component epoxy resin, capable of
humid curing and bonding to damp surfaces, of class suitable for application
temperature and of grade to suit requirements, and as follows:
1. Types I and II, non -load bearing, for bonding hardened or freshly mixed concrete
to hardened concrete.
2.9 REPAIR MATERIALS
A. Repair Underlayment: Cement - based, polymer- modified, self - leveling product that can
be applied in thicknesses from 1/8 inch and that can be feathered at edges to match
adjacent floor elevations.
1. Cement Binder: ASTM C 150, portland cement or hydraulic or blended hydraulic
cement as defined in ASTM C 219.
2. Primer: Product of underlayment manufacturer recommended for substrate,
conditions, and application.
3. Aggregate: Well- graded, washed gravel, 1/8 to 1/4 inch or coarse sand as
recommended by underlayment manufacturer.
4. Compressive Strength: Not less than 4100 psi at 28 days when tested according
to ASTM C 109/C 109M.
2.10 CONCRETE MIXTURES, GENERAL
A. Prepare design mixtures for each type and strength of concrete, proportioned on the
basis of laboratory trial mixture or field test data, or both, according to ACI 301.
1. Use a qualified independent testing agency for preparing and reporting proposed
mixture designs based on laboratory trial mixtures.
B. Cementitious Materials: Use fly ash, pozzolan, ground granulated blast- furnace slag,
and silica fume as needed to reduce the total amount of portland cement, which would
Page 5 of 13 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 03 30 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
otherwise be used, by not less than 40 percent. Limit percentage, by weight, of
cementitious materials other than portland cement in concrete as follows:
1. Fly Ash: 25 percent.
2. Combined Fly Ash and Pozzolan: 25 percent.
3. Ground Granulated Blast- Furnace Slag: 50 percent.
4. Combined Fly Ash or Pozzolan and Ground Granulated Blast- Furnace Slag: 50
percent portland cement minimum, with fly ash or pozzolan not exceeding 25
percent.
C. Limit water - soluble, chloride -ion content in hardened concrete to 1.00 percent by
weight of cement.
D. Admixtures: Use admixtures according to manufacturer's written instructions.
1. Use water - reducing or plasticizing admixture in concrete, as required, for
placement and workability.
2. Use water - reducing and retarding admixture when required by high
temperatures, low humidity, or other adverse placement conditions.
3. Use water - reducing admixture in pumped concrete, concrete for heavy -use
industrial slabs and parking structure slabs, concrete required to be watertight,
and concrete with a water - cementitious materials ratio below 0.50.
4. Use corrosion - inhibiting admixture in concrete mixtures where indicated.
2.11 CONCRETE MIXTURES FOR BUILDING ELEMENTS
A. Footings: Proportion normal- weight concrete mixture as follows:
1. Minimum Compressive Strength: 3000 psi at 28 days.
2. Maximum Water - Cementitious Materials Ratio: 0.50.
3. Slump Limit: 5 inches before adding high -range water - reducing admixture or
plasticizing admixture.
4. Air Content: 5 -1/2 percent, plus or minus 1.5 percent at point of delivery for 1-
1/2 -inch nominal maximum aggregate size.
5. Air Content: 6 percent, plus or minus 1.5 percent at point of delivery for 3/4 -inch
nominal maximum aggregate size.
2.12 FABRICATING REINFORCEMENT
A. Fabricate steel reinforcement according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice."
2.13 CONCRETE MIXING
A. Ready -Mixed Concrete: Measure, batch, mix, and deliver concrete according to
ASTM C 94/C 94M and furnish batch ticket information.
Page 6 of 13 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 03 30 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
1. When air temperature is between 85 and 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery
time from 1 -1/2 hours to 75 minutes; when air temperature is above 90 deg F,
reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 FORMWORK
A. Design, erect, shore, brace, and maintain formwork, according to ACI 301, to support
vertical, lateral, static, and dynamic loads, and construction loads that might be
applied, until structure can support such loads.
B. Construct formwork so concrete members and structures are of size, shape, alignment,
elevation, and position indicated, within tolerance limits of ACI 117.
C. Limit concrete surface irregularities, designated by ACI 347R as abrupt or gradual, as
follows:
1. Class A, 1/8 inch for smooth - formed finished surfaces.
2. Class B, 1/4 inch for rough- formed finished surfaces.
D. Construct forms tight enough to prevent loss of concrete mortar.
E. Fabricate forms for easy removal without hammering or prying against concrete
surfaces. Provide crush or wrecking plates where stripping may damage cast concrete
surfaces. Provide top forms for inclined surfaces steeper than 1.5 horizontal to 1
vertical.
1. Install keyways, reglets, recesses, and the like, for easy removal.
2. Do not use rust - stained steel form - facing material.
F. Chamfer exterior corners and edges of permanently exposed concrete.
G. Form openings, chases, offsets, sinkages, keyways, reglets, blocking, screeds, and
bulkheads required in the Work. Determine sizes and locations from trades providing
such items.
H. Clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete. Remove chips, wood,
sawdust, dirt, and other debris just before placing concrete.
I. Retighten forms and bracing before placing concrete, as required, to prevent mortar
leaks and maintain proper alignment.
J. Coat contact surfaces of forms with form - release agent, according to manufacturer's
written instructions, before placing reinforcement.
Page 7 of 13 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 03 30 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
3.2 EMBEDDED ITEMS
A. Place and secure anchorage devices and other embedded items required for adjoining
work that is attached to or supported by cast -in -place concrete. Use setting drawings,
templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded.
1. Install anchor rods, accurately located, to elevations required and complying with
tolerances in Section 7.5 of AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel
Buildings and Bridges."
3.3 REMOVING AND REUSING FORMS
A. General: Formwork for sides of beams, walls, columns, and similar parts of the Work
that does not support weight of concrete may be removed after cumulatively curing at
not less than 50 deg F for 24 hours after placing concrete, if concrete is hard enough to
not be damaged by form - removal operations and curing and protection operations are
maintained.
1. Leave formwork for beam soffits, joists, slabs, and other structural elements that
supports weight of concrete in place until concrete has achieved at least 70
percent of its 28 -day design compressive strength.
B. Clean and repair surfaces of forms to be reused in the Work. Split, frayed,
delaminated, or otherwise damaged form - facing material will not be acceptable for
exposed surfaces. Apply new form - release agent.
C. When forms are reused, clean surfaces, remove fins and laitance, and tighten to close
joints. Align and secure joints to avoid offsets. Do not use patched forms for exposed
concrete surfaces unless approved by Architect.
3.4 SHORES AND RESHORES
A. Comply with ACI 318 and ACI 301 for design, installation, and removal of shoring and
reshoring.
1. Do not remove shoring or reshoring until measurement of slab tolerances is
complete.
B. Plan sequence of removal of shores and reshore to avoid damage to concrete. Locate
and provide adequate reshoring to support construction without excessive stress or
deflection.
3.5 STEEL REINFORCEMENT
A. General: Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for placing reinforcement.
B. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, and other foreign materials
that would reduce bond to concrete.
Page 8 of 13 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 03 30 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
C. Accurately position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement. Locate
and support reinforcement with bar supports to maintain minimum concrete cover. Do
not tack weld crossing reinforcing bars.
D. Set wire ties with ends directed into concrete, not toward exposed concrete surfaces.
3.6 CONCRETE PLACEMENT
A. Before placing concrete, verify that installation of formwork, reinforcement, and
embedded items is complete and that required inspections have been performed.
B. Before test sampling and placing concrete, water may be added at Project site, subject
to limitations of ACI 301.
C. Deposit concrete continuously in one layer or in horizontal layers of such thickness that
no new concrete will be placed on concrete that has hardened enough to cause seams
or planes of weakness. If a section cannot be placed continuously, provide
construction joints as indicated. Deposit concrete to avoid segregation.
1. Deposit concrete in horizontal layers of depth to not exceed formwork design
pressures and in a manner to avoid inclined construction joints.
2. Consolidate placed concrete with mechanical vibrating equipment according to
ACI 301.
3. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside forms. Insert and withdraw
vibrators vertically at uniformly spaced locations to rapidly penetrate placed layer
and at least 6 inches into preceding layer. Do not insert vibrators into lower
layers of concrete that have begun to lose plasticity. At each insertion, limit
duration of vibration to time necessary to consolidate concrete and complete
embedment of reinforcement and other embedded items without causing mixture
constituents to segregate.
D. Cold- Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 306.1 and as follows. Protect concrete
work from physical damage or reduced strength that could be caused by frost, freezing
actions, or low temperatures.
1. When average high and low temperature is expected to fall below 40 deg F for
three successive days, maintain delivered concrete mixture temperature within
the temperature range required by ACI 301.
2. Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow. Do not place
concrete on frozen subgrade or on subgrade containing frozen materials.
3. Do not use calcium chloride, salt, or other materials containing antifreeze agents
or chemical accelerators unless otherwise specified and approved in mixture
designs.
E. Hot - Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 301 and as follows:
1. Maintain concrete temperature below 90 deg F at time of placement. Chilled
mixing water or chopped ice may be used to control temperature, provided water
equivalent of ice is calculated to total amount of mixing water. Using liquid
nitrogen to cool concrete is Contractor's option.
Page 9 of 13 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 03 30 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
2. Fog -spray forms, steel reinforcement, and subgrade just before placing concrete.
Keep subgrade uniformly moist without standing water, soft spots, or dry areas.
3.7 FINISHING FORMED SURFACES
A. Rough- Formed Finish: As -cast concrete texture imparted by form - facing material with
tie holes and defects repaired and patched. Remove fins and other projections that
exceed specified limits on formed - surface irregularities.
B. Smooth - Formed Finish: As -cast concrete texture imparted by form - facing material,
arranged in an orderly and symmetrical manner with a minimum of seams. Repair and
patch tie holes and defects. Remove fins and other projections that exceed specified
limits on formed - surface irregularities.
C. Rubbed Finish: Apply the following to smooth - formed finished as -cast concrete where
indicated:
1. Smooth - Rubbed Finish: Not later than one day after form removal, moisten
concrete surfaces and rub with carborundum brick or another abrasive until
producing a uniform color and texture. Do not apply cement grout other than that
created by the rubbing process.
D. Related Unformed Surfaces: At tops of walls, horizontal offsets, and similar unformed
surfaces adjacent to formed surfaces, strike off smooth and finish with a texture
matching adjacent formed surfaces. Continue final surface treatment of formed
surfaces uniformly across adjacent unformed surfaces, unless otherwise indicated.
3.8 MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE ITEMS
A. Filling In: Fill in holes and openings left in concrete structures, unless otherwise
indicated, after work of other trades is in place. Mix, place, and cure concrete, as
specified, to blend with in -place construction. Provide other miscellaneous concrete
filling indicated or required to complete the Work.
3.9 CONCRETE PROTECTING AND CURING
A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or
hot temperatures. Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold- weather protection and ACI 301 for
hot - weather protection during curing.
B. Evaporation Retarder: Apply evaporation retarder to unformed concrete surfaces if
hot, dry, or windy conditions cause moisture loss approaching 0.2 lb/sq. ft. x h before
and during finishing operations. Apply according to manufacturer's written instructions
after placing, screeding, and bull floating or darbying concrete, but before float
finishing.
C. Unformed Surfaces: Begin curing immediately after finishing concrete. Cure unformed
surfaces, including floors and slabs, concrete floor toppings, and other surfaces.
Page 10 of 13 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 03 30 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
D. Cure concrete according to ACI 308.1, by one or a combination of the following
methods:
1. Curing Compound: Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power spray or
roller according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas subjected to
heavy rainfall within three hours after initial application. Maintain continuity of
coating and repair damage during curing period.
3.10 CONCRETE SURFACE REPAIRS
A. Defective Concrete: Repair and patch defective areas when approved by Architect.
Remove and replace concrete that cannot be repaired and patched to Architect's
approval.
B. Patching Mortar: Mix dry -pack patching mortar, consisting of one part portland cement
to two and one -half parts fine aggregate passing a No. 16 sieve, using only enough
water for handling and placing.
C. Repairing Formed Surfaces: Surface defects include color and texture irregularities,
cracks, spalls, air bubbles, honeycombs, rock pockets, fins and other projections on
the surface, and stains and other discolorations that cannot be removed by cleaning.
1. Immediately after form removal, cut out honeycombs, rock pockets, and voids
more than 1/2 inch in any dimension in solid concrete, but not less than 1 inch in
depth. Make edges of cuts perpendicular to concrete surface. Clean, dampen
with water, and brush -coat holes and voids with bonding agent. Fill and compact
with patching mortar before bonding agent has dried. Fill form -tie voids with
patching mortar or cone plugs secured in place with bonding agent.
2. Repair defects on surfaces exposed to view by blending white portland cement
and standard portland cement so that, when dry, patching mortar will match
surrounding color. Patch a test area at inconspicuous locations to verify mixture
and color match before proceeding with patching. Compact mortar in place and
strike off slightly higher than surrounding surface.
3. Repair defects on concealed formed surfaces that affect concrete's durability and
structural performance as determined by Architect.
D. Repairing Unformed Surfaces: Test unformed surfaces, for finish and verify surface
tolerances specified for each surface. Correct low and high areas. Test surfaces
sloped to drain for trueness of slope and smoothness; use a sloped template.
1. After concrete has cured at least 14 days, correct high areas by grinding.
2. Correct localized low areas during or immediately after completing surface
finishing operations by cutting out low areas and replacing with patching mortar.
Finish repaired areas to blend into adjacent concrete.
3. Repair defective areas, except random cracks and single holes 1 inch or less in
diameter, by cutting out and replacing with fresh concrete. Remove defective
areas with clean, square cuts and expose steel reinforcement with at least a 3/4-
inch clearance all around. Dampen concrete surfaces in contact with patching
concrete and apply bonding agent. Mix patching concrete of same materials and
mixture as original concrete except without coarse aggregate. Place, compact,
Page 11 of 13 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 03 30 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
and finish blending with adjacent finished concrete. Cure in same manner as
adjacent concrete.
4. Repair random cracks and single holes 1 inch or less in diameter with patching
mortar. Groove top of cracks and cut out holes to sound concrete and clean off
dust, dirt, and loose particles. Dampen cleaned concrete surfaces and apply
bonding agent. Place patching mortar before bonding agent has dried. Compact
patching mortar and finish to match adjacent concrete. Keep patched area
continuously moist for at least 72 hours.
E. Perform structural repairs of concrete, subject to Architect's approval, using epoxy
adhesive and patching mortar.
F. Repair materials and installation not specified above may be used, subject to
Architect's approval.
3.11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing and Inspecting: Engage a qualified testing and inspecting agency to perform
tests and inspections and to submit reports.
B. Inspections:
1. Steel reinforcement placement.
2. Headed bolts and studs.
3. Verification of use of required design mixture.
4. Concrete placement, including conveying and depositing.
C. Concrete Tests: Testing of composite samples of fresh concrete obtained according to
ASTM C 172 shall be performed according to the following requirements:
1. Testing Frequency: Obtain at least one composite sample for each 100 cu. yd.
a. When frequency of testing will provide fewer than five compressive -
strength tests for each concrete mixture, testing shall be conducted from at
least five randomly selected batches or from each batch if fewer than five
are used.
2. Slump: ASTM C 143/C 143M; one test at point of placement for each composite
sample, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture.
Perform additional tests when concrete consistency appears to change.
3. Air Content: ASTM C 231, pressure method, for normal- weight concrete;
ASTM C 173, volumetric method, for structural concrete; one test for each
composite sample, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each
concrete mixture.
4. Concrete Temperature: ASTM C 1064; one test hourly when air temperature is
40 deg F and below and when 80 deg F and above, and one test for each
composite sample.
5. Compression Test Specimens: ASTM C 31.
Page 12 of 13 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 03 30 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
a. Cast and laboratory cure two sets of three standard cylinder specimens for
each composite sample.
6. Compressive- Strength Tests: ASTM C 39/C 39M; test one set of two laboratory -
cured specimens at 7 days and one set of two specimens at 28 days.
7. Strength of each concrete mixture will be satisfactory if every average of any
three consecutive compressive- strength tests equals or exceeds specified
compressive strength and no compressive- strength test value falls below
specified compressive strength by more than 500 psi.
8. Test results shall be reported in writing to Architect, concrete manufacturer, and
Contractor within 48 hours of testing. Reports of compressive- strength tests
shall contain Project identification name and number, date of concrete
placement, name of concrete testing and inspecting agency, location of concrete
batch in Work, design compressive strength at 28 days, concrete mixture
proportions and materials, compressive breaking strength, and type of break for
both 7- and 28 -day tests.
9. Additional Tests: Testing and inspecting agency shall make additional tests of
concrete when test results indicate that slump, air entrainment, compressive
strengths, or other requirements have not been met, as directed by Architect.
Testing and inspecting agency may conduct tests to determine adequacy of
concrete by cored cylinders complying with ASTM C 42 or by other methods as
directed by Architect.
10. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to
determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements.
11. Correct deficiencies in the Work that test reports and inspections indicate dos not
comply with the Contract Documents.
End Of Section 03 30 00
Page 13 of 13 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 05 12 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING
SECTION 05 12 00 - STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Structural steel.
2. Prefabricated building columns.
3. Grout.
B. Related Sections:
1. Division 01 Section "Quality Requirements" for independent testing agency
procedures and administrative requirements.
2. Division 05 Section "Metal Fabrications" for steel lintels and shelf angles not
attached to structural -steel frame, miscellaneous steel fabrications and other
metal items not defined as structural steel.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Structural Steel: Elements of structural -steel frame, as classified by AISC 303, "Code
of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges."
1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Connections: Provide details of simple shear connections required by the Contract
Documents to be selected or completed by structural -steel fabricator, including
comprehensive engineering design by a qualified professional engineer, to withstand
loads indicated and comply with other information and restrictions indicated.
1. Select and complete connections using schematic details indicated and
AISC 360.
B. Moment Connections: Type FR, fully restrained.
Page 1 of 10 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 05 12 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication of structural -steel components.
1. Include details of cuts, connections, splices, camber, holes, and other pertinent
data.
2. Indicate welds by standard AWS symbols, distinguishing between shop and field
welds, and show size, length, and type of each weld. Show backing bars that are
to be removed and supplemental fillet welds where backing bars are to remain.
3. Indicate type, size, and length of bolts, distinguishing between shop and field
bolts. Retain first three subparagraphs below for "High- Seismic Applications" as
defined in AISC 360.
4. For structural -steel connections indicated to comply with design loads, include
structural design data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer
responsible for their preparation.
C. Welding Procedure Specifications (WPSs) and Procedure Qualification Records
(PQRs): Provide according to AWS D1.1 /D1.1 M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel," for
each welded joint whether prequalified or qualified by testing, including the following:
1. Power source (constant current or constant voltage).
2. Electrode manufacturer and trade name, for demand critical welds.
D. Qualification Data: For qualified Installer and fabricator.
E. Welding certificates.
F. Paint Compatibility Certificates: From manufacturers of topcoats applied over shop
primers, certifying that shop primers are compatible with topcoats.
G. Mill test reports for structural steel, including chemical and physical properties.
H. Product Test Reports: For the following:
1. Bolts, nuts, and washers including mechanical properties and chemical analysis.
2. Direct - tension indicators.
3. Tension- control, high- strength bolt- nut - washer assemblies.
4. Shop primers.
5. Nonshrink grout.
I. Source quality - control reports.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: Structural steel installer shall comply with applicable provisions
of AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges." And AISC 360-
05 "Specifications for Structural Steel Buildings"
Page 2 of 10 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 05 12 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING
B. Shop- Painting Applicators: Qualified according to AISC's Sophisticated Paint
Endorsement or SSPC -QP 3, "Standard Procedure for Evaluating Qualifications of
Shop Painting Applicators."
C. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to
AWS D1.1/D1.1 M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel."
1. Welders and welding operators performing work on bottom - flange, demand -
critical welds shall pass the supplemental welder qualification testing, as required
by AWS D1.8. FCAW -S and FCAW -G shall be considered separate processes
for welding personnel qualification.
D. Comply with applicable provisions of the following specifications and documents:
1. AISC 303.
2. AISC 341 and AISC 341s1.
AISC AI C 360.
4. RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts."
1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Store materials to permit easy access for inspection and identification. Keep steel
members off ground and spaced by using pallets, dunnage, or other supports and
spacers. Protect steel members and packaged materials from corrosion and
deterioration.
1. Do not store materials on structure in a manner that might cause distortion,
damage, or overload to members or supporting structures. Repair or replace
damaged materials or structures as directed.
B. Store fasteners in a protected place in sealed containers with manufacturer's labels
intact.
1. Fasteners may be repackaged provided Owner's testing and inspecting agency
observes repackaging and seals containers.
2. Clean and re- lubricate bolts and nuts that become dry or rusty before use.
3. Comply with manufacturers' written recommendations for cleaning and lubricating
ASTM F 1852 fasteners and for retesting fasteners after lubrication.
1.8 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate selection of shop primers with topcoats to be applied over them. Comply
with paint and coating manufacturers' recommendations to ensure that shop primers
and topcoats are compatible with one another.
Page 3 of 10 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 05 12 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 STRUCTURAL -STEEL MATERIALS
A. W- Shapes: ASTM A 992, Grade 50.
B. Channels, Angles: ASTM A 36.
C. Plate and Bar: ASTM A 572 Grade 50 .
D. Cold- Formed Hollow Structural Sections: ASTM A 500, Grade B, structural tubing.
E. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E or S, Grade B.
F. Steel Castings: ASTM A 216/A 216M, Grade WCB with supplementary requirement
S11.
G. Steel Forgings: ASTM A 668.
H. Welding Electrodes: Comply with AWS requirements.
2.2 BOLTS, CONNECTORS, AND ANCHORS
A. High- Strength Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A 325, Type 1, heavy -hex steel
structural bolts; ASTM A 563, Grade C, heavy -hex carbon -steel nuts; and ASTM F 436,
Type 1, hardened carbon -steel washers; all with plain finish.
B. Zinc - Coated High- Strength Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A 325, Type 1, heavy -
hex steel structural bolts; ASTM A 563, Grade DH heavy -hex carbon -steel nuts; and
ASTM F 436, Type 1, hardened carbon -steel washers.
1. Finish: Hot -dip or mechanically deposited zinc coating.
C. Headed Anchor Rods: ASTM F 1554, Grade 36, straight.
1. Nuts: ASTM A 563 heavy -hex carbon steel.
2. Plate Washers: ASTM A 36/A 36M carbon steel.
3. Washers: ASTM F 436, Type 1, hardened carbon steel.
4. Finish: Hot -dip zinc coating, ASTM A 153, Class C.
D. Threaded Rods: ASTM A 36.
1. Nuts: ASTM A 563 heavy -hex carbon steel.
2. Washers: ASTM F 436 , Type 1, hardened carbon steel.
3. Finish: Hot -dip zinc coating, ASTM A 153, Class C.
2.3 PRIMER
A. Primer: SSPC -Paint 25, zinc oxide, alkyd, linseed oil primer.
Page 4 of 10 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 05 12 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING
B. Primer: SSPC -Paint 25 BCS, zinc oxide, alkyd, linseed oil primer.
C. Primer: Fabricator's standard lead- and chromate -free, nonasphaltic, rust - inhibiting
primer complying with MPI #79 and compatible with topcoat.
2.4 GROUT
A. Metallic, Shrinkage- Resistant Grout: ASTM C 1107, factory - packaged, metallic
aggregate grout, mixed with water to consistency suitable for application and a 30-
minute working time.
B. Nonmetallic, Shrinkage- Resistant Grout: ASTM C 1107, factory - packaged, nonmetallic
aggregate grout, noncorrosive and nonstaining, mixed with water to consistency
suitable for application and a 30- minute working time.
2.5 FABRICATION
A. Structural Steel: Fabricate and assemble in shop to greatest extent possible.
Fabricate according to AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and
Bridges" and AISC 360.
1. Mark and match -mark materials for field assembly.
2. Complete structural -steel assemblies, including welding of units, before starting
shop - priming operations.
B. Thermal Cutting: Perform thermal cutting by machine to greatest extent possible.
1. Plane thermally cut edges to be welded to comply with requirements in
AWS D1.1/D1.1M.
C. Bolt Holes: Cut, drill, mechanically thermal cut, or punch standard bolt holes
perpendicular to metal surfaces.
D. Finishing: Accurately finish ends of columns and other members transmitting bearing
loads.
E. Cleaning: Clean and prepare steel surfaces that are to remain unpainted according to
SSPC -SP 1, Solvent Cleaning, SSPC -SP 2, Hand Tool Cleaning, SSPC -SP 3, Power
Tool Cleaning."
F. Steel Wall- Opening Framing: Select true and straight members for fabricating steel
wall- opening framing to be attached to structural steel. Straighten as required to
provide uniform, square, and true members in completed wall framing.
G. Holes: Provide holes required for securing other work to structural steel and for other
work to pass through steel framing members.
1. Cut, drill, or punch holes perpendicular to steel surfaces. Do not thermally cut
bolt holes or enlarge holes by burning.
Page 5 of 10 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 05 12 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING
2. Baseplate Holes: Cut, drill, mechanically thermal cut, or punch holes
perpendicular to steel surfaces.
3. Weld threaded nuts to framing and other specialty items indicated to receive
other work.
2.6 SHOP CONNECTIONS
A. High- Strength Bolts: Shop install high- strength bolts according to RCSC's
"Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts" for type of bolt
and type of joint specified.
1. Joint Type: Snug tightened.
B. Weld Connections: Comply with AWS D1.1 and AWS D1.8 for tolerances,
appearances, welding procedure specifications, weld quality, and methods used in
correcting welding work.
1. Assemble and weld built -up sections by methods that will maintain true alignment
of axes without exceeding tolerances in AISC 303 for mill material.
2.7 SHOP PRIMING
A. Shop prime steel surfaces except the following:
1. Surfaces embedded in concrete or mortar. Extend priming of partially embedded
members to a depth of 2 inches.
2. Surfaces to be field welded.
B. Surface Preparation: Clean surfaces to be painted. Remove loose rust and mill scale
and spatter, slag, or flux deposits. Prepare surfaces according to the following
specifications and standards:
1. SSPC -SP 2, "Hand Tool Cleaning."
2. SSPC -SP 3, "Power Tool Cleaning."
3. SSPC -SP 7 /NACE No. 4, "Brush -Off Blast Cleaning."
4. SSPC -SP 11, "Power Tool Cleaning to Bare Metal."
5. SSPC -SP 14 /NACE No. 8, "Industrial Blast Cleaning."
6. SSPC -SP 6 /NACE No. 3, "Commercial Blast Cleaning."
7. SSPC -SP 10 /NACE No. 2, "Near -White Blast Cleaning."
8. SSPC -SP 5 /NACE No. 1, "White Metal Blast Cleaning."
9. SSPC -SP 8, "Pickling."
C. Priming: Immediately after surface preparation, apply primer according to
manufacturer's written instructions and at rate recommended by SSPC to provide a
minimum dry film thickness of 1.5 mils. Use priming methods that result in full
coverage of joints, corners, edges, and exposed surfaces.
1. Stripe paint corners, crevices, bolts, welds, and sharp edges.
Page 6 of 10 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 05 12 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING
2.8 GALVANIZING
A. Hot -Dip Galvanized Finish: Apply zinc coating by the hot -dip process to structural steel
according to ASTM A 123/A 123M.
1. Fill vent and drain holes that will be exposed in the finished -Work unless they will
function as weep holes, by plugging with zinc solder and filing off smooth.
2. Galvanize lintels and shelf angles attached to structural -steel frame and located
in exterior walls.
2.9 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. rre deficiencies in Work that test reports and inspections indicate does not comply
Co ct p p pY
with the Contract Documents.
B. Bolted Connections: Shop - bolted connections will be inspected according to RCSC's
"Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts."
C. Welded Connections: In addition to visual inspection, shop - welded connections will be
tested and inspected according to AWS D1.1/D1.1 M and the following inspection
procedures, at testing agency's option:
1. Liquid Penetrant Inspection: ASTM E 165.
2. Magnetic Particle Inspection: ASTM E 709; performed on root pass and on
finished weld. Cracks or zones of incomplete fusion or penetration will not be
accepted.
3. Ultrasonic Inspection: ASTM E 164.
4. Radiographic Inspection: ASTM E 94.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify, with steel Erector present, elevations of concrete- and masonry- bearing
surfaces and locations of anchor rods, bearing plates, and other embedments for
compliance with requirements.
1. Prepare a certified survey of bearing surfaces, anchor rods, bearing plates, and
other embedments showing dimensions, locations, angles, and elevations.
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Provide temporary shores, guys, braces, and other supports during erection to keep
structural steel secure, plumb, and in alignment against temporary construction loads
and loads equal in intensity to design loads. Remove temporary supports when
Page 7 of 10 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 05 12 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING
permanent structural steel, connections, and bracing are in place unless otherwise
indicated.
1. Do not remove temporary shoring supporting composite deck construction until
cast -in -place concrete has attained its design compressive strength.
3.3 ERECTION
A. Set structural steel accurately in locations and to elevations indicated and according to
AISC 303 and AISC 360.
B. Base Bearing Plates: Clean concrete- and masonry- bearing surfaces of bond - reducing
materials, and roughen surfaces prior to setting plates. Clean bottom surface of plates.
1. Set plates for structural members on wedges, shims, or setting nuts as required.
2. Weld plate washers to top of baseplate.
3. Snug- tighten anchor rods after supported members have been positioned and
plumbed. Do not remove wedges or shims but, if protruding, cut off flush with
edge of plate before packing with grout.
4. Promptly pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and plates so no voids
remain. Neatly finish exposed surfaces; protect grout and allow to cure. Comply
with manufacturer's written installation instructions for shrinkage- resistant grouts.
C. Maintain erection tolerances of structural steel within AISC's "Code of Standard
Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges."
D. Align and adjust various members that form part of complete frame or structure before
permanently fastening. Before assembly, clean bearing surfaces and other surfaces
that will be in permanent contact with members. Perform necessary adjustments to
compensate for discrepancies in elevations and alignment.
1. Level and plumb individual members of structure.
2. Make allowances for difference between temperature at time of erection and
mean temperature when structure is completed and in service.
E. Splice members only where indicated.
F. Do not use thermal cutting during erection.
G. Do not enlarge unfair holes in members by burning or using drift pins. Ream holes that
must be enlarged to admit bolts.
3.4 FIELD CONNECTIONS
A. High- Strength Bolts: Install high- strength bolts according to RCSC's "Specification for
type Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts" for type o f bolt and yp of joint
specified.
1. Joint Type: Snug tightened.
Page 8 of 10 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 05 12 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING
B. Weld Connections: Comply with AWS D1.1 and AWS D1.8 for tolerances,
appearances, welding procedure specifications, weld quality, and methods used in
correcting welding work.
1. Comply with AISC 303 and AISC 360 for bearing, alignment, adequacy of
temporary connections, and removal of paint on surfaces adjacent to field welds.
2. Remove backing bars or runoff tabs where indicated, back gouge, and grind steel
smooth.
3. Assemble and weld built -up sections by methods that will maintain true alignment
of axes without exceeding tolerances in AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for
Steel Buildings and Bridges" for mill material.
3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting
agency to inspect field welds and high- strength bolted connections.
B. Bolted Connections: Bolted connections will be inspected according to RCSC's
"Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts."
C. Welded Connections: Field welds will be visually inspected according to
AWS D1.1/D1.1M.
1. In addition to visual inspection, field welds will be tested and inspected according
to AWS D1.1 /D1.1M and the following inspection procedures, at testing agency's
option:
a. Liquid Penetrant Inspection: ASTM E 165.
b. Magnetic Particle Inspection: ASTM E 709; performed on root pass and on
finished weld. Cracks or zones of incomplete fusion or penetration will not
be accepted.
c. Ultrasonic Inspection: ASTM E 164.
d. Radiographic Inspection: ASTM E 94.
D. Correct deficiencies in Work that test reports and inspections indicate does not comply
with the Contract Documents.
3.6 REPAIRS AND PROTECTION
A. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean areas where galvanizing is damaged or missing and
repair galvanizing to comply with ASTM A 780.
B. Touchup Painting: Immediately after erection, clean exposed areas where primer is
damaged or missing and paint with the same material as used for shop painting to
comply with SSPC -PA 1 for touching up shop - painted surfaces.
1. Clean and prepare surfaces by SSPC -SP 2 hand -tool cleaning or SSPC -SP 3
power -tool cleaning.
Page 9 of 10 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 05 12 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING
end Of Section 05 12 00
Page 10 of 10 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 05 31 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas STEEL DECKING
SECTION 05 31 00 - STEEL DECKING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the
following:
1. Composite floor deck (main entrance canopy).
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 03 Section "Cast -in -Place Concrete" for concrete fill.
2. Division 05 Section "Structural Steel Framing" for shop- and field - welded shear
connectors.
3. Division 05 Section "Metal Fabrications" for framing deck openings with
miscellaneous steel shapes.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of deck, accessory, and product indicated.
B. Shop Drawings: Show layout and types of deck panels, anchorage details, reinforcing
channels, pans, cut deck openings, special jointing, accessories, and attachments to
other construction.
C. Product Certificates: For each type of steel deck, signed by product manufacturer.
D. Field quality - control test and inspection reports.
E. Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by a
qualified testing agency, indicating that each of the following complies with
requirements:
1. Power- actuated mechanical fasteners.
F. Research /Evaluation Reports: For steel deck.
Page 1 of 5 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 05 31 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas STEEL DECKING
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency qualified according to
ASTM E 329 for testing indicated.
B. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.3, "Structural
Welding Code - Sheet Steel."
C. AISI Specifications: Comply with calculated structural characteristics of steel deck
according to AISI's "North American Specification for the Design of Cold- Formed Steel
Structural Members."
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Protect steel deck from corrosion, deformation, and other damage during delivery,
storage, and handling.
B. Stack steel deck on platforms or pallets and slope to provide drainage. Protect with a
waterproof covering and ventilate to avoid condensation.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
B. Manufacturers:
1. Steel Deck:
a. D -Mac Industries Inc.
b. Epic Metals Corporation.
c. Nucor Corp.; Vulcraft Division.
d. Roof Deck, Inc.
e. United Steel Deck, Inc.
f. Wheeling Corrugating Company; Div. of Wheeling- Pittsburgh Steel
Corporation.
2.2 COMPOSITE FLOOR DECK
A. Composite Steel Floor Deck: Fabricate panels, with integrally embossed or raised
pattern ribs and interlocking side laps, to comply with "SDI Specifications and
Commentary for Composite Steel Floor Deck," in SDI Publication No. 30, with the
minimum section properties indicated, and with the following:
Page 2 of 5 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 05 31 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas STEEL DECKING
1. Prime - Painted Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, Structural Steel (SS),
Grade 50 minimum, with top surface phosphatized and unpainted and underside
surface shop primed with manufacturers' standard baked -on, rust - inhibitive
primer.
2. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, Structural Steel (SS), Grade 50,
G60 zinc coating.
3. Galvanized and Shop- Primed Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, Structural
Steel (SS), Grade 50, G60 zinc coating; with unpainted top surface and cleaned
and pretreated bottom surface primed with manufacturer's standard baked -on,
rust - inhibitive primer.
4. Profile Depth: 2 inches.
5. Design Uncoated -Steel Thickness: As indicated.
6. Span Condition: Triple span or more.
2.3 ACCESSORIES
A. General: Provide manufacturer's standard accessory materials for deck that comply
with requirements indicated.
B. Mechanical Fasteners: Corrosion - resistant, low- velocity, power- actuated or
pneumatically driven carbon -steel fasteners; or self - drilling, self- threading screws.
C. Side -Lap Fasteners: Corrosion- resistant, hexagonal washer head; self - drilling, carbon -
steel screws, No. 10 minimum diameter.
D. Flexible Closure Strips: Vulcanized, closed -cell, synthetic rubber.
E. Miscellaneous Sheet Metal Deck Accessories: Steel sheet, minimum yield strength of
33,000 psi, not less than 0.0359 -inch design uncoated thickness, of same material and
finish as deck; of profile indicated or required for application.
F. Galvanizing Repair Paint: ASTM A 780, with dry film containing a minimum of 94
percent zinc dust by weight.
G. Repair Paint: Manufacturer's standard rust - inhibitive primer of same color as primer.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine supporting frame and field conditions for compliance with requirements for
installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance.
3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Install deck panels and accessories according to applicable specifications and
commentary in SDI Publication No. 30, manufacturer's written instructions, and
requirements in this Section.
Page 3 of 5 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 05 31 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas STEEL DECKING
B. Locate deck bundles to prevent overloading of supporting members.
C. Place deck panels on supporting frame and adjust to final position with ends accurately
aligned and bearing on supporting frame before being permanently fastened. Do not
stretch or contract side -lap interlocks.
D. Place deck panels flat and square and fasten to supporting frame without warp or
deflection.
E. Cut and neatly fit deck panels and accessories around openings and other work
projecting through or adjacent to deck.
F. Provide additional reinforcement and closure pieces at openings as required for
strength, continuity of deck, and support of other work.
G. Comply with AWS requirements and procedures for manual shielded metal arc
welding, appearance and quality of welds, and methods used for correcting welding
work.
H. Mechanical fasteners may be used in lieu of welding to fasten deck. Locate
mechanical fasteners and install according to deck manufacturer's written instructions.
3.3 DECK INSTALLATION
A. Fasten deck panels to steel supporting members by arc spot (puddle) welds of the
surface diameter indicated and as follows:
1. Weld Diameter: 3/4 inch, nominal.
2. Weld Spacing: Weld edge ribs of panels at each support. Space additional
welds an average of 12 inches apart, but not more than 18 inches apart.
3. Weld Spacing: Space and locate welds as indicated.
4. Weld Washers: Install weld washers at each weld location.
B. Side -Lap and Perimeter Edge Fastening: Fasten side laps and perimeter edges of
panels between supports, at intervals not exceeding the lesser of half of the span or 36
inches, and as follows:
1. Mechanically fasten with self - drilling, No. 10 diameter or larger, carbon -steel
screws.
2. Mechanically clinch or button punch.
3. Fasten with a minimum of 1 -1/2- inch -long welds.
C. End Bearing: Install deck ends over supporting frame with a minimum end bearing of 2
inches, with end joints as follows:
1. End Joints: Lapped.
Page 4 of 5 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 05 31 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas STEEL DECKING
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to
perform field tests and inspections and prepare test reports.
B. Field welds will be subject to inspection.
C. Testing agency will report inspection results promptly and in writing to Contractor and
Architect.
D. Remove and replace work that does not comply with specified requirements.
E. Additional inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine
compliance of corrected work with specified requirements.
3.5 REPAIRS AND PROTECTION
A. Galvanizing Repairs: Prepare and repair damaged galvanized coatings on both
surfaces of deck with galvanized repair paint according to ASTM A 780 and
manufacturer's written instructions.
B. Repair Painting: Wire brush and clean rust spots, welds, and abraded areas on both
surfaces of prime - painted deck immediately after installation, and apply repair paint.
1. Apply repair paint, of same color as adjacent shop - primed deck, to bottom
surfaces of deck exposed to view.
2. Wire brushing, cleaning,'and repair painting of bottom deck surfaces are included
in Division 09 Section
C. Provide final protection and maintain conditions to ensure that steel deck is without
damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.
End Of Section 05 31 00
Page 5 of 5 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 05 40 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas COLD - FORMED METAL FRAMING
SECTION 05 40 00
COLD - FORMED METAL FRAMING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Exterior load- bearing wall framing.
2. Exterior non -load- bearing wall framing.
1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Structural Performance: Provide cold- formed metal framing capable of withstanding
design loads within limits and under conditions indicated.
1. Design Loads: As indicated on structural drawing General Notes S -001
2. Deflection Limits: Design framing systems to withstand design loads without
deflections greater than the following:
a. Exterior Load - Bearing Wall Framing: Horizontal deflection of 1/360 of the
wall height.
b. Exterior Non - Load - Bearing Framing: Horizontal deflection of 1/360 of the
wall height.
3. Design framing systems to provide for movement of framing members without
damage or overstressing, sheathing failure, connection failure, undue strain on
fasteners and anchors, or other detrimental effects when subject to a maximum
ambient temperature change of 120 deg F.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of cold- formed metal framing product and accessory
indicated.
B. Shop Drawings: Show layout, spacings, sizes, thicknesses, and types of cold- formed
metal framing; fabrication; and fastening and anchorage details, including mechanical
fasteners. Show reinforcing channels, opening framing, supplemental framing,
Page 1 of 10 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 05 40 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas COLD - FORMED METAL FRAMING
strapping, bracing, bridging, splices, accessories, connection details, and attachment
to adjoining work.
C. Welding certificates.
D. Qualification Data: For testing agency.
E. Product Test Reports: From a qualified testing agency, unless otherwise stated,
indicating that each of the following complies with requirements, based on evaluation of
comprehensive tests for current products:
1. Steel sheet.
2. Expansion anchors.
3. Power- actuated anchors.
4. Mechanical fasteners.
5. Vertical deflection clips.
6. Horizontal drift deflection clips
7. Miscellaneous structural clips and accessories.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Engineering Responsibility: Preparation of Shop Drawings, design calculations, and
other structural data by a qualified professional engineer.
B. Product Tests: Mill certificates or data from a qualified independent testing agency
indicating steel sheet complies with requirements, including base -metal thickness, yield
strength, tensile strength, total elongation, chemical requirements, ductility, and
metallic- coating thickness.
C. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1 M, "Structural
Welding Code -- Steel," and AWS D1.3, "Structural Welding Code - -Sheet Steel."
D. AISI Specifications and Standards: Comply with AISI's "North American Specification
for the Design of Cold- Formed Steel Structural Members" and its "Standard for Cold -
Formed Steel Framing - General Provisions."
1. Comply with AISI's "Standard for Cold- Formed Steel Framing - Truss Design."
2. Comply with AISI's "Standard for Cold- Formed Steel Framing - Header Design."
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Protect cold- formed metal framing from corrosion, deformation, and other damage
during delivery, storage, and handling.
B. Store cold- formed metal framing, protect with a waterproof covering, and ventilate to
avoid condensation.
Page 2 of 10 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 05 40 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas COLD - FORMED METAL FRAMING
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering cold- formed metal framing that may be incorporated into the Work include, but
are not limited to, the following:
1. Allied Studco.
2. AIISteel Products, Inc.
3. Clark Steel Framing.
4. Consolidated Fabricators Corp.; Building Products Division.
5. Craco Metals Manufacturing, LLC.
6. Custom Stud, Inc.
7. Dale /Incor.
8. Design Shapes in Steel.
9. Dietrich Metal Framing; a Worthington Industries Company.
10. Formetal Co. Inc. (The).
11. Innovative Steel Systems.
12. MarinoWare; a division of Ware Industries.
13. Quail Run Building Materials, Inc.
14. SCAFCO Corporation.
15. Southeastern Stud & Components, Inc.
16. Steel Construction Systems.
17. Steeler, Inc.
18. Super Stud Building Products, Inc.
19. United Metal Products, Inc.
20. The Steel Network, Inc.
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Recycled Content of Steel Products: Provide products with an average recycled
content of steel products so postconsumer recycled content plus one -half of
preconsumer recycled content is not less than 25 percent.
B. Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1003 /A 1003M, Structural Grade, Type H, metallic coated, of
grade and coating weight as follows:
1. Grade: See Structural General Notes S -001.
2. Coating: G90 or equivalent.
C. Steel Sheet for Vertical Deflection or Drift Clips: ASTM A 653/A 653M, structural steel,
zinc coated, of grade and coating as follows:
1. Grade: As required by structural performance.
2. Coating: G90.
Page 3 of 10 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 05 40 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas COLD - FORMED METAL FRAMING
2.3 LOAD - BEARING WALL FRAMING
A. Steel Studs: Manufacturer's standard C- shaped steel studs, of web depths indicated,
punched, with stiffened flanges, and as follows:
1. Minimum Base -Metal Thickness: 0.0538 inch; unless noted otherwise on
structural drawings.
2. Flange Width: 2 -1/2 inches.
3. Section Properties: Based on manufactures effective section properties.
B. Steel Track: Manufacturer's standard U- shaped steel track, of web depths indicated,
unpunched, with straight flanges, and as follows:
1. Minimum Base -Metal Thickness: 0.0538 inch unless notes otherwise on
structural drawings (UNOSD).
2. Flange Width: 1 -1/4 inches UNOSD.
C. Steel Box or Back -to -Back Headers: Manufacturer's standard C- shapes used to form
header beams, of web depths indicated, punched, with stiffened flanges, and as
follows:
1. Minimum Base -Metal Thickness: 0.0966 inch.
2. Flange Width: 2 -1/2 inches.
3. Section Properties: Based upon manufactures effective section properties.
D. Steel Double -L Headers: Manufacturer's standard L- shapes used to form header
beams, of web depths indicated, and as follows:
1. Minimum Base -Metal Thickness: 0.0966 inch.
2. Top Flange Width: 1 -5/8 inches.
3. Section Properties: Based upon manufactures effective section properties.
2.4 EXTERIOR NON - LOAD - BEARING WALL FRAMING
A. Steel Studs: Manufacturer's standard C- shaped steel studs, of web depths indicated,
punched, with stiffened flanges, and as follows:
1. Minimum Base -Metal Thickness: 0.0538 inch or 0.0966 inch.
2. Flange Width: 2 -1/2 inches.
3. Section Properties: Based upon manufactures effective section properties
B. Steel Track: Manufacturer's standard U- shaped steel track, of web depths indicated,
unpunched, with unstiffened flanges, and as follows:
1. Minimum Base -Metal Thickness: 0.0538 inch.
2. Flange Width: 1 -1/4 inches.
C. Vertical Deflection Clips: Manufacturer's standard bypass and head clips, capable of
accommodating upward and downward vertical displacement of primary structure
through positive mechanical attachment to stud web.
Page 4 of 10 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 05 40 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas COLD - FORMED METAL FRAMING
1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,
manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
but are not limited to, the following:
a. Dietrich Metal Framing; a Worthington Industries Company.
b. MarinoWare, a division of Ware Industries.
c. SCAFCO Corporation
d. The Steel Network, Inc.
D. Drift Clips: Manufacturer's standard bypass or head clips, capable of isolating wall stud
from upward and downward vertical displacement and lateral drift of primary structure.
2.5 FRAMING ACCESSORIES
A. Fabricate steel- framing accessories from steel sheet, ASTM A 1003/A 1003M,
Structural Grade, Type H, metallic coated, of same grade and coating weight used for
framing members.
B. Provide accessories of manufacturer's standard thickness and configuration, unless
otherwise indicated, as follows:
1. Supplementary framing.
2. Bracing, bridging, and solid blocking.
3. Web stiffeners.
4. Anchor clips.
5. End clips.
6. Foundation clips.
7. Gusset plates.
8. Stud kickers, knee braces, and girts.
9. Joist hangers and end closures.
10. Hole reinforcing plates.
11. Backer plates.
2.6 ANCHORS, CLIPS, AND FASTENERS
A. Steel Shapes and Clips: ASTM A 36/A 36M, zinc coated by hot -dip process according
to ASTM A 123/A 123M.
B. Anchor Bolts: ASTM F 1554, Grade 36 55, threaded carbon -steel headless bolts, with
encased end threaded, and carbon -steel nuts; and flat, hardened -steel washers; zinc
coated by hot -dip process according to ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class C.
C. Expansion Anchors: Fabricated from corrosion - resistant materials, with capability to
sustain, without failure, a load equal to 5 times design load, as determined by testing
per ASTM E 488 conducted by a qualified independent testing agency.
D. Power- Actuated Anchors: Fastener system of type suitable for application indicated,
fabricated from corrosion - resistant materials, with capability to sustain, without failure,
Page 5 of 10 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 05 40 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas COLD - FORMED METAL FRAMING
a load equal to a minimum of 5 times design load, as determined by testing per
ASTM E 1190 conducted by a qualified independent testing agency.
E. Mechanical Fasteners: ASTM C 1513, corrosion- resistant - coated, self - drilling, self -
tapping steel drill screws.
1. Head Type: Low - profile head beneath sheathing, manufacturer's standard
elsewhere.
F. Welding Electrodes: Comply with AWS standards.
2.7 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Galvanizing Repair Paint: SSPC -Paint 20 ASTM A 780.
B. Nonmetallic, Nonshrink Grout: Premixed, nonmetallic, noncorrosive, nonstaining grout
containing selected silica sands, portland cement, shrinkage- compensating agents,
and plasticizing and water- reducing agents, complying with ASTM C 1107, with fluid
consistency and 30- minute working time.
C. Shims: Load bearing, high- density multimonomer plastic, nonleaching.
D. Sealer Gaskets: Closed -cell neoprene foam, 1/4 inch thick, selected from
manufacturer's standard widths to match width of bottom track or rim track members.
2.8 FABRICATION
A. Fabricate cold- formed metal framing and accessories plumb, square, and true to line,
and with connections securely fastened, according to referenced AISI's specifications
and standards, manufacturer's written instructions, and requirements in this Section.
1. Fabricate framing assemblies using jigs or templates.
2. Cut framing members by sawing or shearing; do not torch cut.
3. Fasten cold- formed metal framing members by welding, screw fastening, clinch
fastening, or riveting as standard with fabricator. Wire tying of framing members
is not permitted.
a. Comply with AWS D1.3 requirements and procedures for welding,
appearance and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding
work.
Shop Drawings, Locate mechanical fasteners and install according to a
S o p win s , with g
screw penetrating joined members by not less than three exposed screw
threads.
4. Fasten other materials to cold- formed metal framing by welding, bolting, or screw
fastening, according to Shop Drawings.
B. Reinforce, stiffen, and brace framing assemblies to withstand handling, delivery, and
erection stresses. Lift fabricated assemblies to prevent damage or permanent
distortion.
Page 6 of 10 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 05 40 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas COLD - FORMED METAL FRAMING
C. Fabrication Tolerances: Fabricate assemblies level, plumb, and true to line to a
maximum allowable tolerance variation of 1/8 inch in 10 feet and as follows:
1. Spacing: Space individual framing members no more than plus or minus 1/8 inch
from plan location. Cumulative error shall not exceed minimum fastening
requirements of sheathing or other finishing materials.
2. Squareness: Fabricate each cold- formed metal framing assembly to a maximum
out -of- square tolerance of 1/8 inch.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine supporting substrates and abutting structural framing for compliance with
requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance.
1. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been
corrected.
3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Cold- formed metal framing may be shop or field fabricated for installation, or it may be
field assembled.
B. Install cold- formed metal framing according to AISI's "Standard for Cold- Formed Steel
Framing - General Provisions" and to manufacturer's written instructions unless more
stringent requirements are indicated.
C. Install shop- or field- fabricated, cold- formed framing and securely anchor to supporting
structure.
1. Screw, bolt, or weld wall panels at horizontal and vertical junctures to produce
flush, even, true -to -line joints with maximum variation in plane and true position
between fabricated panels not exceeding 1/16 inch.
D. Install cold- formed metal framing and accessories plumb, square, and true to line, and
with connections securely fastened.
1. Cut framing members by sawing or shearing; do not torch cut.
2. Fasten cold- formed metal framing members by welding, screw fastening, clinch
fastening, or riveting. Wire tying of framing members is not permitted.
a. Comply with AWS D1.3 requirements and procedures for welding,
appearance and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding
work.
b. Locate mechanical fasteners and install according to Shop Drawings, and
complying with requirements for spacing, edge distances, and screw
penetration.
Page 7 of 10 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 05 40 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas COLD - FORMED METAL FRAMING
E. Install framing members in one -piece lengths unless splice connections are indicated
for track or tension members.
F. Install temporary bracing and supports to secure framing and support loads
comparable in intensity to those for which structure was designed. Maintain braces
and supports in place, undisturbed, until entire integrated supporting structure has
been completed and permanent connections to framing are secured.
G. Do not bridge building expansion and control joints with cold- formed metal framing.
Independently frame both sides of joints.
H. Install insulation, specified in Division 07 Section "Thermal Insulation," in built -up
exterior framing members, such as headers, sills, boxed joists, and multiple studs at
openings, that are inaccessible on completion of framing work.
I. Fasten hole reinforcing plate over web penetrations that exceed size of manufacturer's
standard punched openings.
J. Erection Tolerances: Install cold- formed metal framing level, plumb, and true to line to
a maximum allowable tolerance variation of 1/8 inch in 10 feet and as follows:
1. Space individual framing members no more than plus or minus 1/8 inch from plan
location. Cumulative error shall not exceed minimum fastening requirements of
sheathing or other finishing materials.
3.3 LOAD - BEARING WALL INSTALLATION
A. Install continuous top and bottom tracks sized to match studs. Align tracks accurately
and securely anchor at corners and ends, and at spacings as follows:
1. Anchor Spacing: As shown on Shop Drawings.
B. Squarely seat studs against top and bottom tracks with gap not exceeding of 1/8 inch
between the end of wall framing member and the web of track. Fasten both flanges of
studs to top and bottom tracks. Space studs as follows:
1. Stud Spacing: 12 inches
C. Set studs plumb, except as needed for diagonal bracing or required for nonplumb walls
or warped surfaces and similar configurations.
D. Align studs vertically where floor framing interrupts wall- framing continuity. Where
studs cannot be aligned, continuously reinforce track to transfer loads.
E. Align floor and roof framing over studs. Where framing cannot be aligned, continuously
reinforce track to transfer loads.
F. Anchor studs abutting structural columns or walls, including masonry walls, to
supporting structure as indicated.
Page 8 of 10 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 05 40 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas COLD - FORMED METAL FRAMING
G. Install headers over wall openings wider than stud spacing. Locate headers above
openings as indicated. Fabricate headers of compound shapes indicated or required
to transfer load to supporting studs, complete with clip -angle connectors, web
stiffeners, or gusset plates.
1. Frame wall openings with not less than a double stud at each jamb of frame as
indicated on Shop Drawings. Fasten jamb members together to uniformly
distribute loads.
2. Install runner tracks and jack studs above and below wall openings. Anchor
tracks to jamb studs with clip angles or by welding, and space jack studs same
as full- height wall studs.
H. Install supplementary framing, blocking, and bracing in stud framing indicated to
support fixtures, equipment, services, casework, heavy trim, furnishings, and similar
work requiring attachment to framing.
1. If type of supplementary support is not indicated, comply with stud
manufacturer's written recommendations and industry standards in each case,
considering weight or load resulting from item supported.
I. Install horizontal bridging in stud system, spaced 48 inches. Fasten at each stud
intersection.
1. Bridging: Cold- rolled steel channel, welded or mechanically fastened to webs of
punched studs with a minimum of 2 screws into each flange of the clip angle for
framing members up to 6 inches deep.
J. Install miscellaneous framing and connections, including supplementary framing, web
stiffeners, clip angles, continuous angles, anchors, and fasteners, to provide a
complete and stable wall- framing system.
3.4 EXTERIOR NON - LOAD - BEARING WALL INSTALLATION
A. Install continuous tracks sized to match studs. Align tracks accurately and securely
anchor to supporting structure as indicated.
B. Fasten both flanges of studs to bottom track, unless otherwise indicated. Space studs
as follows:
1. Stud Spacing: 12 inches.
C. Set studs plumb, except as needed for diagonal bracing or required for nonplumb walls
or warped surfaces and similar requirements.
D. Isolate non -load- bearing steel framing from building structure to prevent transfer of
vertical loads while providing lateral support.
1. Connect drift clips to cold formed metal framing and anchor to building structure.
Page 9 of 10 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 05 40 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas COLD - FORMED METAL FRAMING
E. Install horizontal bridging in wall studs, spaced in rows indicated on Shop Drawings but
not more than 48 inches apart. Fasten at each stud intersection.
1. Bridging: Cold- rolled steel channel, welded or mechanically fastened to webs of
punched studs.
2. Bridging: Proprietary bridging bars installed according to manufacturer's written
instructions.
F. Install miscellaneous framing and connections, including stud kickers, web stiffeners,
clip angles, continuous angles, anchors, fasteners, and stud girts, to provide a
complete and stable wall- framing system.
3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to
perform field inspections and prepare test reports.
B. Field and shop welds will be subject to testing and inspecting.
C. Testing agency will report test results promptly and in writing to Contractor and
Architect.
D. Remove and replace work where test results indicate that it does not comply with
specified requirements.
E. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to
determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements.
3.6 REPAIRS AND PROTECTION
A. Galvanizing Repairs: Prepare and repair damaged galvanized coatings on fabricated
and installed cold- formed metal framing with galvanized repair paint according to
ASTM A 780 and manufacturer's written instructions.
B. Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to
manufacturer and Installer, that ensure that cold- formed metal framing is without
damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.
END OF SECTION
Page 10 of 10 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 05 50 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas METAL FABRICATIONS
SECTION 05 50 00 - METAL FABRICATIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Steel framing and supports for applications where framing and supports are not
specified in other Sections.
2. Shelf angles.
3. Metal tleof plate and supports.
4. Metal downspout boots.
5. Loose bearing and leveling plates for applications where they are not specified in
other Sections.
B. Related Sections:
1. Division 03 Section "Cast -in -Place Concrete" for installing anchor bolts, steel
pipe sleeves, slotted - channel inserts, wedge -type inserts, and other items cast
into concrete.
2. Division 05 Section "Structural Steel Framing."
1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface
temperature changes acting on exterior metal fabrications by preventing buckling,
opening of joints, overstressing of components, failure of connections, and other
detrimental effects.
1. Temperature Change: 120 deg F , ambient; 180 deg F , material surfaces.
1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Field Measurements: Verify actual locations of walls and other construction contiguous
with metal fabrications by field measurements before fabrication.
Page 1 of 7 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 05 50 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas METAL FABRICATIONS
1.5 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate selection of shop primers with topcoats to be applied over them. Comply
with paint and coating manufacturers' written recommendations to ensure that shop
primers and topcoats are compatible with one another.
B. Coordinate installation of anchorages and steel weld plates and angles.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 METALS, GENERAL
A. Metal Surfaces, General: Provide materials with smooth, flat surfaces unless
otherwise indicated. For metal fabrications exposed to view in the completed Work,
provide materials without seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, or blemishes.
2.2 FERROUS METALS
A. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M.
B. Rolled -Steel Floor Plate: ASTM A 786/A 786M, rolled from plate complying with
ASTM A 36/A 36M or ASTM A 283/A 283M, Grade C or D.
C. Steel Tubing: ASTM A 500, cold- formed steel tubing.
D. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, standard weight (Schedule 40) unless otherwise
indicated.
E. Cast Iron: Either gray iron, ASTM A 48/A 48M, or malleable iron, ASTM A 47/A 47M,
unless otherwise indicated.
2.3 FASTENERS
A. Steel Bolts and Nuts: Regular hexagon -head bolts, ASTM A 307, Grade A; with hex
nuts, ASTM A 563; and, where indicated, flat washers.
B. Steel Bolts and Nuts: Regular hexagon -head bolts, ASTM A 325, Type 3; with hex
nuts, ASTM A 563, Grade C3; and, where indicated, flat washers.
C. Anchor Bolts: ASTM F 1554, Grade 36, of dimensions indicated; with nuts,
ASTM A 563; and, where indicated, flat washers.
1. Hot -dip galvanize or provide mechanically deposited, zinc coating where item
being fastened is indicated to be galvanized.
D. Eyebolts: ASTM A 489.
E. Machine Screws: ASME B18.6.3.
Page 2 of 7 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 05 50 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas METAL FABRICATIONS
F. Lag Screws: ASME B18.2.1.
G. Wood Screws: Flat head, ASME B18.6.1.
H. Plain Washers: Round, ASME B18.22.1.
I. Lock Washers: Helical, spring type, ASME B18.21.1.
J. Anchors, General: Anchors capable of sustaining, without failure, a load equal to six
times the load imposed when installed in unit masonry and four times the load imposed
when installed in concrete, as determined by testing according to ASTM E 488,
conducted by a qualified independent testing agency.
K. Cast -in -Place Anchors in Concrete: Either threaded type or wedge type unless
otherwise indicated; galvanized ferrous castings, either ASTM A 47/A 47M malleable
iron or ASTM A 27/A 27M cast steel. Provide bolts, washers, and shims as needed, all
hot -dip galvanized per ASTM F 2329.
L. Post - Installed Anchors: Torque - controlled expansion anchors or chemical anchors.
1. Material for Interior Locations: Carbon -steel components zinc plated to comply
with ASTM B 633 or ASTM F 1941, Class Fe /Zn 5, unless otherwise indicated.
2. Material for Exterior Locations and Where Stainless Steel is Indicated: Alloy
Group 1 stainless -steel bolts, ASTM F 593, and nuts, ASTM F 594.
M. Slotted - Channel Inserts: Cold- formed, hot -dip galvanized -steel box channels (struts)
complying with MFMA -4, 1 -5/8 by 7/8 inches by length indicated with anchor straps or
studs not less than 3 inches long at not more than 8 inches o.c. Provide with
temporary filler and tee -head bolts, complete with washers and nuts, all zinc - plated to
comply with ASTM B 633, Class Fe /Zn 5, as needed for fastening to inserts.
2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Welding Rods and Bare Electrodes: Select according to AWS specifications for metal
alloy welded.
B. Shop Primers: Provide primers that comply with Division 09 painting Sections.
C. Universal Shop Primer: Fast - curing, lead- and chromate -free, universal modified -alkyd
primer complying with MPI #79 and compatible with topcoat.
1. Use primer containing pigments that make it easily distinguishable from zinc -rich
primer.
D. Epoxy Zinc -Rich Primer: Complying with MPI #20 and compatible with topcoat.
a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements.
E. Galvanizing Repair Paint: High- zinc - dust - content paint complying with SSPC -Paint 20
and compatible with paints specified to be used over it.
Page 3 of 7 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 05 50 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas METAL FABRICATIONS
F. Bituminous Paint: Cold- applied asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D 1187.
G. Nonshrink, Metallic Grout: Factory - packaged, ferrous - aggregate grout complying with
ASTM C 1107, specifically recommended by manufacturer for heavy -duty loading
applications.
H. Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grout: Factory - packaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive,
nongaseous grout complying with ASTM C 1107. Provide grout specifically
recommended by manufacturer for interior and exterior applications.
I. Concrete: Comply with requirements in Division 03 Section "Cast -in -Place Concrete"
for normal- weight, air - entrained, concrete with a minimum 28 -day compressive
strength of 4000 psi.
2.5 FABRICATION, GENERAL
A. Shop Assembly: Preassemble items in the shop to greatest extent possible.
Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Use
connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces. Clearly mark units for
reassembly and coordinated installation.
B. Cut, drill, and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs and ease edges to
a radius of approximately 1/32 inch unless otherwise indicated. Remove sharp or
rough areas on exposed surfaces.
C. Form bent -metal corners to smallest radius possible without causing grain separation
or otherwise impairing work.
D. Form exposed work with accurate angles and surfaces and straight edges.
E. Weld corners and seams continuously to comply with the following:
1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and
corrosion resistance of base metals.
2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap.
3. Remove welding flux immediately.
4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended
so no roughness shows after finishing.
F. Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed
fasteners or welds where possible. Where exposed fasteners are required, use Phillips
flat -head (countersunk) fasteners unless otherwise indicated. Locate joints where least
conspicuous.
G. Fabricate seams and other connections that will be exposed to weather in a manner to
exclude water. Provide weep holes where water may accumulate.
H. Provide for anchorage of type indicated; coordinate with supporting structure. Space
anchoring devices to secure metal fabrications rigidly in place and to support indicated
loads.
Page 4 of 7 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 05 50 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas METAL FABRICATIONS
2.6 MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS
A. General: Provide steel framing and supports not specified in other Sections as needed
to complete the Work.
B. Fabricate units from steel shapes, plates, and bars of welded construction unless
otherwise indicated. Fabricate to sizes, shapes, and profiles indicated and as
necessary to receive adjacent construction.
C. Galvanize miscellaneous framing and supports.
D. Prime miscellaneous framing and supports with zinc -rich primer where indicated.
2.7 SHELF ANGLES
A. Fabricate shelf angles from steel angles of sizes indicated and for attachment to
concrete framing. Provide horizontally slotted holes to receive 3/4 -inch bolts, spaced
not more than 6 inches from ends and 24 inches o.c., unless otherwise indicated.
1. Provide mitered and welded units at corners.
2. Provide open joints in shelf angles at expansion and control joints. Make open
joint approximately 2 inches larger than expansion or control joint.
2.8 MISCELLANEOUS STEEL TRIM
A. Unless otherwise indicated, fabricate units from steel shapes, plates, and bars of
profiles shown with continuously welded joints and smooth exposed edges. Miter
corners and use concealed field splices where possible.
B. Provide cutouts, fittings, and anchorages as needed to coordinate assembly and
installation with other work.
C. Galvanize exterior miscellaneous steel trim.
D. Prime exterior miscellaneous steel trim with zinc -rich primer.
2.9 STEEL WELD PLATES AND ANGLES
A. Provide steel weld plates and angles not specified in other Sections, for items
supported from concrete construction as needed to complete the Work. Provide each
unit with no fewer than two integrally welded steel strap anchors. for embedding in
concrete.
2.10 FINISHES, GENERAL
A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products"
for recommendations for applying and designating finishes.
Page 5 of 7 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 05 50 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas METAL FABRICATIONS
B. Finish metal fabrications after assembly.
C. Finish exposed surfaces to remove tool and die marks and stretch lines, and to blend
into surrounding surface.
2.11 STEEL AND IRON FINISHES
A. Galvanizing: Hot -dip galvanize items as indicated to comply with ASTM A 153/A 153M
for steel and iron hardware and with ASTM A 123/A 123M for other steel and iron
products.
1. Do not quench or apply post galvanizing treatments that might interfere with paint
adhesion.
B. Shop prime iron and steel items not indicated to be galvanized unless they are to be
embedded in concrete, sprayed -on fireproofing, or masonry, or unless otherwise
indicated.
1. Shop prime with universal shop primer unless indicated otherwise.
C. Preparation for Shop Priming: Prepare surfaces to comply with requirements indicated
below:
1. Exterior Items: SSPC -SP 6 /NACE No. 3, "Commercial Blast Cleaning."
2. Items Indicated to Receive Zinc -Rich Primer: SSPC -SP 6 /NACE No. 3,
"Commercial Blast Cleaning."
3. Items Indicated to Receive Primers Specified in Division 09 Section "High -
Performance Coatings ": SSPC -SP 6 /NACE No. 3, "Commercial Blast Cleaning."
4. Other Items: SSPC -SP 3, "Power Tool Cleaning."
D. Shop Priming: Apply shop primer to comply with SSPC -PA 1, "Paint Application
Specification No. 1: Shop, Field, and Maintenance Painting of Steel," for shop painting.
1. Stripe paint corners, crevices, bolts, welds, and sharp edges.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Cutting, Fitting, and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for
installing metal fabrications. Set metal fabrications accurately in location, alignment,
and elevation; with edges and surfaces level, plumb, true, and free of rack; and
measured from established lines and levels.
B. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints. Weld connections
that are not to be left as exposed joints but cannot be shop welded because of shipping
size limitations. Do not weld, cut, or abrade surfaces of exterior units that have been
hot -dip galvanized after fabrication and are for bolted or screwed field connections.
Page 6 of 7 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 05 50 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas METAL FABRICATIONS
C. Field Welding: Comply with the following requirements:
1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and
corrosion resistance of base metals.
2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap.
3. Remove welding flux immediately.
4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended
so no roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded surface matches
that of adjacent surface.
D. Fastening to In -Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where
metal fabrications are required to be fastened to in -place construction. Provide
threaded fasteners for use with concrete and masonry inserts, toggle bolts, through
bolts, lag screws, wood screws, and other connectors.
E. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to be built into
concrete, masonry, or similar construction.
F. Corrosion Protection: Coat concealed surfaces of aluminum that will come into contact
with grout, concrete, masonry, wood, or dissimilar metals with the following:
3.2 INSTALLING MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS
A. General: Install framing and supports to comply with requirements of items being
supported, including manufacturers' written instructions and requirements indicated on
Shop Drawings.
B. Anchor supports for operable partitions securely to and rigidly brace from building
structure.
3.3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Touchup Painting: Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections,
and abraded areas. Paint uncoated and abraded areas with the same material as
used for shop painting to comply with SSPC -PA 1 for touching up shop - painted
surfaces.
1. Apply by brush or spray to provide a minimum 2.0 -mil dry film thickness.
B. Touchup Painting: Cleaning and touchup painting of field welds, bolted connections,
and abraded areas of shop paint are specified in Division 09 painting Sections.
C. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and
repair galvanizing to comply with ASTM A 780.
End Of Section 05 50 00
Page 7 of 7 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 05 75 10
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas PERFORATED METAL PANELS
SECTION 05 75 10 — PERFORATED METAL PANELS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes: Perforated metal sheet panels used to fabricate acoustical
screens.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Publications:
1. ASTM Al23 - Zinc (Hot -Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products.
2. ASTM A167 - Stainless and Heat - Resisting Chromium - Nickel Steel Plate,
Sheet and Strip.
3. ASTM A283 - Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength Carbon Steel Plates.
4. ASTM A653 - Steel Sheet, Zinc - Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc -Iron Alloy- Coated
(Galvannealed) by the Hot -Dip Process, Structural (Physical) Quality.
5. ASTM B122 - Copper - Nickel -Tin Alloy, Copper - Nickel -Zinc Alloy (Nickel Silver)
and Copper - Nickel Alloy Plate, Sheet, Strip, and Rolled Bar.
6. ASTM B209 - Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Sheet and Plate.
7. ASTM B248 - Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Plate, Sheet, Strip, and Rolled
Bar.
8. ASTM B370 - Copper Sheet and Strip for Building Construction.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Provide in accordance with Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures:
1. Product data for perforated metal panels and finish.
2. Sample: 8 by 10 inches minimum size sample in selected perforation pattern
and finish.
ADDENDUM NO. 1 Page 1 of 3 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 05 75 10
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas PERFORATED METAL PANELS
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Ametco0 Manufacturing Corporation, 4326 Hamann Parkway, P.O. Box 1210,
Willoughby, Ohio 44096; 800 - 362 -1360.
B. Requests to use equivalent products of other manufacturers shall be submitted in
accordance with product substitution procedures.
2.2 PERFORATED METAL PANELS
A. Material: ASTM B209, 6063, Temper T -6 aluminum plates and sheets.
1. Thickness: 24 gage.
2. Sheet size: 36 by 96 inches.
B. Panel shape and size: Factory cut perforated sheets into 36 by 96 inches panels.
C. Perforations:
1. Round: 1/4 inch diameter holes spaced at 1/2 inch centers in 45 degrees
staggered pattern and providing 25 percent open area with4 holes per square
inch].
D. End pattern: Finished.
E. Margins: Provide perforated panels with 2 inch end margin and 2 inch side margin.
F. Equip panels with attachment clips as detailed and dimensioned on Drawings and
approved shop drawings.
2.3 FACTORY FINISH
A. Provide perforated metal fabricated panels with:
1. Hot -dip galvanized zinc coating in accordance with ASTM Al23.
2. Polyester powder coating:
a. Electrostatically applied colored polyester powder coating heat cured to
chemically bond finish to metal substrate.
b. Color: Selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard range.
3. Polyurethane coating:
ADDENDUM NO. 1 Page 2 of 3 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 05 75 10
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas PERFORATED METAL PANELS
i I
a. Thermoset enamel with 1.0 mil dry film thickness.
b. Color: Selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard range.
4. Mill finished aluminum.
5. No. 4 stain brushed finish.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Preparation: Prior to panel fabrication, field verify required dimensions.
B. Provide perforated metal panels specified in this Section for fabrication of acoustical
screens.
C. Install in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions and approved shop
drawings.
D. After installation, touch -up damaged finish with paint supplied by manufacturer and
matching original coating.
END OF SECTION 05 75 10
ADDENDUM NO. 1 Page 3 of 3 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 06 10 53
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY
SECTION 06 10 53
MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Wood blocking, cants and nailers.
2. Wood furring and grounds.
3. Plywood backing panels.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Division 06 Section "Sheathing."
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Dimension Lumber: Lumber of 2 inches nominal or greater but less than 5 inches
nominal in least dimension.
B. Lumber grading agencies, and the abbreviations used to reference them, include the
following:
1. NeLMA: Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers' Association.
2. NHLA: National Hardwood Lumber Association.
3. NLGA: National Lumber Grades Authority.
4. SPIB: The Southern Pine Inspection Bureau.
5. WCLIB: West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau.
6. WWPA: Western Wood Products Association.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of process and factory- fabricated product. Indicate
component materials and dimensions and include construction and application details.
1. Include data for wood - preservative treatment from chemical treatment
manufacturer and certification by treating plant that treated materials comply with
Page 1 of 10 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 06 10 53
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY
requirements. Indicate type of preservative used and net amount of preservative
retained.
2. Include data for fire - retardant treatment from chemical treatment manufacturer
and certification by treating plant that treated materials comply with requirements.
Include physical properties of treated materials based on testing by a qualified
independent testing agency.
3. For fire - retardant treatments, include physical properties of treated lumber both
before and after exposure to elevated temperatures, based on testing by a
qualified independent testing agency according to ASTM D 5664.
4. For products receiving a waterborne treatment, include statement that moisture
content of treated materials was reduced to levels specified before shipment to
Project site.
5. Include copies of warranties from chemical treatment manufacturers for each
type of treatment.
1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Evaluation Reports: For the following, from ICC -ES:
1. Preservative- treated wood.
2. Fire - retardant - treated wood.
3. Power - driven fasteners.
4. Powder - actuated fasteners.
5. Expansion anchors.
6. Metal framing anchors.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Testing Agency Qualifications: For testing agency providing classification marking for
fire - retardant treated material, an inspection agency acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction that periodically performs inspections to verify that the material bearing the
classification marking is representative of the material tested.
1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Stack lumber flat with spacers beneath and between each bundle to provide air
circulation. Protect lumber from weather by covering with waterproof sheeting,
securely anchored. Provide for air circulation around stacks and under coverings.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 WOOD PRODUCTS, GENERAL
A. Lumber: DOC PS 20 and applicable rules of grading agencies indicated. If no grading
agency is indicated, provide lumber that complies with the applicable rules of any rules -
writing agency certified by the ALSC Board of Review. Provide lumber graded by an
Page 2 of 10 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 06 10 53
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY
agency certified by the ALSC Board of Review to inspect and grade lumber under the
rules indicated.
1. Factory mark each piece of lumber with grade stamp of grading agency.
2. For exposed lumber indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, mark grade
stamp on end or back of each piece or omit grade stamp and provide certificates
of grade compliance issued by grading agency.
3. Where nominal sizes are indicated, provide actual sizes required by DOC PS 20
for moisture content specified. Where actual sizes are indicated, they are
minimum dressed sizes for dry lumber.
4. Provide dressed lumber, S4S, unless otherwise indicated.
B. Maximum Moisture Content of Lumber: 15 percent for 2 -inch nominal thickness or
Tess, 19 percent for more than 2 -inch nominal thickness unless otherwise indicated.
2.2 WOOD- PRESERVATIVE - TREATED MATERIALS
A. Preservative Treatment by Pressure Process: AWPA U1; Use Category UC2 for
interior construction not in contact with the ground, Use Category UC3b for exterior
construction not in contact with the ground, and Use Category UC4a for items in
contact with the ground.
1. Preservative Chemicals: Acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and
containing no arsenic or chromium. Do not use inorganic boron (SBX) for sill
plates.
2. For exposed items indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, use chemical
formulations that do not require incising, contain colorants, bleed through, or
otherwise adversely affect finishes.
B. Kiln -dry lumber after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 19 percent. Do not
use material that is warped or does not comply with requirements for untreated
material.
C. Mark lumber with treatment quality mark of an inspection agency approved by the
ALSC Board of Review.
1. For exposed lumber indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, mark end or
back of each piece or omit marking and provide certificates of treatment
compliance issued by inspection agency.
D. Application: Treat all miscellaneous carpentry unless otherwise indicated.
1. Wood cants, nailers, curbs, equipment support bases, blocking, stripping, and
similar members in connection with roofing, flashing, vapor barriers, and
waterproofing.
2. Wood sills, sleepers, blocking, furring, stripping, and similar concealed members
in contact with masonry or concrete.
3. Wood framing and furring attached directly to the interior of below -grade exterior
masonry or concrete walls.
Page 3 of 10 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 06 10 53
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY
4. Wood framing members that are less than 18 inches above the ground in crawl
spaces or unexcavated areas.
5. Wood floor plates that are installed over concrete slabs -on- grade.
2.3 FIRE - RETARDANT - TREATED MATERIALS
A. General: Where fire - retardant - treated materials are indicated, use materials complying
with requirements in this article, that are acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction,
and with fire - test - response characteristics specified as determined by testing identical
products per test method indicated by a qualified testing agency.
B. Fire - Retardant - Treated Lumber and Plywood by Pressure Process: Products with a
flame spread index of 25 or less when tested according to ASTM E 84, and with no
evidence of significant progressive combustion when the test is extended an additional
20 minutes, and with the flame front not extending more than 10.5 feet beyond the
centerline of the burners at any time during the test.
1. Use treatment that does not promote corrosion of metal fasteners.
2. Exterior Type: Treated materials shall comply with requirements specified above
for fire - retardant - treated lumber and plywood by pressure process after being
subjected to accelerated weathering according to ASTM D 2898. Use for exterior
locations and where indicated.
3. Interior Type A: Treated materials shall have a moisture content of 28 percent or
less when tested according to ASTM D 3201 at 92 percent relative humidity. Use
where exterior type is not indicated.
4. Design Value Adjustment Factors: Treated lumber shall be tested according
ASTM D 5664, and design value adjustment factors shall be calculated according
to ASTM D 6841.
C. Kiln -dry lumber after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 19 percent. Kiln -dry
plywood after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 15 percent.
D. Identify fire - retardant - treated wood with appropriate classification marking of testing
and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
1. For exposed lumber indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, mark end or
back of each piece or omit marking and provide certificates of treatment
compliance issued by inspection agency.
E. For exposed items indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, use chemical
formulations that do not bleed through, contain colorants, or otherwise adversely affect
finishes.
F. Application: Treat items indicated on Drawings, and the following:
1. Framing for raised platforms.
2. Concealed blocking.
3. Roof framing and blocking.
4. Wood cants, nailers, curbs, equipment support bases, blocking, and similar
members in connection with roofing.
Page 4 of 10 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 06 10 53
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY
5. Plywood backing panels.
2.4 DIMENSION LUMBER FRAMING
A. Other Framing: No. 2 grade and any of the following species:
1. Hem -fir (north); NLGA.
2. Southern pine; SPIB.
3. Douglas fir - larch; WCLIB or WWPA.
4. Mixed southern pine; SPIB.
5. Spruce - pine -fir; NLGA.
6. Douglas fir - south; WWPA.
7. Hem -fir; WCLIB or WWPA.
8. Douglas fir -larch (north); NLGA.
9. Spruce - pine -fir (south); NeLMA, WCLIB, or WWPA.
2.5 MISCELLANEOUS LUMBER
A. General: Provide miscellaneous lumber indicated and lumber for support or
attachment of other construction, including the following:
1. Blocking.
2. Nailers.
3. Rooftop equipment bases and support curbs.
4. Cants.
5. Furring.
6. Grounds.
7. Utility shelving.
B. For items of dimension lumber size, provide Construction or No. 2 grade lumber and
any of the following species:
1. Hem -fir (north); NLGA.
2. Mixed southern pine; SPIB.
3. Spruce - pine -fir; NLGA.
4. Hem -fir; WCLIB or WWPA.
5. Spruce - pine -fir (south); NeLMA, WCLIB, or WWPA.
6. Western woods; WCLIB or WWPA.
7. Northern species; NLGA.
8. Eastern softwoods; NeLMA.
C. For concealed boards, provide lumber with 19 percent maximum moisture content and
any of the following species and grades:
1. Mixed southern pine, No. 2 grade; SPIB.
2. Hem -fir or hem -fir (north), Standard or No. 3 Common grade; NLGA, WCLIB, or
WWPA.
3. Spruce - pine -fir (south) or spruce - pine -fir, Standard or No. 3 Common grade;
NeLMA, NLGA, WCLIB, or WWPA.
Page 5 of 10 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 06 10 53
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY
4. Eastern softwoods, No. 3 Common grade; NELMA.
5. Northern species, No. 3Common grade; NLGA.
6. Western woods, Standard or No. 3 Common grade; WCLIB or WWPA.
D. For blocking not used for attachment of other construction, Utility, Stud, or No. 3 grade
lumber of any species may be used provided that it is cut and selected to eliminate
defects that will interfere with its attachment and purpose.
E. For blocking and nailers used for attachment of other construction, select and cut
lumber to eliminate knots and other defects that will interfere with attachment of other
work.
F. For furring strips for installing plywood or hardboard paneling, select boards with no
knots capable of producing bent -over nails and damage to paneling.
2.6 PLYWOOD BACKING PANELS
A. Equipment Backing Panels: DOC PS 1, fire- retardant treated, in thickness indicated
or, if not indicated, not less than 3/4 -inch nominal thickness.
2.7 FASTENERS
A. General: Provide fasteners of size and type indicated that comply with requirements
specified in this article for material and manufacture.
1. Where carpentry is exposed to weather, in ground contact, pressure - preservative
treated, or in area of high relative humidity, provide fasteners of Type 304
stainless steel.
B. Nails, Brads, and Staples: ASTM F 1667.
C. Power - Driven Fasteners: NES NER -272.
D. Wood Screws: ASME B18.6.1.
E. Screws for Fastening to Metal Framing: ASTM C 1002 length as recommended by
screw manufacturer for material being fastened.
F. Lag Bolts: ASME B18.2.1.
G. Bolts: Steel bolts complying with ASTM A 307, Grade A; with ASTM A 563 hex nuts
and, where indicated, flat washers.
H. Expansion Anchors: Anchor bolt and sleeve assembly of material indicated below with
capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to 6 times the load imposed when
installed in unit masonry assemblies and equal to 4 times the load imposed when
installed in concrete as determined by testing per ASTM E 488 conducted by a
qualified independent testing and inspecting agency.
Page 6 of 10 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 06 10 53
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY
1. Material: Stainless steel with bolts and nuts complying with ASTM F 593 and
ASTM F 594, Alloy Group 1 or 2.
2.8 METAL FRAMING ANCHORS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
1. Cleveland Steel Specialty Co.
2. KC Metals Products, Inc.
3. Phoenix Metal Products, Inc.
4. Simpson Strong -Tie Co., Inc.
5. USP Structural Connectors.
B. Galvanized -Steel Sheet: Hot -dip, zinc - coated steel sheet complying with
ASTM A 653/A 653M, G60 coating designation.
1. Use for interior locations unless otherwise indicated.
C. Hot -Dip Heavy- Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M; Structural Steel (SS),
high- strength low -alloy steel Type A (HSLAS Type A), or high- strength low -alloy steel
Type B (HSLAS Type B); G185 coating designation; and not less than 0.036 inch thick.
1. Use for wood - preservative- treated lumber and where indicated.
D. Stainless -Steel Sheet: ASTM A 666, Type 304
1. Use for exterior locations and where indicated.
2.9 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Adhesives for Gluing Furring and Sleepers to Concrete or Masonry: Formulation
complying with ASTM D 3498 that is approved for use indicated by adhesive
manufacturer.
B. Flexible Flashing: Composite, self- adhesive, flashing product consisting of a pliable,
butyl rubber or rubberized - asphalt compound, bonded to a high- density polyethylene
film, aluminum foil, or spunbonded polyolefin to produce an overall thickness of not
Tess than 0.025 inch.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Set carpentry to required levels and lines, with members plumb, true to line, cut, and
fitted. Fit carpentry to other construction; scribe and cope as needed for accurate fit.
Page 7 of 10 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 06 10 53
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY
Locate furring, nailers, blocking, grounds, and similar supports to comply with
requirements for attaching other construction.
B. Where wood - preservative- treated lumber is installed adjacent to metal decking, install
continuous flexible flashing separator between wood and metal decking.
C. Framing Standard: Comply with AF &PA's WCD 1, "Details for Conventional Wood
Frame Construction," unless otherwise indicated.
D. Install plywood backing panels by fastening to studs; coordinate locations with utilities
requiring backing panels. Install fire - retardant treated plywood backing panels with
classification marking of testing agency exposed to view.
E. Metal Framing Anchors: Install metal framing anchors to comply with manufacturer's
written instructions. Install fasteners through each fastener hole.
F. Do not splice structural members between supports unless otherwise indicated.
G. Provide blocking and framing as indicated and as required to support facing materials,
fixtures, specialty items, and trim.
1. Provide metal clips for fastening gypsum board or lath at corners and
intersections where framing or blocking does not provide a surface for fastening
edges of panels. Space clips not more than 16 inches o.c.
H. Provide fire blocking in furred spaces, stud spaces, and other concealed cavities as
indicated and as follows:
1. Fire block furred spaces of walls, at each floor level, at ceiling, and at not more
than 96 inches o.c. with solid wood blocking or noncombustible materials
accurately fitted to close furred spaces.
2. Fire block concealed spaces of wood - framed walls and partitions at each floor
level, at ceiling line of top story, and at not more than 96 inches o.c. Where fire
blocking is not inherent in framing system used, provide closely fitted solid wood
blocks of same width as framing members and 2 -inch nominal thickness.
3. Fire block concealed spaces between floor sleepers with same material as
sleepers to limit concealed spaces to not more than 100 sq. ft. and to solidly fill
space below partitions.
I. Sort and select lumber so that natural characteristics will not interfere with installation
or with fastening other materials to lumber. Do not use materials with defects that
interfere with function of member or pieces that are too small to use with minimum
number of joints or optimum joint arrangement.
J. Comply with AWPA M4 for applying field treatment to cut surfaces of preservative -
treated lumber.
1. Use inorganic boron for items that are continuously protected from liquid water.
2. Use copper naphthenate for items not continuously protected from liquid water.
Page 8 of 10 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 06 10 53
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY
K. Securely attach carpentry work to substrate by anchoring and fastening as indicated,
complying with the following:
1. NES NER -272 for power- driven fasteners.
2. Table 2304.9.1, "Fastening Schedule," in ICC's International Building Code.
L. Use steel common nails unless otherwise indicated. Select fasteners of size that will
not fully penetrate members where opposite side will be exposed to view or will receive
finish materials. Make tight connections between members. Install fasteners without
splitting wood. Drive nails snug but do not countersink nail heads unless otherwise
indicated.
3.2 WOOD GROUND, BLOCKING, AND NAILER INSTALLATION
A. Install where indicated and where required for screeding or attaching other work. Form
to shapes indicated and cut as required for true line and level of attached work.
Coordinate locations with other work involved.
B. Attach items to substrates to support applied loading. Recess bolts and nuts flush with
surfaces unless otherwise indicated.
C. Provide permanent grounds of dressed, pressure - preservative- treated, key - beveled
lumber not less than 1 -1/2 inches wide and of thickness required to bring face of
ground to exact thickness of finish material. Remove temporary grounds when no
longer required.
3.3 WOOD FURRING INSTALLATION
A. Install level and plumb with closure strips at edges and openings. Shim with wood as
required for tolerance of finish work.
B. Furring to Receive Plywood or Hardboard Paneling: Install 1 -by -3 -inch nominal -size
furring horizontally and vertically at 24 inches o.c.
C. Furring to Receive Gypsum Board or Plaster Lath : Install 1 -by -2 -inch nominal -size
furring vertically at 16 inches o.c.
3.4 PROTECTION
A. Protect wood that has been treated with inorganic boron (SBX) from weather. If,
despite protection, inorganic boron - treated wood becomes wet, apply EPA - registered
borate treatment. Apply borate solution by spraying to comply with EPA - registered
label.
B. Protect miscellaneous rough carpentry from weather. If, despite protection,
miscellaneous rough carpentry becomes wet, apply EPA - registered borate treatment.
Apply borate solution by spraying to comply with EPA - registered label.
Page 9 of 10 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 06 10 53
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY
END OF SECTION
Page 10 of 10 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 07 42 13.13
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas FORMED METAL WALL PANELS
SECTION 07 42 13.13
FORMED METAL WALL PANELS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Preformed, prefinished metal Panels and trim.
B. Miscellaneous trim, flashing, closures, drip flashing and accessories.
C. Fastening devices.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 05120: Structural Steel Framing.
B. Section 05500: Miscellaneous metal fabrication.
C. Section 06100: Rough Carpentry.
1.03 REFERENCES
A. American Iron & Steel Institute (AISI) Specification for the Design of Cold formed Steel
Structural Members.
B. ASTM A -653 & ASTM A924 Steel Sheet, Zinc - Coated (Galvanized)
C. ASTM E- 283 -84
D. ASTM E- 331 -86
E. Spec Data Sheet
F. SMACNA - Architectural Sheet Metal Manual
1.04 ASSEMBLY DESCRIPTION
A. Siding, Soffit and Roofing assembly includes preformed sheet metal panels, related
accessories, valleys, hips, ridges, eaves, corners, rakes, miscellaneous flashing and
attaching devices.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in Architectural Sheet Metal Products with ten (10)
years minimum experience.
B. Installer must have 10 years in Architectural sheet metal applications (not metal building).
C. No product substitutions shall be permitted without meeting specifications.
1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Upon receipt of panels, installer shall examine shipment for damage and completeness.
B. Store panels in a clean, dry place. One end should be elevated allowing moisture to run off.
C. Panels with strippable film must not be stored in the open, exposed to the sun.
D. Stack all materials to prevent damage and allowing for adequate ventilation.
Page 1 of 4 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 07 42 13.13
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas FORMED METAL WALL PANELS
1.07 WARRANTY
A. Paint finish shall have a twenty year guarantee against cracking, peeling and fading (not to
exceed 5 N.B.S. units).
B. Galvalume material shall have a twenty year guarantee against failure due to corrosion,
rupture or perforation.
C. Applicator shall furnish guarantee covering watertightness of the panel system for the period
of two (2) years from date of substantial completion.
PART 2 - PRODUCT
2.02 SHEET MATERIALS
A. Prefinished Metal shall be Hot - Dipped Galvanized - ASTM A446 -85 Grade C G90 Coating
A525 -86 24 Gauge core steel or prefinished Galvalume - ASTM 792 -86 AZ -55.
B. Unfinished Metal shall be Grade D Galvalume ASTM 792 -86, AZ 55.
C. Aluminum Sheet ASTM B209
D. Copper Sheet 16 oz copper ASTM B370
E. Finish shall be full strength Kynar 500 Fluoropolymer coating, applied by the manufacturer
on a continuous coil coating line, with a top side dry film thickness of 0.70 to 0.90 mil over
0.25 to 0.35 mil prime coat, to provide a total dry film thickness of 0.95 to 1.25 mil. Bottom
side shall be coated with primer with a dry film Thickness of 0.25 mil. Finish shall conform to
all tests for adhesion, flexibility, and longevity as specified by the Kynar 500 finish supplier.
2.03 ACCESSORY MATERIALS
A. Fasteners: Galvanized Steel with washers were required.
2.04 FABRICATION
A. All exposed adjacent flashing shall be of the same material and finish as the panels.
B. Hem all exposed edges of trim on underside, 1/2 inch.
2.05 FLUSH SEAM PANEL
1. Panels shall be factory formed if required field form
2. Seam spacing shall be 8 ", 10 ", and 12" on center. (Custom widths available)
3. Attachment to substrate concealed fasteners at 20" to 24" on center. (48" max)
Page 2 of 4 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 07 42 13.13
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas FORMED METAL WALL PANELS
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSPECTION
A. Substrate:
1. Examine plywood or metal deck to ensure proper attachment to framing.
2. Inspect substrate to verify substrate is clean and smooth, free of depressions, waves or
projections, level to +/- 1/4" in 20', and properly sloped to valleys (or) eaves.
3. Verify openings, curbs, pipes, sleeves, ducts or vents are solidly set and reglets in place,
and nailing strips located.
4. Verify deck is dry and free of snow or ice.
B. Underlayment:
1. Self adhering, high heat underlayment to be used on all curved applications and on low
(less than 1:12) slope or complex roofs.
2. Verify #30 unperforated asphalt saturated roofing felt underlayment has been installed over
solid sheathing and fastened in place.
3. Radiant barrier may be used on the back side when using panel as siding.
4. Ensure felt is installed horizontally, starting at eave to ridge with a 6" minimum overlap and
18" endlaps.
5. Ensure that all nail heads are totally flush with the substrate. Nails shall be galvanized
roofing nails.
6. No underlayment is required when using panel as a soffit.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Comply with manufacturers standard instructions and conform to standards set forth in the
Architectural Sheet Metal Manual published by SMACNA, in order to achieve a watertight
installation.
B. Install panels in such a manner that horizontal lines are true, level and vertical lines are
plumb.
C. Install starter and edge trim before installing panels.
D. Remove protective strippable film (if any) prior to installation of panels.
E. Attach panels using manufacturer's standard clips and fasteners, spaced in accordance with
approved shop drawings.
F. Install sealants for preformed panels as approved on shop drawings.
G. Do not allow panels or trim to come into contact with any dissimilar materials.
H. Do not allow traffic on completed area. If required, provide cushioned walk boards.
I. Protect installed panels and trim from damage caused by adjacent construction until
completion of installation.
J. Remove and replace any panels or components which are damaged beyond successful
repair.
Page 3 of 4 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 07 42 13.13
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas FORMED METAL WALL PANELS
3.03 CLEANING
A. Clean any grease, finger marks or stains from the panels per manufacturer's
recommendations.
B. Remove all scrap and construction debris from the site.
3.04 FINAL INSPECTION
A. Final inspection will be performed by owner / architect.
END OF SECTION
Page 4 of 4 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 07 61 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas SHEET METAL ROOFING
SECTION 07 61 00
SHEET METAL ROOFING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Framing system
B. Attachment to existing devices
C. Fasteners
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 05120: Structural Steel Framing.
B. Section 055000: Miscellaneous Metal Fabrication.
C. Section 076200: Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim.
1.03 ASSEMBLY DESCRIPTION
A. All framing to be done in factory, to the greatest extent possible
B. Trusses, complete and check out for quality assurance
C. Rake edge (large box or Sculptured style)
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit detailed drawings showing layout of panels, anchoring details, joint details, trim,
flashing, and accessories. Show details of weatherproofing, terminations, and penetrations of
metal work.
B. Submit results indicating compliance with minimum requirements of the following performance
1. Equal to Wind Uplift — FM 1 -90 MIN.
2. Basic wind speed for coastal areas
3. Exposure Category
4. Occupancy Category
5. Importance factor
6. Design roof assembly conform to requirements of ASCE 7 -98, Minimum Design Loads for
Buildings
C. Submit calculations with registered engineer seal, verifying roof panel attachment method
resists wind pressures imposed on it pursuant to applicable building codes.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in Retro -Fit framing with ten (10) years minimum
experience.
B. No product substitutions shall be permitted without meeting specifications.
1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Upon receipt of panels and other materials, installer shall examine the shipment for damage.
B. Framing should be stored in a clean place. One end should be elevated allowing moisture to
run off.
C. Stack all materials to prevent damage
Page 1 of 4 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 07 61 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas SHEET METAL ROOFING
1.07 WARRANTY
A. Applicator shall furnish guarantee covering Structural performance of the new retro fit roofing
system or the period of Five (5) years from the date of substantial completion.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. MCT Sheet Metal, Inc., Katy, Texas.
B. Substitutions shall fully comply with specified requirements.
2.02 FRAMING MATERIALS
A. Metal shall be Hot - Dipped Galvanized - ASTM A446 -85 G90 Coating A525 -86 minimum 22
Gauge core steel, all light weight framing to be Galvanized
B. Structural steel members and clips to be red oxide unless exposed then to be hot dipped
galvanized
C. Minimum Yield Strength: 50 ksi (345 MPa)
D. Minimum Yield Strength: 33 ksi (for special conditions only)
E. Minimum Yield Strength: As required for design.
2.03 REFERENCES
A. American Iron & Steel Institute (AISI) Specification for the Design of Cold formed Steel
Structural Members.
B. ASTM A -525 Steel Sheet, Zinc - Coated (Galvanized)
C. ASTM A 780 - Standard Practice for Repair of Damaged and Uncoated Areas of Hot -Dip
Galvanized Coatings.
D. ASTM A 1003 - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Carbon, Metallic- and Nonmetallic -
Coated for Cold- Formed Framing Members.
E. ASTM B 633 - Standard Specification for Electrodeposited Coatings of Zinc on Iron and Steel.
F. ASTM C 1513 - Standard Specification for Steel Tapping Screws for Cold -
Formed Steel Framing Connections.
G. AISI - Standard for Cold- Formed Steel Framing General Provisions.
H. AISI - North American Specification for the Design of Cold- Formed Steel Structural Members.
I. AWS D.1.3 - Structural Welding Code - Sheet Steel.
J. AISI /COFS/TRUSS -2004: Standard for Cold- Formed Steel Framing - Truss Design; 2004.
K. AISI /COFS - Practice Guide - CF05 -1: Code of Standard Practice for Cold- Formed Steel
Structural Framing; 2005.
L. ASTM A 370 -03a - Standard Test Methods and Definitions for Mechanical Testing of Steel
Products; 2003.
M. ASTM A 653 -00 - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc - Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc -
Iron Alloy- Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot -Dip Process; 2000.
for Construction Bracing LGSEA Technical Note 551d - Design Guide o 9 of Cold- Formed Steel
Trusses; Light Gauge Steel Engineers Association; February 1997.
O. LGSEA Technical Note 551e - Design Guide for Permanent Bracing of Cold- Formed Steel
Trusses; Light Gauge Steel Engineers Association; February 1998.
Page 2 of 4 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 07 61 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas SHEET METAL ROOFING
2.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Truss Component Manufacturer's descriptive literature for each item of cold -
formed metal framing and each accessory specified in this section.
B. Shop Drawings: Detailed drawings prepared by Truss Fabricator that:
C. Indicate in the layout placement drawings the number, types, location, and spacing's of
trusses and other framing members.
D. Indicate details of truss loading, reactions, uplifts, support locations, material sizes and
gauges, permanent truss web bracing, and splices as required for a complete installation.
E. Design Data: Results of design analysis, bearing the seal and signature of Truss Designer's
engineer.
F. Installation Instructions: Truss Component Manufacturer's printed instructions for handling,
storage, and installation of each item of cold- formed metal framing and each accessory
specified in this section.
2.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Pre - Installation Meeting: Meet at job site prior to schedule beginning of installation to review
requirements. Require attendance by representatives of the following:
a. Truss Fabricator, if requested by installer.
b. Installer of this section.
c. Other entities directly affecting, or affected by, including but not limited to, the
following:
d. Installer of mechanical systems.
e. Installer of electrical systems.
f. Review potential interface conflicts; coordinate layout and support provisions.
2.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING OF STEEL TRUSSES
A. Pack, ship, handle, unload, and lift in manner necessary to prevent damage or distortion.
B. Store and protect products in manner necessary to prevent damage, distortion and moisture
buildup.
2.07 COMPONETS
A. Chords: Cold- formed from ASTM A 653/A 653M galvanized steel sheet, minimum G60
coating; minimum yield strength of 55,000 psi (380 MPa).
a. Nominal 22 GA members: Minimum bare metal thickness: 0.0284 inch
b. Nominal 20 GA members: Minimum bare metal thickness: 0.0329 inch
c. Nominal 18 GA members: Minimum bare metal thickness: 0.0428 inch
B. Webs: Cold- formed; minimum yield strength of 45,000 psi (310 MPa)
a. Nominal 22 GA members: Minimum bare metal thickness: 0.0284 inch
b. Nominal 20 GA members: Minimum bare metal thickness: 0.0329 inch
c. Nominal 18 GA members: Minimum bare metal thickness: 0.0428 inch
C. Fasteners:
a. Framing: Steel Cadmium Plated
b. Trusses to existing framing: Steel Cadmium Plated bolts
c. 1 1/2" x 1 1/2" x 3/16" angle iron clips (red oxide)
Page 3 of 4 - 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 07 61 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas SHEET METAL ROOFING
2.08 FABRICATION
A. All framing to be done in factory, to the greatest extent possible
B. Trusses, complete and check out for quality assurance
C. Corners, compete corner(s) in shop if applicable
D. Valleys, compete valley(s) in shop if applicable
E. Rake edge (large box or Sculptured style)
F. Framing sections (runners) to be fabricated in 20' -6" to 46' -0" lengths — see shop drawings
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Examine existing deck
B. Clean off existing loose gravel
C. Install corners valley members
D. Install trusses over existing structure
E. Install cross bracing according to plans
F. Note: the project must remain watertight throughout the construction process
G. Install trusses in accordance with shop drawings.
H. Use correct fasteners.
I. Place components at spacing indicated on the shop drawings.
J. Install all erection temporary bracing and permanent bracing before application of any loads;
K. Employ proper construction procedures to insure adequate distribution of temporary
construction
3.02 CLEANING
A. Remove all scrap and construction debris from the site.
3.03 FINAL INSPECTION
A. Final inspection will be performed by owner / architect
END OF SECTION
Page 4 of 4 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 07 62 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM
SECTION 07 62 00 - SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Manufactured reglets with counter - flashing.
2. Formed roof - drainage sheet metal fabrications.
3. Formed wall sheet metal fabrications.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 06 10 53 "Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry" for wood nailers, curbs, and
blocking.
1.3 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate sheet metal flashing and trim layout and seams with sizes and locations of
penetrations to be flashed, and joints and seams in adjacent materials.
B. Coordinate sheet metal flashing and trim installation with adjoining roofing and wall
materials, joints, and seams to provide leakproof, secure, and noncorrosive installation.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual
components and profiles, and finishes for each manufactured product and
accessory.
1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Maintenance Data: For sheet metal flashing and trim, and its accessories, to include in
maintenance manuals.
Page 1 of 8 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation
07 62 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Fabricator Qualifications: Employs skilled workers who custom fabricate sheet metal
flashing and trim similar to that required for this Project and whose products have a
record of successful in- service performance.
1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Do not store sheet metal flashing and trim materials in contact with other materials that
might cause staining, denting, or other surface damage. Store sheet metal flashing
and trim materials away from uncured concrete and masonry.
B. Protect strippable protective covering on sheet metal flashing and trim from exposure
to sunlight and high humidity, except to extent necessary for period of sheet metal
flashing and trim installation.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. General: Sheet metal flashing and trim assemblies shall withstand wind loads,
structural movement, thermally induced movement, and exposure to weather without
failure due to defective manufacture, fabrication, installation, or other defects in
construction. Completed sheet metal flashing and trim shall not rattle, leak, or loosen,
and shall remain watertight.
B. Sheet Metal Standard for Flashing and Trim: Comply with NRCA's "The NRCA
Roofing Manual" and SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" requirements for
dimensions and profiles shown unless more stringent requirements are indicated.
C. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface
temperature changes to prevent buckling, opening of joints, overstressing of
components, failure of joint sealants, failure of connections, and other detrimental
effects. Base calculations on surface temperatures of materials due to both solar heat
gain and nighttime -sky heat loss.
1. Temperature Change: 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material surfaces.
2.2 SHEET METALS
A. General: Protect mechanical and other finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by
applying strippable, temporary protective film before shipping.
B. Aluminum Sheet: ASTM B 209, alloy as standard with manufacturer for finish required,
with temper as required to suit forming operations and performance required; with
smooth, flat surface.
1. As- Milled Finish: Standard two -side bright.
Page 2 of 8 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 07 62 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM
2. Factory Prime Coating: Where painting after installation is required, pretreat
metal with white or light- colored, factory - applied, baked -on epoxy primer coat;
minimum dry film thickness of 0.2 mil.
3. Exposed Coil- Coated Finish:
a. Two -Coat Fluoropolymer: AAMA 620. Fluoropolymer finish containing not
less than 70 percent PVDF resin by weight in color coat. Prepare, pretreat,
and apply coating to exposed metal surfaces to comply with coating and
resin manufacturers' written instructions.
4. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.
2.3 UNDERLAYMENT MATERIALS
A. Felt: ASTM D 226/D 226M, Type II (No. 30), asphalt- saturated organic felt;
nonperforated.
2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. General: Provide materials and types of fasteners, solder, protective coatings,
sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required for complete sheet metal flashing
and trim installation and as recommended by manufacturer of primary sheet metal or
manufactured item unless otherwise indicated.
B. Fasteners: Wood screws, annular threaded nails, self- tapping screws, self - locking
rivets and bolts, and other suitable fasteners designed to withstand design loads and
recommended by manufacturer of primary sheet metal or manufactured item.
1. General: Blind fasteners or self - drilling screws, gasketed, with hex - washer head.
a. Exposed Fasteners: Heads matching color of sheet metal using plastic
caps or factory - applied coating. Provide metal- backed EPDM or PVC
sealing washers under heads of exposed fasteners bearing on weather
side of metal.
b. Blind Fasteners: High- strength aluminum or stainless -steel rivets suitable
for metal being fastened.
c. Spikes and Ferrules: Same material as gutter; with spike with ferrule
matching internal gutter width.
2. Fasteners for Aluminum Sheet: Aluminum or Series 300 stainless steel.
C. Sealant Tape: Pressure - sensitive, 100 percent solids, polyisobutylene compound
sealant tape with release -paper backing. Provide permanently elastic, nonsag,
nontoxic, nonstaining tape 1/2 inch wide and 1/8 inch thick.
D. Elastomeric Sealant: ASTM C 920, elastomeric silicone polymer sealant; of type,
grade, class, and use classifications required to seal joints in sheet metal flashing and
trim and remain watertight.
Page 3 of 8 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 07 62 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM
E. Butyl Sealant: ASTM C 1311, single- component, solvent - release butyl rubber sealant;
polyisobutylene plasticized; heavy bodied for hooked -type expansion joints with limited
movement.
F. Bituminous Coating: Cold- applied asphalt emulsion according to ASTM D 1187.
2.5 FABRICATION, GENERAL
A. General: Custom fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with details shown
and recommendations in cited sheet metal standard that apply to design, dimensions,
geometry, metal thickness, and other characteristics of item required. Fabricate sheet
metal flashing and trim in shop to greatest extent possible.
1. Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim in thickness or weight needed to comply
with performance requirements, but not less than that specified for each
application and metal.
2. Obtain field measurements for accurate fit before shop fabrication.
3. Form sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates without excessive oil canning,
buckling, and tool marks; true to line, levels, and slopes; and with exposed edges
folded back to form hems.
4. Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible. Do not use
exposed fasteners on faces exposed to view.
B. Fabrication Tolerances: Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim that is capable of
installation to a tolerance of 1/4 inch in 20 feet on slope and location lines indicated on
Drawings and within 1/8 -inch offset of adjoining faces and of alignment of matching
profiles.
C. Expansion Provisions: Form metal for thermal expansion of exposed flashing and trim.
1. Form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch deep,
filled with butyl sealant concealed within joints.
D. Sealant Joints: Where movable, nonexpansion -type joints are required, form metal to
provide for proper installation of elastomeric sealant according to cited sheet metal
standard.
E. Fabricate cleats and attachment devices from same material as accessory being
anchored or from compatible, noncorrosive metal.
F. Fabricate cleats and attachment devices of sizes as recommended by cited sheet
metal standard for application, but not less than thickness of metal being secured.
G. Seams: Fabricate nonmoving seams with flat -lock seams. Form seams and seal with
elastomeric sealant unless otherwise recommended by sealant manufacturer for
intended use. Rivet joints where necessary for strength.
H. Do not use graphite pencils to mark metal surfaces.
Page 4 of 8 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 07 62 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM
2.6 LOW -SLOPE ROOF SHEET METAL FABRICATIONS
A. Copings: Fabricate in minimum 96 -inch- long, but not exceeding 12 -foot- long,
sections. Fabricate joint plates of same thickness as copings. Furnish with continuous
cleats to support edge of external leg and drill elongated holes for fasteners on interior
leg. Miter corners, fasten and seal watertight. Shop fabricate interior and exterior
corners.
1. , .;. Coping` Profile [Fig 3 =4A] [Fig 3-4B] 3-491 [Fig 3 ,4D] (Fig 3 -4E] [Fig 3-4F]
[Fig 3 -4G] according to SMACNA's "Architectural She Metal Manual."
2. Fabricate from the Following Materials:
a. Aluminum: 0.050 inch thick.
B. Roof -to -Wall Transition Expansion -Joint Cover: Fabricate from the following materials:
Shop fabricate interior and exterior corners.
1. Aluminum: 0.050 inch thick.
2. Galvanized Steel: 0.034 inch thick.
C. Base Flashing: Fabricate from the following materials:
1. Aluminum: 0.040 inch thick.
2. Galvanized Steel: 0.028 inch thick.
D. Counterflashing: Shop fabricate interior and exterior corners. Fabricate from the
following materials:
1. Aluminum: 0.032 inch thick.
2. Galvanized Steel: 0.022 inch thick.
E. Flashing Receivers: Fabricate from the following materials:
1. Aluminum: 0.032 inch thick.
2. Galvanized Steel: 0.022 inch thick.
2.7 WALL SHEET METAL FABRICATIONS
A. Opening Flashings in Frame Construction: Fabricate head, sill, jamb, and similar
flashings to extend 4 inches beyond wall openings. Form head and sill flashing with 2-
inch- high, end dams. Fabricate from the following materials:
1. Aluminum: 0.032 inch thick.
2. Galvanized Steel: 0.022 inch thick.
Page 5 of 8 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 07 62 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with
requirements for installation tolerances, substrate, and other conditions affecting
performance of the Work.
1. Verify compliance with requirements for installation tolerances of substrates.
2. Verify that substrate is sound, dry, smooth, clean, sloped for drainage, and
securely anchored.
3. Verify that air- or water - resistant barriers have been installed over sheathing or
backing substrate to prevent air infiltration or water penetration.
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 UNDERLAYMENT INSTALLATION
A. Felt Underlayment: Install felt underlayment, wrinkle free, using adhesive to minimize
use of mechanical fasteners under sheet metal flashing and trim. Apply in shingle
fashion to shed water, with lapped joints of not less than 2 inches.
3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. General: Anchor sheet metal flashing and trim and other components of the Work
securely in place, with provisions for thermal and structural movement. Use fasteners,
protective coatings, separators, sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required to
complete sheet metal flashing and trim system.
1. Install sheet metal flashing and trim true to line, levels, and slopes. Provide
uniform, neat seams with minimum exposure of solder, welds, and sealant.
2. Install sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates and to result in watertight
performance. Verify shapes and dimensions of surfaces to be covered before
fabricating sheet metal.
3. Space cleats not more than 12 inches apart. Attach each cleat with at least two
fasteners. Bend tabs over fasteners.
4. Install exposed sheet metal flashing and trim with limited oil canning, and free of
buckling and tool marks. 1
5. Torch cutting of sheet metal flashing and trim is not permitted.
6. Do not use graphite pencils to mark metal surfaces.
B. Metal Protection: Where dissimilar metals contact each other, or where metal contacts
pressure- treated wood or other corrosive substrates, protect against galvanic action or
corrosion by painting contact surfaces with bituminous coating or by other permanent
separation as recommended by sheet metal manufacturer or cited sheet metal
standard.
Page 6 of 8 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 07 62 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM
1. Coat concealed side of uncoated - aluminum and stainless -steel sheet metal
flashing and trim with bituminous coating where flashing and trim contact wood,
ferrous metal, or cementitious construction.
2. Underlayment: Where installing sheet metal flashing and trim directly on
cementitious or wood substrates, install underlayment and cover with slip sheet.
C. Expansion Provisions: Provide for thermal expansion of exposed flashing and trim.
Space movement joints at maximum of 10 feet with no joints within 24 inches of corner
or intersection.
1. Form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch deep,
filled with sealant concealed within joints.
D. Fasteners: Use fastener sizes that penetrate wood blocking or sheathing not less than
1 -1/4 inches for nails and not less than 3/4 inch for wood screws.
E. Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible in exposed work and
locate to minimize possibility of leakage. Cover and seal fasteners and anchors as
required for a tight installation.
F. Seal joints as required for watertight construction.
1. Use sealant - filled joints unless otherwise indicated. Embed hooked flanges of
joint members not less than 1 inch into sealant. Form joints to completely
conceal sealant. When ambient temperature at time of installation is between 40
and 70 deg F, set joint members for 50 percent movement each way. Adjust
setting proportionately for installation at higher ambient temperatures. Do not
install sealant -type joints at temperatures below 40 deg F.
2. Prepare joints and apply sealants to comply with requirements in
Section 07 92 00 "Joint Sealants."
G. Soldered Joints: Clean surfaces to be soldered, removing oils and foreign matter. Pre -
tin edges of sheets with solder to width of 1 -1/2 inches; however, reduce pre- tinning
where pre- tinned surface would show in completed Work.
1. Do not solder metallic- coated steel and aluminum sheet.
2. Do not use torches for soldering.
3. Heat surfaces to receive solder, and flow solder into joint. Fill joint completely.
Completely remove flux and spatter from exposed surfaces.
H. Rivets: Rivet joints in uncoated aluminum where necessary for strength.
3.4 ROOF FLASHING INSTALLATION
A. General: Install sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with performance
requirements, sheet metal manufacturer's written installation instructions, and cited
sheet metal standard. Provide concealed fasteners where possible, and set units true
to line, levels, and slopes. Install work with laps, joints, and seams that are
permanently watertight and weather resistant.
Page 7 of 8 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 07 62 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM
B. Copings: Anchor to resist uplift and outward forces according to recommendations in
cited sheet metal standard unless otherwise indicated.
1. Interlock exterior bottom edge of coping with continuous cleat anchored to
substrate at 16 -inch centers.
C. Counterflashing: Coordinate installation of counterflashing with installation of base
flashing. Insert counterflashing in reglets or receivers and fit tightly to base flashing.
Extend counterflashing 4 inches over base flashing. Lap counterflashing joints
minimum of 4 inches. Secure in waterproof manner by means of snap -in installation
and sealant or lead wedges and sealant unless otherwise indicated.
3.5 WALL FLASHING INSTALLATION
A. General: Install sheet metal wall flashing to intercept and exclude penetrating moisture
according to cited sheet metal standard unless otherwise indicated. Coordinate
installation of wall flashing with installation of wall- opening components such as
windows, doors, and louvers.
B. Opening Flashings in Frame Construction: Install continuous head, sill, jamb, and
similar flashings to extend 4 inches beyond wall openings.
3.6 ERECTION TOLERANCES
A. Installation Tolerances: Shim and align sheet metal flashing and trim within installed
tolerance of 1/4 inch in 20 feet on slope and location lines indicated on Drawings and
within 1/8 -inch offset of adjoining faces and of alignment of matching profiles.
3.7 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Clean and neutralize flux materials. Clean off excess solder.
B. Clean off excess sealants.
C. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films as sheet metal flashing
and trim are installed unless otherwise indicated in manufacturer's written installation
instructions. On completion of sheet metal flashing and trim installation, remove
unused materials and clean finished surfaces as recommended by sheet metal flashing
and trim manufacturer. Maintain sheet metal flashing and trim in clean condition during
construction.
D. Replace sheet metal flashing and trim that have been damaged or that have
deteriorated beyond successful repair by finish touchup or similar minor repair
procedures.
END OF SECTION 07 62 00
Page 8 of 8 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 07 92 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas JOINT SEALANTS
SECTION 07 92 00
JOINT SEALANTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Silicone joint sealants.
2. Urethane joint sealants.
3. Polysulfide joint sealants.
4. Latex joint sealants.
5. Solvent - release- curing joint sealants.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each joint - sealant product indicated.
B. Samples for Initial Selection: Manufacturer's color charts consisting of strips of cured
sealants showing the full range of colors available for each product exposed to view.
C. Samples for Verification: For each kind and color of joint sealant required, provide
Samples with joint sealants in 1/2 -inch- wide joints formed between two 6 -inch- long
strips of material matching the appearance of exposed surfaces adjacent to joint
sealants.
D. Joint - Sealant Schedule: Include the following information:
1. Joint - sealant application, joint location, and designation.
2. Joint - sealant manufacturer and product name.
3. Joint - sealant formulation.
4. Joint- sealant color.
1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Qualification Data: For qualified Installer.
B. Product Certificates: For each kind of joint sealant and accessory, from manufacturer.
Page 1 of 10 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 07 92 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas JOINT SEALANTS
C. Sealant, Waterproofing, and Restoration Institute (SWRI) Validation Certificate: For
each sealant specified to be validated by SWRI's Sealant Validation Program.
D. Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by a
qualified testing agency, indicating that sealants comply with requirements.
E. Preconstruction Compatibility and Adhesion Test Reports: From sealant manufacturer,
indicating the following:
1. Materials forming joint substrates and joint - sealant backings have been tested for
compatibility and adhesion with joint sealants.
2. Interpretation of test results and written recommendations for primers and
substrate preparation needed for adhesion.
F. Preconstruction Field- Adhesion Test Reports: Indicate which sealants and joint
preparation methods resulted in optimum adhesion to joint substrates based on testing
specified in "Preconstruction Testing" Article.
G. Field- Adhesion Test Reports: For each sealant application tested.
H. Warranties: Sample of special warranties.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: Manufacturer's authorized representative who is trained and
approved for installation of units required for this Project.
B. Source Limitations: Obtain each kind of joint sealant from single source from single
manufacturer.
C. Product Testing: Test joint sealants using a qualified testing agency.
1. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent testing agency qualified
according to ASTM C 1021 to conduct the testing indicated.
2. Test according to SWRI's Sealant Validation Program for compliance with
requirements specified by reference to ASTM C 920 for adhesion and cohesion
under cyclic movement, adhesion -in -peel, and indentation hardness.
1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants under the following conditions:
1. When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted
by joint - sealant manufacturer.
2. When joint substrates are wet.
3. Where joint widths are less than those allowed by joint - sealant manufacturer for
applications indicated.
4. Where contaminants capable of interfering with adhesion have not yet been
removed from joint substrates.
Page 2 of 10 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 07 92 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas JOINT SEALANTS
1.7 WARRANTY
A. Special Installer's Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which Installer agrees to
repair or replace joint sealants that do not comply with performance and other
requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period.
1. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion.
B. Special Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which joint - sealant
manufacturer agrees to furnish joint sealants to repair or replace those that do not
comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within
specified warranty period.
1. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion.
C. Special warranties specified in this article exclude deterioration or failure of joint
sealants from the following:
1. Movement of the structure caused by structural settlement or errors attributable
to design or construction resulting in stresses on the sealant exceeding sealant
manufacturer's written specifications for sealant elongation and compression.
2. Disintegration of joint substrates from natural causes exceeding design
specifications.
3. Mechanical damage caused by individuals, tools, or other outside agents.
4. Changes in sealant appearance caused by accumulation of dirt or other
atmospheric contaminants.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL
A. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, backings, and other related materials that are
compatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and
application, as demonstrated by joint - sealant manufacturer, based on testing and field
experience.
Where sealants are specified to be nonstaining
Stain - Test - Response Characteristics: e e sea p g
to porous substrates, provide products that have undergone testing according to
ASTM C 1248 and have not stained porous joint substrates indicated for Project.
C. Colors of Exposed Joint Sealants: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full
range.
2.2 SILICONE JOINT SEALANTS
A. Single-Component, Nonsa 9� 9 Neutral-Curing Silicone Joint Sealant: ASTM C 920,
Type S, Grade NS, Class 100/50, for Use NT.
Page 3 of 10 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 07 92 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas JOINT SEALANTS
B. Single- Component, Nonsag, Neutral- Curing Silicone Joint Sealant: ASTM C 920,
Type S, Grade NS, Class 50, for Use NT.
C. Single- Component, Nonsag, Neutral- Curing Silicone Joint Sealant: ASTM C 920,
Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, for Use NT.
D. Single- Component, Nonsag, Acid - Curing Silicone Joint Sealant: ASTM C 920, Type S,
Grade NS, Class 25, for Use NT.
E. Single- Component, Nonsag, Traffic - Grade, Neutral- Curing Silicone Joint Sealant:
ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 100/50, for Use T.
F. Single- Component, Pourable, Traffic - Grade, Neutral- Curing Silicone Joint Sealant:
ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade P, Class 100/50, for Use T.
G. Multicomponent, Nonsag, Neutral- Curing Silicone Joint Sealant: ASTM C 920,
Type M, Grade NS, Class 50, for Use NT.
H. Multicomponent, Pourable, Traffic - Grade, Neutral- Curing Silicone Joint Sealant:
ASTM C 920, Type M, Grade P, Class 100/50, for Use T.
I. Mildew- Resistant, Single- Component, Nonsag, Neutral- Curing Silicone Joint Sealant:
ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, for Use NT.
J. Mildew- Resistant, Single- Component, Acid - Curing Silicone Joint Sealant:
ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, for Use NT.
2.3 JOINT SEALANT BACKING
A. General: Provide sealant backings of material that are nonstaining; are compatible
with joint substrates, sealants, primers, and other joint fillers; and are approved for
applications indicated by sealant manufacturer based on field experience and
laboratory testing.
B. Cylindrical Sealant Backings: ASTM C 1330, Type C (closed -cell material with a
surface skin) Type 0 (open -cell material) Type B (bicellular material with a surface
skin) or any of the preceding types, as approved in writing by joint - sealant
manufacturer for joint application indicated, and of size and density to control sealant
depth and otherwise contribute to producing optimum sealant performance.
C. Bond - Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape recommended by sealant
manufacturer for preventing sealant from adhering to rigid, inflexible joint - filler materials
or joint surfaces at back of joint. Provide self- adhesive tape where applicable.
2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Primer: Material recommended by joint - sealant manufacturer where required for
adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from preconstruction
joint - sealant- substrate tests and field tests.
Page 4 of 10 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 07 92 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas JOINT SEALANTS
B. Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturers of
sealants and sealant backing materials, free of oily residues or other substances
capable of staining or harming joint substrates and adjacent nonporous surfaces in any
way, and formulated to promote optimum adhesion of sealants to joint substrates.
C. Masking Tape: Nonstaining, nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants and
surfaces adjacent to joints.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine joints indicated to receive joint sealants, with Installer present, for compliance
with requirements for joint configuration, installation tolerances, and other conditions
affecting joint - sealant performance.
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants
to comply with joint - sealant manufacturer's written instructions and the following
requirements:
1. Remove all foreign material from joint substrates that could interfere with
adhesion of joint sealant, including dust, paints (except for permanent, protective
coatings tested and approved for sealant adhesion and compatibility by sealant
manufacturer), old joint sealants, oil, grease, waterproofing, water repellents,
water, surface dirt, and frost.
2. Clean porous joint substrate surfaces by brushing, grinding, mechanical
abrading, or a combination of these methods to produce a clean, sound substrate
capable of developing optimum bond with joint sealants. Remove loose particles
remaining after cleaning operations above by vacuuming or blowing out joints
with oil -free compressed air. Porous joint substrates include the following:
a. Concrete.
b. Masonry.
3. Remove laitance and form - release agents from concrete.
4. Clean nonporous joint substrate surfaces with chemical cleaners or other means
that do not stain, harm substrates, or leave residues capable of interfering with
adhesion of joint sealants. Nonporous joint substrates include the following:
a. Metal.
b. Glass.
c. Porcelain enamel.
d. Glazed surfaces of ceramic tile.
Page 5 of 10 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 07 92 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas JOINT SEALANTS
B. Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates where recommended by joint - sealant
manufacturer or as indicated by preconstruction joint - sealant- substrate tests or prior
experience. Apply primer to comply with joint - sealant manufacturer's written
instructions. Confine primers to areas of joint - sealant bond; do not allow spillage or
migration onto adjoining surfaces.
C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant or
primer with adjoining surfaces that otherwise would be permanently stained or
damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods required to remove sealant smears.
Remove tape immediately after tooling without disturbing joint seal.
3.3 INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTS
A. General: Comply with joint - sealant manufacturer's written installation instructions for
products and applications indicated, unless more stringent requirements apply.
B. Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations in ASTM C 1193 for use
of joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated.
C. Install sealant backings of kind indicated to support sealants during application and at
position required to produce cross - sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants
relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability.
1. Do not leave gaps between ends of sealant backings.
2. Do not stretch, twist, puncture, or tear sealant backings.
3. Remove absorbent sealant backings that have become wet before sealant
application and replace them with dry materials.
D. Install bond - breaker tape behind sealants where sealant backings are not used
between sealants and backs of joints.
E. Install sealants using proven techniques that comply with the following and at the same
time backings are installed:
1. Place sealants so they directly contact and fully wet joint substrates.
2. Completely fill recesses in each joint configuration.
3. Produce uniform, cross - sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths that
allow optimum sealant movement capability.
F. Tooling of Nonsag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and before skinning
or curing begins, tool sealants according to requirements specified in subparagraphs
below to form smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated; to eliminate air
pockets; and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint.
1. Remove excess sealant from surfaces adjacent to joints.
2. Use tooling agents that are approved in writing by sealant manufacturer and that
do not discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces.
3. Provide concave joint profile per Figure 8A in ASTM C 1193, unless otherwise
indicated.
4. Provide flush joint profile where indicated per Figure 8B in ASTM C 1193.
Page 6 of 10 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 07 92 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas JOINT SEALANTS
5. Provide recessed joint configuration of recess depth and at locations indicated
per Figure 8C in ASTM C 1193.
a. Use masking tape to protect surfaces adjacent to recessed tooled joints.
G. Installation of Preformed Silicone - Sealant System: Comply with the following
requirements:
1. Apply masking tape to each side of joint, outside of area to be covered by sealant
system.
2. Apply silicone sealant to each side of joint to produce a bead of size complying
with preformed silicone - sealant system manufacturer's written instructions and
covering a bonding area of not less than 3/8 inch. Hold edge of sealant bead 1/4
inch inside masking tape.
3. Within 10 minutes of sealant application, press silicone extrusion into sealant to
wet extrusion and substrate. Use a roller to apply consistent pressure and
ensure uniform contact between sealant and both extrusion and substrate.
4. Complete installation of sealant system in horizontal joints before installing in
vertical joints. Lap vertical joints over horizontal joints. At ends of joints, cut
silicone extrusion with a razor knife.
H. Installation of Preformed Foam Sealants: Install each length of sealant immediately
after removing protective wrapping. Do not pull or stretch material. Produce seal
continuity at ends, turns, and intersections of joints. For applications at low ambient
temperatures, apply heat to sealant in compliance with sealant manufacturer's written
instructions.
I. Acoustical Sealant Installation: At sound -rated assemblies and elsewhere as
indicated, seal construction at perimeters, behind control joints, and at openings and
penetrations with a continuous bead of acoustical sealant. Install acoustical sealant at
both faces of partitions at perimeters and through penetrations. Comply with
ASTM C 919 and with manufacturer's written recommendations.
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Field- Adhesion Testing: Field test joint - sealant adhesion to joint substrates as follows:
1. Extent of Testing: Test completed and cured sealant joints as follows:
a. Perform 10 tests for the first 1000 feet of joint length for each kind of
sealant and joint substrate.
b. Perform 1 test for each 1000 feet of joint length thereafter or 1 test per
each floor per elevation.
2. Test Method: Test joint sealants according to Method A, Field - Applied Sealant
Joint Hand Pull Tab, in Appendix X1 in ASTM C 1193 or Method A, Tail
Procedure, in ASTM C 1521.
Page 7 of 10 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 07 92 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas JOINT SEALANTS
a. For joints with dissimilar substrates, verify adhesion to each substrate
separately; extend cut along one side, verifying adhesion to opposite side.
Repeat procedure for opposite side.
3. Inspect tested joints and report on the following:
a. Whether sealants filled joint cavities and are free of voids.
b. Whether sealant dimensions and configurations comply with specified
requirements.
c. Whether sealants in joints connected to pulled -out portion failed to adhere
to joint substrates or tore cohesively. Include data on pull distance used to
test each kind of product and joint substrate. Compare these results to
determine if adhesion passes sealant manufacturer's field- adhesion hand -
pull test criteria.
4. Record test results in a field- adhesion -test log. Include dates when sealants
were installed, names of persons who installed sealants, test dates, test
locations, whether joints were primed, adhesion results and percent elongations,
sealant fill, sealant configuration, and sealant dimensions.
5. Repair sealants pulled from test area by applying new sealants following same
procedures used originally to seal joints. Ensure that original sealant surfaces
are clean and that new sealant contacts original sealant.
B. Evaluation of Field- Adhesion Test Results: Sealants not evidencing adhesive failure
from testing or noncompliance with other indicated requirements will be considered
satisfactory. Remove sealants that fail to adhere to joint substrates during testing or to
comply with other requirements. Retest failed applications until test results prove
sealants comply with indicated requirements.
3.5 CLEANING
A. Clean off excess sealant or sealant smears adjacent to joints as the Work progresses
by methods and with cleaning materials approved in writing by manufacturers of joint
sealants and of products in which joints occur.
3.6 PROTECTION
A. Protect joint sealants during and after curing period from contact with contaminating
substances and from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes
so sealants are without deterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion. If,
despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged
or deteriorated joint sealants immediately so installations with repaired areas are
indistinguishable from original work.
3.7 JOINT - SEALANT SCHEDULE
A. Joint - Sealant Application: Exterior joints in horizontal traffic surfaces.
Page 8 of 10 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 07 92 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas JOINT SEALANTS
1. Joint Locations:
a. Control and expansion joints in brick pavers.
b. Joints in stone paving units, including steps.
c. Tile control and expansion joints.
d. Joints between different materials listed above.
e. Other joints as indicated.
2. Silicone Joint Sealant: Single component, nonsag, traffic grade, neutral curing.
3. Joint - Sealant Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of
colors.
B. Joint - Sealant Application: Exterior joints in horizontal traffic surfaces subject to water
immersion.
1. Joint Locations:
a. Joints in pedestrian plazas.
b. Other joints as indicated.
2. Urethane Joint Sealant: Immersible, single component, nonsag, traffic grade.
3. Joint - Sealant Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of
colors.
C. Joint - Sealant Application: Exterior joints in vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic
surfaces.
1. Joint Locations:
a. Control and expansion joints in unit masonry.
b. Joints in dimension stone cladding.
c. Joints between different materials listed above.
d. Perimeter joints between materials listed above and frames of doors
windows and louvers.
e. Control and expansion joints in ceilings and other overhead surfaces.
f. Other joints as indicated.
2. Silicone Joint Sealant: Single component, nonsag, neutral curing, Class 100/50.
3. Joint - Sealant Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of
colors.
D. Joint - Sealant Application: Interior joints in horizontal traffic surfaces.
1. Joint Locations:
a. Isolation joints in cast -in -place concrete slabs.
b. Control and expansion joints in stone flooring.
c. Control and expansion joints in tile flooring.
2. Silicone Joint Sealant: Single component, nonsag, traffic grade, neutral curing.
Page 9 of 10 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 07 92 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas JOINT SEALANTS
3. Joint - Sealant Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of
colors.
E. Joint - Sealant Application: Interior joints in vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic
surfaces.
1. Joint Locations:
a. Control and expansion joints on exposed interior surfaces of exterior walls.
b. Perimeter joints of exterior openings where indicated.
c. Tile control and expansion joints.
d. Vertical joints on exposed surfaces of walls and partitions.
e. Perimeter joints between interior wall surfaces and frames of interior doors
windows and elevator entrances.
f. Other joints as indicated.
2. Joint Sealant: Latex.
3. Joint - Sealant Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of
colors.
F. Joint - Sealant Application: Mildew- resistant interior joints in vertical surfaces and
horizontal nontraffic surfaces.
1. Joint Sealant Location:
a. Joints between plumbing fixtures and adjoining walls, floors, and counters.
b. Tile control and expansion joints where indicated.
c. Other joints as indicated.
2. Joint Sealant: Mildew resistant, single component, nonsag, neutral curing,
Silicone.
3. Joint - Sealant Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of
colors.
G. Joint - Sealant Application: Interior acoustical joints in vertical surfaces and horizontal
nontraffic surfaces.
1. Joint Location:
a. Acoustical joints where indicated.
b. Other joints as indicated.
2. Joint Sealant: Acoustical.
3. Joint - Sealant Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.
END OF SECTION
Page 10 of 10 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 09 91 13
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas EXTERIOR PAINTING
SECTION 09 91 13
EXTERIOR PAINTING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes surface preparation and the application of paint systems on exterior
substrates.
1. Concrete.
2. Steel.
3. Galvanized metal.
4. Aluminum (not anodized or otherwise coated).
5. Wood.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Division 05 Sections for shop priming of metal substrates with primers specified
in this Section.
2. Division 06 Sections for shop priming carpentry with primers specified in this
Section.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Gloss Level 1: Not more than 5 units at 60 degrees and 10 units at 85 degrees,
according to ASTM D 523.
B. Gloss Level 3: 10 to 25 units at 60 degrees and 10 to 35 units at 85 degrees,
according to ASTM D 523.
C. Gloss Level 4: 20 to 35 units at 60 degrees and not less than 35 units at 85 degrees,
according to ASTM D 523.
D. Gloss Level 5: 35 to 70 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523.
E. Gloss Level 6: 70 to 85 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523.
F. Gloss Level 7: More than 85 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523.
Page 1 of 10 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 09 91 13
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas EXTERIOR PAINTING
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product. Include preparation requirements and
application instructions.
B. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of topcoat product.
C. Samples for Verification: For each type of paint system and each color and gloss of
topcoat.
1. Submit Samples on rigid backing, 8 inches square.
2. Step coats on Samples to show each coat required for system.
3. Label each coat of each Sample.
4. Label each Sample for location and application area.
D. Product List: For each product indicated, include the following:
1. Cross - reference to paint system and locations of application areas. Use same
designations indicated on Drawings and in schedules.
2. Printout of current "MPI Approved Products List" for each product category
specified, with the proposed product highlighted.
3. VOC content.
1.5 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with
protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.
1. Paint: 5 percent, but not less than 1 gal. of each material and color applied.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Mockups: Apply mockups of each paint system indicated and each color and finish
selected to verify preliminary selections made under Sample submittals and to
demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution.
1. Architect will select one surface to represent surfaces and conditions for
application of each paint system specified in Part 3.
a. Vertical and Horizontal Surfaces: Provide samples of at least 100 sq. ft..
b. Other Items: Architect will designate items or areas required.
2. Final approval of color selections will be based on mockups.
a. If preliminary color selections are not approved, apply additional mockups
of additional colors selected by Architect at no added cost to Owner.
3. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the
Contract Documents contained in mockups unless Architect specifically approves
such deviations in writing.
Page 2 of 10 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 09 91 13
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas EXTERIOR PAINTING
4. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part
of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion.
1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in well - ventilated areas with
ambient temperatures continuously maintained at not less than 45 deg F.
1. Maintain containers in clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue.
2. Remove rags and waste from storage areas daily.
1.8 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Apply paints only when temperature of surfaces to be painted and ambient air
temperatures are between 50 and 95 deg F.
B. Do not apply paints in snow, rain, fog, or mist; when relative humidity exceeds 85
percent; at temperatures less than 5 deg F above the dew point; or to damp or wet
surfaces.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements available manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
1. Behr Process Corporation.
2. Benjamin Moore & Co.
3. Benjamin Moore & Co. (Canada).
4. Bennette Paint Manufacturing Company, Inc.
5. Betonel Ltd.
6. BLP Mobile Paint Manufacturing.
7. California Paints.
8. Cloverdale Paint.
9. Color Wheel Paints & Coatings.
10. Columbia Paint & Coatings.
11. Conco Paints.
12. Coronado Paint.
13. Davis Paint Company.
14. Del Technical Coatings.
15. Diamond Vogel Paints.
16. Dunn - Edwards Corporation.
17. Durant Performance Coatings.
18. Duron, Inc.
19. Envirocoatings Canada Inc.
Page 3 of 10 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 09 91 13
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas EXTERIOR PAINTING
20. Euclid Chemical Company.
21. Farrell - Calhoun.
22. Frazee Paint.
23. General Paint.
24. Hallman Lindsay Paints.
25. Hirshfield's, Inc.
26. ICI Paints.
27. ICI Paints (Canada).
28. Insl -x.
29. Kelly -Moore Paints.
30. Kwal Paint.
31. Life Paint Corp.
32. M.A.B. Paints.
33. Microblend Technologies Inc.
34. Miller Paint.
35. Mills Paint.
36. PARA Paints.
37. Parex LaHabra Inc.
38. Parker Paint Mfg. Co. Inc.
39. PPG Architectural Finishes, Inc.
40. Pratt & Lambert.
41. Rodda Paint Co.
42. Scott Paint.
43. Sherwin - Williams Company*(The).
44. Sico, Inc.
45. Vista Paint.
46. Zinsser.
B. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product listed in other
Part 2 articles for the paint category indicated.
2.2 PAINT, GENERAL
A. MPI Standards: Provide products that comply with MPI standards indicated and that
are listed in its "MPI Approved Products List."
B. Material Compatibility:
1. Provide materials for use within each paint system that are compatible with one
another and substrates indicated, under conditions of service and application as
demonstrated by manufacturer, based on testing and field experience.
2. For each coat in a paint system, provide products recommended in writing by
manufacturers of topcoat for use in paint system and on substrate indicated.
C. VOC Content: Provide materials that comply with VOC limits of authorities having
jurisdiction.
D. Colors: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range
Page 4 of 10 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 09 91 13
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas EXTERIOR PAINTING
2.3 BLOCK FILLERS
A. Block Filler, Latex, Interior /Exterior: MPI #4.
2.4 PRIMERS /SEALERS
A. Primer, Alkali Resistant, Water Based: MPI #3.
B. Primer, Bonding, Water Based: MPI #17.
C. Primer, Bonding, Solvent Based: MPI #69.
D. Wood -Knot Sealer: Sealer recommended in writing by topcoat manufacturer for
exterior use in paint system indicated.
2.5 METAL PRIMERS
A. Primer, Alkyd, Anti - Corrosive for Metal: MPI #79.
B. Primer, Galvanized: As recommended in writing by topcoat manufacturer.
C. Primer, Quick Dry, for Aluminum: MPI #95.
2.6 WOOD PRIMERS
A. Primer, Latex for Exterior Wood: MPI #6.
B. Primer, Alkyd for Exterior Wood: MPI #5.
2.7 WATER -BASED PAINTS
A. Latex, Exterior Semi -Gloss (Gloss Level 5): MPI #11.
B. Light Industrial Coating, Exterior, Water Based, Semi -Gloss (Gloss
Level 5): MPI #163.
2.8 SOLVENT -BASED PAINTS
A. Alkyd, Quick Dry, Semi -Gloss (Gloss Level 5): MPI #81.
2.9 ALUMINUM PAINT
A. Aluminum Paint: MPI #1.
Page 5 of 10 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 09 91 13
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas EXTERIOR PAINTING
2.10 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing of Paint Materials: Owner reserves the right to invoke the following procedure:
1. Owner will engage the services of a qualified testing agency to sample paint
materials. Contractor will be notified in advance and may be present when
samples are taken. If paint materials have already been delivered to Project site,
samples may be taken at Project site. Samples will be identified, sealed, and
certified by testing agency.
2. Testing agency will perform tests for compliance with product requirements.
3. Owner may direct Contractor to stop applying paints if test results show materials
being used do not comply with product requirements. Contractor shall remove
noncomplying paint materials from Project site, pay for testing, and repaint
surfaces painted with rejected materials. Contractor will be required to remove
rejected materials from previously painted surfaces if, on repainting with
complying materials, the two paints are incompatible.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with
requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting
performance of the Work.
B. Maximum Moisture Content of Substrates: When measured with an electronic
moisture meter as follows:
1. Concrete: 12 percent.
2. Wood: 15 percent.
3. Portland Cement Plaster: 12 percent.
C. Portland Cement Plaster Substrates: Verify that plaster is fully cured.
D. Exterior Gypsum Board Substrates: Verify that finishing compound is sanded smooth.
E. Verify suitability of substrates, including surface conditions and compatibility with
existing finishes and primers.
F. Proceed with coating application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been
corrected.
1. Application of coating indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in "MPI Manual"
applicable to substrates and paint systems indicated.
Page 6 of 10 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 09 91 13
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas EXTERIOR PAINTING
B. Remove hardware, covers, plates, and similar items already in place that are
removable and are not to be painted. If removal is impractical or impossible because
of size or weight of item, provide surface - applied protection before surface preparation
and painting.
1. After completing painting operations, use workers skilled in the trades involved to
reinstall items that were removed. Remove surface - applied protection.
C. Clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of paints, including dust, dirt, oil,
grease, and incompatible paints and encapsulants.
1. Remove incompatible primers and reprime substrate with compatible primers or
apply tie coat as required to produce paint systems indicated.
D. Concrete Substrates: Remove release agents, curing compounds, efflorescence, and
chalk. Do not paint surfaces if moisture content or alkalinity of surfaces to be painted
exceeds that permitted in manufacturer's written instructions.
E. Steel Substrates: Remove rust, loose mill scale, and shop primer if any. Clean using
methods recommended in writing by paint manufacturer.
1. SSPC -SP 2, "Hand Tool Cleaning."
2. SSPC -SP 3, "Power Tool Cleaning."
3. SSPC -SP 7 /NACE No. 4, "Brush -off Blast Cleaning."
4. SSPC -SP 11, "Power Tool Cleaning to Bare Metal."
F. Shop- Primed Steel Substrates: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded
areas of shop paint, and paint exposed areas with the same material as used for shop
priming to comply with SSPC -PA 1 for touching up shop - primed surfaces.
G. Galvanized -Metal Substrates: Remove grease and oil residue from galvanized sheet
metal by mechanical methods to produce clean, lightly etched surfaces that promote
adhesion of subsequently applied paints.
H. Aluminum Substrates: Remove loose surface oxidation.
I. Wood Substrates:
1. Scrape and clean knots. Before applying primer, apply coat of knot sealer
recommended in writing by topcoat manufacturer for exterior use in paint system
indicated.
2. Sand surfaces that will be exposed to view, and dust off.
3. Prime edges, ends, faces, undersides, and backsides of wood.
4. After priming, fill holes and imperfections in the finish surfaces with putty or
plastic wood filler. Sand smooth when dried.
J. Plastic Trim Fabrication Substrates: Remove dust, dirt, and other foreign material that
might impair bond of paints to substrates.
Page 7 of 10 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 09 91 13
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas EXTERIOR PAINTING
3.3 APPLICATION
A. Apply paints according to manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in
"MPI Manual."
1. Use applicators and techniques suited for paint and substrate indicated.
2. Paint surfaces behind movable items same as similar exposed surfaces. Before
final installation, paint surfaces behind permanently fixed items with prime coat
only.
3. Paint both sides and edges of exterior doors and entire exposed surface of
exterior door frames.
4. Paint entire exposed surface of window frames and sashes.
5. Do not paint over labels of independent testing agencies or equipment name,
identification, performance rating, or nomenclature plates.
6. Primers specified in painting schedules may be omitted on items that are factory
primed or factory finished if acceptable to topcoat manufacturers.
B. Tint undercoats same color as topcoat, but tint each undercoat a lighter shade to
facilitate identification of each coat if multiple coats of same material are to be applied.
Provide sufficient difference in shade of undercoats to distinguish each separate coat.
C. If undercoats or other conditions show through topcoat, apply additional coats until
cured film has a uniform paint finish, color, and appearance.
D. Apply paints produce aints to roduce surface films without cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush
marks, roller tracking, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections. Cut in
sharp lines and color breaks.
E. Painting Fire Suppression, Plumbing, HVAC, Electrical, Communication, and Electronic
Safety and Security Work:
1. Paint the following work where exposed to view:
a. Equipment, including panelboards and switch gear.
b. Uninsulated metal piping.
c. Uninsulated plastic piping.
d. Pipe hangers and supports.
e. Metal conduit.
f. Plastic conduit.
g. Tanks that do not have factory - applied final finishes.
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Dry Film Thickness Testing: Owner may engage the services of a qualified testing and
inspecting agency to inspect and test paint for dry film thickness.
1. Contractor shall touch up and restore painted surfaces damaged by testing.
2. If test results show that dry film thickness of applied paint does not comply with
paint manufacturer's written recommendations, Contractor shall pay for testing
Page 8 of 10 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 09 91 13
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas EXTERIOR PAINTING
and apply additional coats as needed to provide dry film thickness that complies
with paint manufacturer's written recommendations.
3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. At end of each workday, remove rubbish, empty cans, rags, and other discarded
materials from Project site.
B. After completing paint application, clean spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paints
by washing, scraping, or other methods. Do not scratch or damage adjacent finished
surfaces.
C. Protect work of other trades against damage from paint application. Correct damage to
work of other trades by cleaning, repairing, replacing, and refinishing, as approved by
Architect, and leave in an undamaged condition.
D. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged
or defaced painted surfaces.
3.6 EXTERIOR PAINTING SCHEDULE
A. Concrete Substrates, Non - traffic Surfaces:
1. Latex Aggregate /Latex System:
a. Prime Coat: Textured coating, latex, flat, MPI #42.
b. Intermediate Coat: Latex, exterior, matching topcoat.
c. Topcoat: Latex, exterior flat (Gloss Level 1), MPI #10.
d. Topcoat: Latex, exterior, low sheen (Gloss Level 3 -4), MPI #15.
e. Topcoat: Latex, exterior semi -gloss (Gloss Level 5), MPI #11.
f. Topcoat: Latex, exterior gloss (Gloss Level 6), MPI #119.
B. Concrete Substrates, Traffic Surfaces:
1. Water -Based Clear Sealer System:
a. Prime Coat: Sealer, water based, for concrete floors, MPI #99.
b. Intermediate Coat: Sealer, water based, for concrete floors, MPI #99.
c. Topcoat: Sealer, water based, for concrete floors, MPI #99.
C. Steel Substrates:
1. Water -Based Light Industrial Coating System:
a. Prime Coat: Primer, alkyd, anti - corrosive for metal, MPI #79.
b. Prime Coat: Shop primer specified in Division 05 Section where substrate
is specified.
c. Intermediate Coat: Light industrial coating, exterior, water based, matching
topcoat.
Page 9 of 10 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 09 91 13
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas EXTERIOR PAINTING
d. Topcoat: Light industrial coating, exterior, water based (Gloss
Level 3), MPI #161.
e. Topcoat: Light industrial coating, exterior, water based, semi -gloss (Gloss
Level 5), MPI #163.
f. Topcoat: Light industrial coating, exterior, water based, gloss (Gloss
Level 6), MPI #164.
2. Aluminum Paint System:
a. Prime Coat: Primer, alkyd, anti - corrosive for metal, MPI #79.
b. Prime Coat: Shop primer specified in Division 05 Section where substrate
is specified.
c. Intermediate Coat: Aluminum paint, MPI #1.
d. Topcoat: Aluminum paint, MPI #1.
D. Galvanized -Metal Substrates:
1. Water -Based Light Industrial Coating System:
a. Prime Coat: Primer, galvanized, water based, MPI #134.
b. Prime Coat: Primer, galvanized metal, as recommended in writing by
topcoat manufacturer for exterior use on galvanized -metal substrates with
topcoat indicated.
c. Intermediate Coat: Light industrial coating, exterior, water based, matching
topcoat.
d. Topcoat: Light industrial coating, exterior, water based (Gloss
Level 3), MPI #161.
e. Topcoat: Light industrial coating, exterior, water based, semi -gloss (Gloss
Level 5), MPI #163.
f. Topcoat: Light industrial coating, exterior, water based, gloss (Gloss
Level 6), MPI #164.
E. Aluminum Substrates:
1. Water -Based Light Industrial Coating System:
a. Prime Coat: Primer, quick dry, for aluminum, MPI #95.
b. Intermediate Coat: Light industrial coating, exterior, water based, matching
topcoat.
c. Topcoat: Light industrial coating, exterior, water based (Gloss
Level 3), MPI #161.
d. Topcoat: Light industrial coating, exterior, water based, semi -gloss (Gloss
Level 5), MPI #163.
e. Topcoat: Light industrial coating, exterior, water based, gloss (Gloss
Level 6), MPI #164.
END OF SECTION
Page 10 of 10 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 11 61 23
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas FOLDING AND PORTABLE STAGES
SECTION 11 61 23 - FOLDING AND PORTABLE STAGES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Folding and portable stage platforms.
1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Delegated Design: Design folding and portable stages, including comprehensive
engineering analysis by a qualified professional engineer, using performance
requirements and design criteria indicated by manufacture for stage size and function
indicated in drawings; confirm to all local ordinances and codes.
B. Structural Performance: Folding and portable stages and components shall withstand
the effects of gravity loads and the following loads and stresses within limits and under
conditions indicated:
1. [Stage Platforms] [and] [Risers]: [As indicated] < Insert loads or load
combinations >.
2. Treads and Platforms of Stairs: [As indicated] <Insert Toads or load
combinations >.
3. Guards and Handrails: [ASTM E 985 for structural performance] [As
indicated] <Insert loads or Toad combinations >.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
B. Shop Drawings: For folding and portable stage platforms Include plans, elevations,
sections, details, and attachments to other work.
C. Samples for Verification: For the following products, 12 inches square:
1. Platform surface.
Page 1 of 5 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 11 61 23
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas FOLDING AND PORTABLE STAGES
D. Delegated- Design Submittal: For portable stages and components indicated to comply
with performance requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and
sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation.
1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. T Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive structural performance
Product Test ep p p
tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency, for the
following:
1. Stage platforms and risers.
2. Treads and platforms of stairs.
3. Railings and railing components, tested according to ASTM E 894 and
ASTM E 935.
1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For folding and portable stages to include in
operation and maintenance manuals.
1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Fire - Test - Response Characteristics: As determined by testing identical products per
test method indicated below by UL or a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to
authorities having jurisdiction.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Steel: Finished with manufacturer's standard galvanized finish. Comply with the
following:
1. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M.
2. Cold- Finished Carbon -Steel Bars: ASTM A 108.
3. Cold- Formed Steel Tubing: ASTM A 500, Grade A unless another grade is
required by structural loads.
4. Steel Mechanical Tubing: ASTM A 513.
5. Galvanized -Steel Sheet: Commercial - quality steel sheet, 0.053 -inch- minimum
base metal thickness for structural members; 0.043 -inch- minimum base metal
thickness for trim members.
B. Aluminum: Alloy and temper recommended by aluminum producer and finisher for
type of use and finish indicated, and with not less than the strength and durability
properties of alloy and temper required to comply with performance requirements; and
with manufacturer's standard mill finish.
Page 2 of 5 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 11 61 23
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas FOLDING AND PORTABLE STAGES
1. Sheet and Plate: ASTM B 209.
2. Extruded Bars, Profiles, and Tubes: ASTM B 221.
3. Extruded Structural Pipe and Tube: ASTM B 429/B 429M.
C. Plywood: DOC PS 1.
D. Hardboard: ANSI A135.4, Tempered Class.
E. Steel Hardware: Manufacturer's standard thicknesses, galvanized after fabrication
according to ASTM A 153/A 153M.
F. Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard noncorroding type.
2.2 STAGE PLATFORMS
A. Folding and Portable Stage Platforms:
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the following:
a. Midwest Folding Products.
b. Monroe Table Company.
c. SICO Incorporated.
d. StageRight Inc.
e. Staging Concepts, Inc.
f. Staging Dimensions, Inc.
g. Wenger Corporation.
B. Frame: Fabricate platform frame, legs, and braces from cold - rolled galvanized steel,
cold- formed steel tubing, steel mechanical tubing, or extruded - aluminum shapes.
Fabricate supporting members to fold within platform frame for minimum storage
profile, with fail -safe catches and bracing members to securely lock supports in open
position. Provide nonmarking plastic or rubber tips for legs to protect permanent
flooring, and coupler devices designed to lock platform units together securely and in
correct position.
C. Platform Panels: Provide manufacturer's standard platform panel construction, with
angle trim of steel or aluminum at perimeter of each unit, and the following:
1. Finish and Substrate: Slip- resistant plastic surface on plywood or honeycomb
core.
2. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.
D. Dimensions: Standard modular sizes, to form an assembled platform of dimensions
indicated.
1. Stage Platform Height: 24 inches.
Page 3 of 5 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 11 61 23
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas FOLDING AND PORTABLE STAGES
2.3 ACCESSORIES
A. Stairs: Provide manufacturer's stair assembly for locations indicated on Drawings, not
less than 36 inches in nominal width, with treads and framing to match stage system.
1. Provide detachable railing on one side.
B. Ramps: Provide manufacturer's ramp assembly at locations indicated, not less than 48
inches in nominal width, with surface and framing system to match stage system.
1. Provide detachable railing on both sides.
C. Railings: Provide manufacturer's metal railing system, consisting of 1 -1/4- or 1-1/2 -
inch OD tubing and necessary fittings to attach to platforms or risers.
D. Guardrails: Provide manufacturer's guardrail at locations indicated, consisting of 1-1/4 -
or 1 -1/2 -inch OD tubing and necessary fittings to attach to platforms or risers not less
than 42 inches high.
1. Infill Balusters: Spaced less than 4 inches apart.
E. Chair Stops or Toe Boards: Where indicated, provide chair bumper or toe board at
platform around openings and at edges where railings and open -sided platforms are
located.
1. Toe -Board Height: Not less than 4 inches.
F. Storage Trucks: Provide manufacturer's standard wheeled platforms designed to store
number of stage units and accessories required for Project. Fabricate units of welded
steel with four heavy -duty casters, including not less than two swivel casters.
Fabricate wheels from materials that will not damage or mark floors.
2.4 FABRICATION
A. General: Fabricate folding and portable stages to be portable; easily set up,
assembled, and disassembled without special tools or separate fasteners; and stored
in space indicated. Fabricate components to comply with performance requirements.
2.5 METAL FINISHES
A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products"
for recommendations for applying and designating finishes.
Page 4 of 5 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 11 61 23
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas FOLDING AND PORTABLE STAGES
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Assemble folding and portable stages in location directed by Owner to verify that
components are complete and in proper working order.
B. Instruct Owner's designated personnel in proper handling, assembly, adjusting,
disassembly, transporting, storage, and maintenance of units.
C. Disassemble folding and portable stages after assembled configuration has been
approved by Architect or Owner, and store units as directed by Owner.
END OF SECTION 11 61 23
Page 5 of 5 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 26 01 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas BASIC ELECTRICAL
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
This section includes Basic Electrical Requirements specifically applicable to Division 16 Sections,
plus references to applicable sections in other Divisions.
1.02 WORK INCLUDED
A. Provide all labor, equipment, and materials that are required to provide a complete installation
as indicated on the drawings and as described in these Specifications, including that
reasonably inferred for proper execution of work and system operation, whether shown on the
construction documents or not, without additional cost to the Owner.
B. Provide all electrical and lighting labor, materials, and equipment for the installation of the
complete electrical system and outdoor lighting fixtures, lighting equipment, and lamps as
shown on the drawings and specified here.
C. LED lighting colors specified on the drawings. The layout and connections are suggested on
the drawings and schedules but may be revised, by submittal to the Client, prior to performing
the work.
D. Any deviations from the recommended manufacturers and /or models of fixtures must be
submitted for approval. The photometrics and the suitability of any substituted fixture product
must meet or exceed those listed in the lighting schedule.
E. Provide for surge suppressors on all lighting panels and power panels.
F. Minimum wire size shall be #12 AWG for all lighting and receptacle circuits, or size to provide
a maximum voltage drop of 3% from the PP1 to each fixture, whichever is greater.
G. Provide cutting and patching as required for execution of work performed under this division
unless specifically provided for under other divisions.
H. Repair or replace, to the satisfaction of the Owner and without additional cost to the Owner,
any damage of existing work caused by new work of this division.
1. Coordinate with work performed by other divisions, in order to accommodate the
requirements of this division, and to assure adequate space and proper location for all
necessary work of sections, whether or not the work is under this division.
J. Provide coordination drawings indicating all underground piping, conduit, pullboxes, etc., to
Owner for approval before commencing the installation of underground equipment.
K. Provide for demolition of all electrical items that must be removed and /or relocated as
indicated on the Drawings, or as necessary to complete the installation.
L. Provide all necessary rigging equipment and manpower to set new equipment and materials
in place and to remove demolished equipment and materials from site.
Page 1 of 4 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 26 01 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas BASIC ELECTRICAL
M. The Contractor shall allow in the bid any added costs relating to the job phasing as required in
the Contract, including special area access, security and /or scheduling requirements. The
Contractor shall review these requirements prior to bidding. The Contractor shall include all
overtime and expediting costs required to meet the requirements. The Contractor shall also
allow for labor and materials to provide temporary services to areas affected by the
construction and which will remain in operation. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to
have a complete understanding of the construction phasing and the areas which shall remain
in operation prior to bidding and during demolition or construction.
N. LED lighting shall be controlled with a lighting contactor operated by a one week timer.
Contractor shall furnish the contactor, timer and mount these items as indicated on drawings.
O. The contractor shall install all electrical work in accordance with the National Electrical
Contractors Association, NECA, "Standard of Installation."
1.03 WORK SEQUENCE
Install work according to schedule; during the construction period, coordinate electrical schedule
and operations with Owner and other crafts.
1.04 ALTERNATES
A. Alternates quoted on Bid Forms, if any, will be reviewed and accepted or rejected at the
Owner's option. Accepted Alternates will be identified in Owner- Contractor Agreement.
B. Coordinate related work and modify surrounding work as required.
1.05 REFERENCES
A. ANSI /NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code (2002 w/ Port Arthur admendments)
B. ANSI /NFPA 101 - Life Safety Code (2006 w/ Port Arthur admendments)
1.06 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit shop drawings and product data grouped to include complete submittals of related
systems, Products, and accessories in single submittals.
B. Mark dimensions and values in units to match those specified.
1.07 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Electrical: Conform to NFPA 70 and the National Electrical Code.
B. Conform to building codes applicable to the jurisdiction (s) having authorization.
C. The work installed under this Division shall conform to all regulations and standards as
required by the contract documents.
D. Do not construe anything contained in these Specifications or drawings to permit work to be
installed that does not conform to code.
E. Comply with drawings and Specifications showing work exceeding minimum code
requirements.
F. The Contractor shall furnish, without any extra charge, additional materials and labor required
for the compliance with any rules and regulations.
1.08 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS
Page 2 of 4 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 26 01 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas BASIC ELECTRICAL
A. Consider all Drawings and all divisions of this Specification as a whole and provide work of
this Division shown anywhere therein.
B. Absolute accuracy of the Drawings and Specifications cannot be guaranteed. While
reasonable effort has been made to coordinate the location of equipment and materials with
the structure and other trades, it is the responsibility of this Contractor to coordinate exact
requirements and locations as governed by actual job conditions. Check all information and
report any discrepancies to the Engineer before fabrication and in time to avoid unnecessary
work. Conflicts between the drawings, specifications, schedules, etc., will require the
Contractor to install the most expensive equipment or method, at the Owner's option, at no
additional cost to the Owner.
C. The Contractor may make slight modifications to the location of new conduit and equipment
as required to meet field conditions. The Contractor shall indicate, and clearly note all
changes on his shop and coordination drawings and submit them to the Engineer for approval
prior to ordering or fabrication.
D. Follow equipment and material manufacturers' instructions where items are not specifically
covered on the drawings or within the Specifications. If instructions are within conflict, obtain
clarification before starting work.
E. All dimensions shown on the drawings are in feet and inches unless indicated otherwise. If in
doubt, obtain clarifications from the Engineer prior to submitting bid.
1.09 PROJECT /SITE CONDITIONS
A. Examine the building site and compare the drawings with existing conditions. The act of
submitting a bid shall be deemed as having made such an examination and that allowances,
therefore, have been made in preparing the bid figure.
B. Install Work in locations shown on Drawings, unless prevented by Project conditions.
C. Prepare drawings showing proposed rearrangement of Work to meet Project conditions,
including changes to Work specified in other sections. Obtain permission of Engineer before
proceeding.
1.10 PROTECTION OF EXISTING SERVICES
A. In the area of the new construction, there may be found a number of existing services.
Protect active lines and maintain them in good operating condition. Whatever information that
could be obtained has been indicated on the drawings; however, this information may not
have been field checked and its accuracy is not guaranteed. Contractor is responsible for
pointing out to other crafts all active lines shown on the drawings or discernible from a site
investigation.
1.11 SPACE REQUIREMENTS
A. Consider all space requirements for all work indicated in the contract documents and
subsequent drawings before installing any portion of the work. Space conflicts which occur
during or after installation of work, caused by failure to consider all such requirements, shall
be resolved by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the Engineer at the Contractor's expense.
Page 3 of 4 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 26 01 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas BASIC ELECTRICAL
B. Install equipment and materials with all working parts readily accessible for inspection, repair,
and renewal. The right is reserved to make reasonable changes in locations of equipment on
the drawings prior to rough -in without involving additional expense to the Owner.
C. Confer with the General Contractor and /or the Engineer to establish exact locations, mounting
heights, and arrangements of all the finish work prior to roughing in.
1.12 PROTECTION OF EQUIPMENT
Protect equipment and materials in accordance with contract documents from physical damage,
construction, dirt, and the elements from the time they are shipped by the manufacturer to the
time the building is accepted by the Owner. The craft installing the equipment or materials shall
be responsible for the protection.
1.14 WORKMANSHIP AND SUPERVISION
A. Workmanship shall be first class throughout and performed only by competent and
experienced workmen in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. Constant supervision of the
work, either by the Contractor or his competent representative, shall be maintained.
B. Work shall be installed so as not to delay the progress of construction and shall be properly
coordinated with other trades.
C. The work may be inspected at any time by the Owner or Engineer or their representatives.
Work covered or concealed, before being inspected and approved, shall be opened and
uncovered upon request. Any materials, labor, etc., required to recover or re- conceal work
under this circumstance shall be performed at the Contractor's expense.
1.15 CUTTING AND REPAIRING
Include all cutting and patching in accordance with the contract documents.
1.16 PROTECTION AND CLEANING
A. Throughout the progress of the work, protect all pipe, conduit, ducts, fixtures and equipment
from intrusion by rain, dirt and foreign matter, and from damage of any kind. Thoroughly
clean all metallic, plastic and painted surfaces of equipment prior to final painting and prior to
final inspection.
B. Replace with new materials any damaged work, without additional cost to the Owner, so that
the entire installation will be left in new condition.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Refer to lighting schedule, drawings and specifications.
PART 3 EXECUTION
Provide checkout of power and control of each circuit in accordance with this specification and the
drawings. Coordinate any interference with other systems with the owner or the owner's representative.
END OF SECTION 26 01 00
Page 4 of 4 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 26 02 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSORS
SECTION 26 02 00 - TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSORS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Transient Voltage Surge Suppressors.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers:
1. IEEE 1100 - Recommended Practice for Powering and Grounding
Electronic Equipment.
2. IEEE C62.41 - Recommended Practice on Surge Voltages in Low -
Voltage AC Power Circuits.
3. IEEE C62.45 - Guide on Surge Testing for Equipment Connected to Low -
Voltage AC Power Circuits.
B. National Electrical Manufacturers Association:
1. NEMA LS 1 - Low Voltage Surge Protection Devices.
C. National Fire Protection Association:
1. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code (2002)
2. NFPA 780 - Standard for the Installation of Lightning Protection Systems.
D. Underwriters Laboratories Inc.:
1. UL 1283 - Electromagnetic Interference Filters.
2. UL 1449 - Transient Voltage Surge Suppressors.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit capacity, dimensions, weights, details, and wiring
configuration.
B. Shop Drawings: Indicate details showing layout and details for light installation.
C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit installation instructions and
connection requirements.
D. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify transient voltage surge suppression device
complies with UL 1449 Second Edition Surge Voltage Ratings.
Page 1 of 5 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 26 02 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSORS
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. List individual units under UL 1449 and UL 1283.
1.5 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing Products specified in this
section with minimum three years documented experience.
1.6 WARRANTY
A. Furnish five year manufacturer's warranty for transient voltage surge suppressor
part failure.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSOR (TVSS)
A. Product Description: Surge protective devices for protection of AC electrical
circuits.
B. Types: Service entrance switchboards, Enclosed switchgear, Distribution
switchboards, Power panelboards and Lighting panelboards.
C. Unit Operating Voltage: As indicated on Drawings.
D. Maximum Continuous Operating Voltage: Greater than 115 percent of nominal
system operating voltage.
E. Construction:
1. Finish: Factory finish of baked enamel.
2. Balanced Suppression Platform: Equally distribute surge current to Metal
Oxide Varistor (MOV) components to ensure equal stressing and
maximum performance. Furnish surge suppression platform with equal
impedance paths to each matched MOV.
3. Internal Connections: Hardwired with connections using low impedance
conductors and compression fittings.
4. Safety and Diagnostic Monitoring: Equipped with standard overcurrent
protection:
a. Continuous monitoring of fusing system.
b. Monitor individual MOVs (including neutral to ground). Capable of
identifying open circuit failures not monitored by conventional
fusing systems.
c. Monitor for overheating in each mode due to thermal runaway.
d. Furnish green and red solid state indicator light on each phase.
Absence of green light and presence of red light indicates which
phases have been damaged. Fault detection activates flashing
Page 2 of 5 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 26 02 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSORS
trouble light. Units not capable of detecting open circuit damage,
thermal conditions, and over current will not be accepted.
5. Labeling: Permanently affix UL 1449 suppression voltage ratings and
CSA to unit.
F. Rating:
1. Electrical Noise Filter: Furnish each unit with high performance EMI /RFI
noise rejection filter. Electric line noise attenuation no less than 45 dB at
100 kHz using MIL - STD -220A insertion loss test method.
G. Accessories:
1. Digital display transient event counter [with manual reset].
2. Local audible alarm.
3. Form C dry contacts one normally open (NO) and one normally closed
(NC) for remote status monitoring.
4. Remote monitor panel with indicating lights and audible alarm for
mounting in remote location.
5. Push -to -test feature.
H. Surge Current Capacity: Total surge current (based on 8 x 20 microsecond
waveform) device is capable of surviving is not less than:
• Min Surge Current Min Surge Current
Application Per Phase Per Mode *
Service Entrance
(Switchboards,
Switchgear, MCC) 250 kA 125 kA
High Exposure
Roof Top Locations 160 kA 80 kA
Distribution and
branch locations
(Panelboards, 120 kA 60 kA
MCC, Bus Duct)
*L -G, L -N and N -G (WYE system);
L -L, L -G (Delta system)
Protection Modes: For Wye configured system, furnish device with directly
connected suppression elements between line- neutral (L -N), line- ground (L -G),
and neutral - ground (N -G). For Delta configured system, furnish device with
suppression elements between line to line (L -L) and line to ground (L -G).
J. Do not exceed the following for maximum UL 1449 suppression voltage ratings:
Modes 208Y/120
Page 3 of 5 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 26 02 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSORS
WYE - L -N; L -G; N -G 400 V
Delta - L -L, L -G 800 V
K. ANSI /IEEE Catalog C3 Let Through Voltage: Based on ANSI /IEEE C62.41 and
C62.45 recommended procedures for Catalog C3 surges (20 kV, 10kA) and not
less than:
Modes 208Y/120
L -N 500 V
L. ANSI /IEEE Cat. B3 Let Through Voltage: Based on ANSI /IEEE C62.41 and
C62.45 recommended procedures for ANSI /IEEE Catalog B3 Ringwave (6 kV,
500 amps) not less than:
Modes 208Y/120
L -N 170 V
2.2 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL AND TESTS
A. Test units to specified surge ratings to ensure devices will achieve required life
expectancy and reliability. Testing to full ratings also verifies internal construction
quality of suppressors. Provide withstand testing for each mode and each phase
basis.
B. Perform actual Let - Through voltage test data in form of oscillograph results for
ANSI /IEEE C62.41 Catalog C3 (20 kV, 10 kA), Catalog 01 (6 kV, 3 kA), and
Catalog. B3 (6 kv, 500 A at 100 kHz) tested in accordance with ANSI /IEEE
C62.45.
C. Perform spectrum analysis of each unit based on MIL - STD -220A test procedures
between 50 kHz and 200 kHz verifying device noise attenuation exceeds 45 dB
at 100 kHz.
D. Perform test verifying suppressors can survive published surge current rating for
each mode and each P hase basis. Test wave based on ANSI /IEEE C62.41, 8x20
microsecond current wave.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify mounting area is ready for equipment.
B. Verify circuit rough -ins are at correct location.
Page 4 of 5 02/08/2012
r
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 26 02 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSORS
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install in accordance with IEEE 1100.
B. Install service entrance suppressors in building electrical service (switchboard or
panelboard).
END OF SECTION 26 02 00
Page 5 of 5 02/08/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 03 30 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
SECTION 03 30 00 - CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
PART 1- GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section specifies cast -in place concrete, including formwork, reinforcement,
concrete materials, mixture design, placement procedures, and finishes, for the
following:
1. Footings.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Cementitious Materials: Portland cement alone or in combination with one or more of
the following: blended hydraulic cement, fly ash and other pozzoians, ground
granulated blast- furnace slag, and silica fume; subject to compliance with
requirements.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
B. Design Mixtures: For each concrete mixture. Submit alternate design mixtures when
characteristics of materials, Project conditions, weather, test results, or other
circumstances warrant adjustments.
1. Indicate amounts of mixing water to be withheld for later addition at Project site.
C. Steel Reinforcement Shop Drawings: Placing drawings that detail fabrication, bending,
and placement. Include bar sizes, lengths, material, grade, bar schedules, stirrup
spacing, bent bar diagrams, bar arrangement, splices and laps, mechanical
connections, tie spacing, hoop spacing, and supports for concrete reinforcement.
D. Material Test Reports: For the following, from a qualified testing agency, indicating
compliance with requirements:
1. Aggregates.
E. Material Certificates: For each of the following, signed by manufacturers:
Page 1 of 13 03/01/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 03 30 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
1. Cementitious materials.
2. Steel reinforcement and accessories.
3. Curing compounds.
4. Semirigid joint filler.
5. Repair materials.
F. Field quality- control test and inspection reports.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing ready -mixed
concrete products and that complies with ASTM C 94/C 94M requirements for
production facilities and equipment.
B. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency qualified according to
ASTM C 1077 and ASTM E 329 for testing indicated, as documented according to
ASTM E 548.
1. Personnel conducting field tests shall be qualified as ACI Concrete Field Testing
Technician, Grade 1, according to ACI CP -01 or an equivalent certification
program.
C. Source Limitations: Obtain each type or class of cementitious material of the same
brand from the same manufacturer's plant, obtain aggregate from one source, and
obtain admixtures through one source from a single manufacturer.
D. ACI Publications: Comply with the following unless modified by requirements in the
Contract Documents:
1. ACI 301, "Specification for Structural Concrete," Sections 1 through 5.
2. ACI 117, "Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials."
E. Concrete Testing Service: Engage a qualified independent testing agency to perform
material evaluation tests and to design concrete mixtures.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Steel Reinforcement: Deliver, store, and handle steel reinforcement to prevent
bending and damage.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements
apply to product selection:
Page 2 of 13 03/01/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 03 30 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may
be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, products specified.
2. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products
specified.
3. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,
manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
but are not limited to, manufacturers specified.
4. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the manufacturers specified.
2.2 FORM - FACING MATERIALS
A. Smooth- Formed Finished Concrete: Form- facing panels that will provide continuous,
true, and smooth concrete surfaces. Furnish in largest practicable sizes to minimize
number of joints.
1. Plywood, metal, or other approved panel materials.
B -B (Concrete Form), Class 1 or better; mill oiled and edge sealed.
B. Rough - Formed Finished Concrete: Plywood, lumber, metal, or another approved
material. Provide lumber dressed on at least two edges and one side for tight fit.
C. Chamfer Strips: Wood, metal, PVC, or rubber strips, 3/4 by 3/4 inch minimum.
D. Rustication Strips: Wood, metal, PVC, or rubber strips, kerfed for ease of form
removal.
E. Form - Release Agent: Commercially formulated form - release agent that will not bond
with, stain, or adversely affect concrete surfaces and will not impair subsequent
treatments of concrete surfaces.
1. Formulate form - release agent with rust inhibitor for steel form - facing materials.
2.3 STEEL REINFORCEMENT
A. Reinforcing. Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60 deformed.
2.4 REINFORCEMENT ACCESSORIES
A. Bar Supports: Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other . devices for spacing, supporting,
and fastening reinforcing bars and welded wire reinforcement in place.. Manufacture
bar supports from steel wire, plastic, or precast concrete according to CRSI's "Manual
of Standard Practice," of greater compressive strength than concrete and as follows:
Page 3 of 13 03/01/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 03 30 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
2.5 CONCRETE MATERIALS
A. Cementitious Material: Use the following cementitious materials, of the same type,
brand, and source, throughout Project:
1. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or II, gray
a. Fly Ash: ASTM C 618, Class C or F.
b. Ground Granulated Blast- Furnace Slag: ASTM C 989, Grade 100 or 120.
B. Silica Fume: ASTM C 1240, amorphous silica.
C. Normal- Weight Aggregates: ASTM C 33, coarse aggregate or better, graded. Provide
aggregates from a single source.
1. Maximum Coarse- Aggregate Size: 1-1/2 inches.
2. Fine Aggregate: Free of materials with deleterious reactivity to alkali in cement.
2.6 ADMIXTURES
A. Air - Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260.
B. Chemical Admixtures: Provide admixtures certified by manufacturer to be compatible
with other admixtures and that will not contribute water - soluble chloride ions exceeding
those permitted in hardened concrete. Do not use calcium chloride or admixtures
containing calcium chloride.
1. Water- Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type A.
2. Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type B.
3. Water- Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type D.
4. Plasticizing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 1017/C 1017M, Type I1.
2.7 CURING MATERIALS
A. Evaporation Retarder: Waterborne, monomolecular film forming, manufactured for
application to fresh concrete.
1. Products:
a. Axim Concrete Technologies; Cimfilm.
b. Burke by Edoco; BurkeFilm.
c. ChemMasters; Spray -Film.
d. Conspec Marketing & Manufacturing Co., Inc., a Dayton Superior
Company; Aquafilm.
e. Dayton Superior Corporation; Sure Film.
f. Euclid Chemical Company (The); Eucobar.
g. Kaufman Products, Inc.; Vapor Aid.
h. Lambert Corporation; Lambco Skin.
i. L &M Construction Chemicals, Inc.; E -Con.
j. MBT Protection and Repair, Div. of ChemRex; Confilm.
Page 4 of 13 03/01/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 03 30 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
k. Meadows, W. R., Inc.; Sealtight Evapre.
I. Metalcrete Industries; Waterhold.
m. Nox -Crete Products Group, Kinsman Corporation; Monofilm.
n. Sika Corporation, Inc.; SikaFilm.
o. Symons Corporation, a Dayton Superior Company; Finishing Aid.
p. Unitex; Pro -Film.
q. US Mix Products Company; US Spec Monofilm ER.
r. Vexcon Chemicals, Inc.; Certi -Vex EnvioAssist.
B. Water: Potable.
2.8 RELATED MATERIALS
A. Bonding Agent: ASTM C 1059, Type II, non - redispersible, acrylic emulsion or styrene
butadiene.
B. Epoxy Bonding Adhesive: ASTM C 881, two- component epoxy resin, capable of
humid curing and bonding to damp surfaces, of class suitable for application
temperature and of grade to suit requirements, and as follows:
1. Types 1 and II, non -load bearing, for bonding hardened or freshly mixed concrete
to hardened concrete.
2.9 REPAIR MATERIALS
A. Repair Underlayment: Cement- based, polymer- modified, self- leveling product that can
be applied in thicknesses from 1/8 inch and that can be feathered at edges to match
adjacent floor elevations.
1. Cement Binder: ASTM C 150, portland cement or hydraulic or blended hydraulic
cement as defined in ASTM C 219.
2. Primer: Product of underlayment manufacturer recommended for substrate,
conditions, and application.
3. Aggregate: Well- graded, washed gravel, 1/8 to 1/4 inch or coarse sand as
recommended by underlayment manufacturer.
4. Compressive Strength: Not less than 4100 psi at 28 days when tested according
to ASTM C 109/C 109M.
2.10 CONCRETE MIXTURES, GENERAL
A. Prepare design mixtures for each type and strength of concrete, proportioned on the
basis of laboratory trial mixture or field test data, or both, according to ACI 301.
1. Use a qualified independent testing agency for preparing and reporting proposed
mixture designs based on laboratory trial mixtures.
B. Cementitious Materials: Use fly ash, pozzolan, ground granulated blast - furnace slag,
and silica fume as needed to reduce the total amount of portland cement, which would
Page 5 of 1 03/01/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 03 30 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
otherwise be used, by not Tess than 40 percent. Limit percentage, by weight, of
cementitious materials other than portland cement in concrete as follows:
1. Fly Ash: 25 percent.
2. Combined Fly Ash and Pozzolan: 25 percent.
3. Ground Granulated Blast- Furnace Slag: 50 percent.
4. Combined Fly Ash or Pozzolan and Ground Granulated Blast- Furnace Slag: 50
percent portland cement minimum, with fly ash or pozzolan not exceeding 25
percent.
C. Limit water - soluble, chloride -ion content in hardened concrete to 1.00 percent by
weight of cement.
D. Admixtures: Use admixtures according to manufacturer's written instructions.
1. Use water- reducing or plasticizing admixture in concrete, as required, for
placement and workability.
2. Use water - reducing and retarding admixture when required by high
temperatures, low humidity, or other adverse placement conditions.
3. Use water- reducing admixture in pumped concrete, concrete for heavy -use
industrial slabs and parking structure slabs, concrete required to be watertight,
and concrete with a water- cementitious materials ratio below 0.50.
4. Use corrosion- inhibiting admixture in concrete mixtures where indicated.
2.11 CONCRETE MIXTURES FOR BUILDING ELEMENTS
A. Footings: Proportion normal- weight concrete mixture as follows:
1. Minimum .Compressive Strength: 3000 psi at 28 days.
2. Maximum Water- Cementitious Materials Ratio: 0.50.
3. Slump Limit: 5 inches before adding high -range water- reducing admixture or
plasticizing admixture.
4. Air Content: 5 -1/2 percent, plus or minus 1.5 percent at point of delivery for 1-
1/2 -inch nominal maximum aggregate size.
5. Air Content: 6 percent, plus or minus 1.5 percent at point of delivery for 3/4 -inch
nominal maximum aggregate size.
2.12 FABRICATING REINFORCEMENT
A. Fabricate steel reinforcement according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice."
2.13 CONCRETE MIXING
A. Ready -Mixed Concrete: Measure, batch, mix, and deliver concrete according to
ASTM C 94/C 94M and furnish batch ticket information.
Page 6 of 13 03/01 /2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion. Renovation 03 30 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
1. When air temperature is between 85 and 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery
time from 1 -1/2 hours to 75 minutes; when air temperature is above 90 deg F,
reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 FORMWORK
A. Design, erect, shore, brace, and maintain formwork, according to AC! 301, to support
vertical, lateral, static, and dynamic Toads, and construction loads that might be
applied, until structure can support such loads.
B. Construct formwork so concrete members and structures are of size, shape, alignment,
elevation, and position indicated, within tolerance limits of ACI 117.
C. Limit concrete surface irregularities, designated by ACI 347R as abrupt or gradual, as
follows:
1. Class A, 1/8 inch for smooth- formed finished surfaces.
2: Class B, 1/4 inch for rough- formed finished surfaces.
D. Construct forms tight enough to prevent loss of concrete mortar.
E. Fabricate forms for easy removal without hammering or prying against concrete
surfaces. Provide crush or wrecking plates where stripping may damage cast concrete
surfaces. Provide top forms for inclined surfaces steeper than 1.5 horizontal to 1
vertical. '
1. Install keyways, reglets, recesses, and the like, for easy removal.
2. Do not use rust - stained steel form- facing material.
F. Chamfer exterior corners and edges of permanently exposed concrete.
G. Form openings, chases, offsets, sinkages, keyways, reglets, blocking, screeds, and
bulkheads required in the Work. Determine sizes and locations from trades providing
such items.
H. Clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete. Remove chips, wood,
sawdust, dirt, and other debris just before placing concrete.
I. Retighten forms and bracing before placing concrete, as required, to prevent mortar
leaks and maintain proper alignment.
J. Coat contact surfaces of forms with form - release agent, according to manufacturer's
written instructions, before placing reinforcement.
Page 7 of 13 03/01/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 03 30 00
Ci ty of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
3.2 EMBEDDED ITEMS
A. Place and secure anchorage devices and other embedded items required for adjoining
work that is attached to or supported by cast -in -place concrete. Use setting drawings,
templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded.
1. Install anchor rods, accurately located, to elevations required and complying with
tolerances in Section 7.5 of AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel
Buildings and Bridges."
3.3 REMOVING AND REUSING FORMS
A. General: Formwork for sides of beams, walls, columns, and similar parts of the Work
that does not support weight of concrete may be removed after cumulatively curing at
not less than 50 deg F for 24 hours after placing concrete, if concrete is hard enough to
not be damaged by form - removal operations and curing and protection operations are
maintained.
1. Leave formwork for beam soffits, joists, slabs, and other structural elements that
supports weight of concrete in place until concrete has achieved at least 70
percent of its 28 -day design compressive strength.
B. Clean and repair surfaces of forms to be reused in the Work. Split, frayed, .
delaminated, or otherwise damaged form - facing material will not be acceptable for
exposed surfaces. Apply new form - release agent.
C. When forms are reused, clean surfaces, remove fins and laitance, and tighten to close
joints. Align and secure joints to avoid offsets. Do not use patched forms for exposed
concrete surfaces unless approved by Architect.
3.4 AND RE H RE
3 SHORES N S O S
A. Comply with ACI 318 and ACI 301 for design, installation, and removal of shoring and
reshoring.
1. Do not remove shoring or reshoring until measurement of slab tolerances is
complete.
B. Plan sequence of removal of shores and reshore to avoid damage to concrete. Locate
and provide adequate reshoring to support construction without excessive stress or
deflection.
3.5 STEEL REINFORCEMENT
A. General: Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for placing reinforcement.
B. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, and other foreign materials
that would reduce bond to concrete.
Page - of 13 03/01 /2012
I 1�
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 03 30 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas CAST -IN -PLACE .CONCRETE
C. Accurately position, support, and secure . reinforcement against displacement. Locate
and support reinforcement with bar supports to maintain minimum concrete cover. Do
not tack weld crossing reinforcing bars.
D. Set wire ties with ends directed into concrete, not toward exposed concrete surfaces.
3.6 CONCRETE PLACEMENT
A. Before placing concrete, verify that installation of formwork, reinforcement, and
embedded items is complete and that required inspections have been performed.
B. Before test sampling and placing concrete, water may be added at Project site, subject
to limitations of ACI 301.
C. Deposit concrete continuously in one layer or in horizontal layers of such thickness that
no new concrete will be placed on concrete that has hardened enough to cause seams
or planes of weakness. If a section cannot be placed continuously, provide
construction joints as indicated. Deposit concrete to avoid segregation.
1. Deposit concrete in horizontal layers of depth to not exceed formwork design
pressures and in .a manner to avoid inclined construction joints.
2. Consolidate placed concrete with mechanical vibrating equipment according to
ACI 301.
3. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside forms. Insert and withdraw
vibrators vertically at uniformly spaced locations to rapidly penetrate placed layer
and at least 6 inches into preceding layer. Do not insert vibrators into lower
layers of concrete that have begun to lose plasticity. At each insertion, limit
duration of vibration to time necessary to consolidate concrete and complete .
embedment of reinforcement and other embedded items without causing mixture
constituents to segregate.
D. Cold - Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 306.1 and as follows. Protect concrete
work from physical damage or reduced strength that could be caused by frost, freezing
actions, or low temperatures.
1. When average high and low temperature is expected to fall below 40 deg F for
three successive days, maintain delivered concrete mixture temperature within
the temperature range required by ACI 301.
2. Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow. Do not place
concrete on frozen subgrade or on subgrade containing frozen materials.
3. Do not use calcium chloride, salt, or other materials containing antifreeze agents
or .chemical accelerators unless otherwise specified and approved in mixture
designs.
E. Hot - Weather Placement: Comply with ACl 301 and as follows:
1. Maintain concrete temperature below 90 deg F at time of placement. Chilled
mixing water or chopped ice may be used to control temperature, provided water
equivalent of ice is calculated to total amount of mixing water. Using liquid
nitrogen to cool concrete is Contractor's option.
Page 9 of 13 03/01/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 03 30 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
2. Fog -spray forms, steel reinforcement, and subgrade just before placing concrete.
Keep subgrade uniformly moist without standing water, soft spots, or dry areas.
3.7 FINISHING FORMED SURFACES
A. Rough- Formed Finish: As -cast concrete texture imparted by form-facing material with
tie holes and defects repaired and patched. Remove fins and other projections that
exceed specified limits on formed - surface irregularities.
B. Smooth - Formed Finish: As -cast concrete texture imparted by form- facing material,
arranged in an orderly and symmetrical manner with a minimum of seams. Repair and
patch tie holes and defects. Remove fins and other projections that exceed specified
limits on formed - surface irregularities.
C. Rubbed Finish: Apply the following to smooth- formed finished as -cast concrete where
indicated:
1. Smooth- Rubbed Finish: Not later than one day after form removal, moisten
concrete surfaces and rub with carborundum brick or another abrasive until
producing a uniform color and texture. Do not apply cement grout other than that
created by the rubbing process.
D. Related Unformed Surfaces: At tops of walls, horizontal offsets, and similar unformed
surfaces adjacent to formed surfaces, strike off smooth and finish with a texture
matching adjacent formed surfaces Continue final surface treatment of formed
surfaces uniformly across adjacent unformed surfaces, unless otherwise indicated.
3.8 MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE ITEMS.
A. Filling In: Fill in holes and openings left in concrete structures, unless otherwise
indicated, after work of other trades is in place. Mix, place, and cure concrete, as
specified, to blend with in -place construction. Provide other miscellaneous concrete
filling indicated or required to complete the Work.
3.9 CONCRETE PROTECTING AND CURING
A. General: Protect freshly placed :concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or
hot temperatures. Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold - weather protection and ACI 301 for
hot- weather protection during curing.
B. Evaporation Retarder: Apply evaporation retarder to unformed concrete surfaces if
hot, dry, or windy conditions cause moisture Toss approaching 0.2 lb/sq. ft. x h before
and during finishing operations. Apply according to manufacturer's written instructions
after placing, screeding, and bull floating or darbying concrete, but before float
finishing.
C. Unformed Surfaces: Begin curing immediately after finishing concrete. Cure: unformed
surfaces, including floors and slabs, concrete floor toppings, and other surfaces.
Page 10 of 13 03/01/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 03 30 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
D. Cure concrete according to ACI 308.1, by one or a combination of the following
methods:
1. Curing Compound: Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power spray or
roller according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas subjected to
heavy rainfall within three hours after initial application. Maintain continuity of
coating and repair damage during curing period.
3.10 CONCRETE SURFACE REPAIRS
A. Defective Concrete: Repair and patch defective areas when approved by Architect.
Remove and replace concrete that cannot be repaired and patched to Architect's
approval.
B. Patching Mortar: Mix dry -pack patching mortar, consisting of one part portland cement
to two and one -half parts fine aggregate passing a No. 16 sieve, using only enough
water for handling and placing.
C. Repairing Formed Surfaces: Surface defects include color and texture irregularities,
cracks, spells, air bubbles, honeycombs, rock pockets, fins and other projections on
the surface, and stains and other discolorations that cannot be removed by cleaning.
1. Immediately after form removal, cut out honeycombs, rock pockets, and voids
more than 1/2 inch in any dimension in solid concrete, but not Tess than 1 inch in
depth. Make edges of cuts perpendicular to concrete surface. Clean, dampen
with water, and brush -coat holes and voids with bonding agent. Fill and compact
with patching mortar before .bonding agent has dried. Fill form -tie voids with
patching mortar or cone plugs secured in place with bonding agent.
2. Repair defects on surfaces exposed to view by blending white portland cement
and standard portland cement so that, when dry, patching mortar will match
surrounding color. Patch a test area at inconspicuous locations to verify mixture
and color match before proceeding with patching. Compact mortar in place and
strike off slightly higher than surrounding surface.
3. Repair defects on concealed formed surfaces that affect concrete's durability and
structural performance as determined by Architect.
D. Repairing. Unformed Surfaces: Test unformed surfaces, for finish and verify surface
tolerances specified for each surface. Correct low and high areas. Test surfaces
sloped to drain for trueness of slope and smoothness; use a sloped template.
1. After concrete has cured at least 14 days, correct high areas by grinding.
2. Correct localized low areas during or immediately after completing surface
finishing operations by cutting out low areas and replacing with patching mortar.
Finish repaired areas to blend into adjacent concrete.
3. Repair defective areas, except random cracks and single holes 1 inch or less in
diameter, by cutting out and replacing with fresh concrete. Remove defective
areas with clean, square cuts and expose steel reinforcement with at least a 3/4- inch clearance all around. Dampen concrete surfaces in contact with patching
concrete and apply bonding agent. Mix patching concrete of same materials and
mixture as original concrete except without coarse aggregate. Place, compact,
Page 11 of 13 03/01/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 03 30 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
and finish blending with adjacent finished concrete. Cure in same manner as
adjacent concrete.
4. Repair random cracks and single holes 1 inch or Tess in diameter with patching
mortar. Groove top of cracks and cut out holes to sound concrete and clean off
dust, dirt, and loose particles. Dampen cleaned concrete surfaces and apply
bonding agent. Place patching mortar before bonding agent has dried. Compact
patching mortar and finish to match adjacent concrete. Keep patched area
continuously moist for at least 72 hours.
E. Perform structural repairs of concrete, subject to Architect's approval, using epoxy
adhesive and patching mortar.
F. Repair materials and installation not specified above may be used, subject to
Architect's approval.
3.11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing and Inspecting: Engage a qualified testing and inspecting agency to perform
tests and inspections and to submit reports.
B. Inspections:
1. Steel reinforcement placement.
2. Headed bolts and studs.
3. Verification of use of required design mixture.
4. Concrete placement, including conveying and depositing.
C. Concrete Tests: Testing of composite samples of fresh concrete obtained according to
ASTM C 172 shall be performed according to the following requirements:
1. Testing Frequency: Obtain at least one composite sample for each 100 cu. yd.
a. When frequency of testing will provide fewer than five compressive -
strength tests for each concrete mixture, testing shall be conducted from at
least five randomly selected batches or from each batch if fewer than five
are used.
2. Slump: ASTM C 143/C 143M; one test at point of placement for each composite
sample, but not Tess than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture.
Perform additional tests when concrete consistency appears to change.
3. Air Content: ASTM C 231, pressure method, for normal- weight concrete;.
ASTM C 173, volumetric method, for structural concrete; one test for each
composite sample, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each
concrete mixture.
4. Concrete Temperature: ASTM C 1064; one test hourly when air temperature is
40 deg F and below and when 80 deg F and above, and one test for each
composite sample.
5. Compression Test Specimens: ASTM C 31.
Page 12 of 13 03/01/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 03 30 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE.
a. Cast and laboratory cure two sets of three standard cylinder specimens for
each composite sample.
6. Compressive - Strength Tests: ASTM C 39/C 39M; test one set of two laboratory-
cured specimens at 7 days and one set of two specimens at 28 days.
7. Strength of each concrete mixture will be satisfactory if every average of any
three consecutive compressive- strength tests equals or exceeds specified
compressive strength and no compressive- strength test value falls below
specified compressive strength by more than 500 psi.
8. Test results shall be reported in writing to Architect, concrete manufacturer, and
Contractor within 48 hours of testing. Reports of compressive- strength tests
shall contain Project identification name and number, date of concrete
placement, name of concrete testing and inspecting agency, location of concrete
batch in Work, design compressive strength at 28 days, concrete mixture
proportions and materials, compressive breaking strength, and type of break for
both 7- and 28 -day tests.
9. Additional Tests: Testing and inspecting agency shall make additional tests of
concrete when test results indicate that slump, air entrainment, compressive
strengths, or other requirements have not been met, as directed by Architect.
Testing and inspecting agency may conduct tests to determine adequacy of
concrete by cored cylinders complying with ASTM C 42 or by other methods as
directed by Architect.
10. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to .
determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements.
11. Correct deficiencies in the Work that test reports and inspections indicate dos not
comply with the Contract Documents.
End Of Section 03 30 00
Page 13 of 13 03/01/2012
Specification for Downtown. Pavilion Renovation 05 12 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING
SECTION 05 12 00 - STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Structural steel.
2. Prefabricated building columns.
3. Grout.
B. Related Sections:
1. Division 01 Section "Quality Requirements" for independent testing agency
procedures and administrative requirements.
2. Division 05 Section "Metal Fabrications" for steel lintels and shelf angles not
attached to structural -steel frame, miscellaneous steel fabrications and other
metal items not defined as structural steel.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Structural Steel: Elements of structural - steel frame, as classified by AISC 303, "Code
of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges."
1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Connections: Provide details of simple shear connections required by the Contract
Documents to be selected or completed by structural -steel fabricator, including
comprehensive engineering design by a qualified professional engineer, to withstand.
Toads indicated and comply with other information and restrictions indicated.
1. Select and complete connections using schematic details indicated and
AISC 360..
B. Moment Connections: Type FR, fully restrained.
Page 1 of 10 03/01/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 0512 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication of structural -steel components.
1. Include details of cuts, connections, splices, camber, holes, and other pertinent
data.
2. Indicate welds by standard AWS symbols, distinguishing between shop and field
welds, and show size, length, and type of each weld. Show backing bars that are
to be removed and supplemental fillet welds where backing bars are to remain.
3. Indicate type, size, and length of bolts, distinguishing between shop and field
bolts. Retain first three subparagraphs below for "High - Seismic Applications" as
defined in AISC 360.
4. For structural -steel connections indicated to comply with design loads, include
structural design data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer
responsible for their preparation.
C. Welding Procedure Specifications (WPSs) and Procedure Qualification Records
(PQRs): Provide according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel," for
each welded joint whether prequalified or qualified by testing, including the following:
1. Power source (constant current or constant voltage).
2. Electrode manufacturer and trade name, for demand critical welds.
D. Qualification Data: For qualified Installer and fabricator.
E. Welding certificates.
F. Paint. Compatibility Certificates: From manufacturers of topcoats applied over shop
primers, certifying that shop primers are compatible with topcoats.
G. Mill test reports for structural steel, including chemical and physical properties.
H. Product Test Reports: For the following:
1. Bolts, nuts, and washers including mechanical properties and chemical analysis.
2. Direct - tension indicators.
3. Tension-control, high - strength bolt -nut- washer assemblies.
4. Shop primers.
5. Nonshrink grout.
1. Source quality- control reports.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: Structural steel installer shall comply with applicable provisions
of AISC's. "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges." And AISC .360-
05 "Specifications for Structural Steel Buildings"
Page 2 of 10 03/01/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 05.12 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING
B. Shop - Painting Applicators: Qualified according to AISC's Sophisticated Paint
Endorsement or SSPC -QP 3, "Standard Procedure for Evaluating Qualifications of
Shop Painting Applicators."
C. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to.
AWS D1.1 /D1.1 M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel."
1. Welders and welding operators performing work on bottom - flange, demand-
critical welds shall pass the supplemental welder qualification testing, as required
by AWS D1.8. FCAW -S and FCAW -G shall be considered separate processes
for welding personnel qualification.
D. Comply with applicable provisions of the following specifications and documents:
1. AISC 303.
2. AISC 341 and AISC 341s1.
3. AISC 360.
4. RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts."
1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Store materials to permit easy access for inspection and identification. Keep steel
members .off ground and spaced by using pallets, dunnage, or other supports and
spacers. Protect steel members and packaged materials from corrosion and
deterioration.
1. Do not store materials on .structure in a manner that might cause distortion,
damage, or overload to members or supporting structures. Repair or replace
damaged materials or structures as directed.
B. Store fasteners in a protected place in sealed containers with manufacturer's labels
intact.
1. Fasteners may be repackaged provided Owner's testing and inspecting agency
observes repackaging and seals containers.
2. Clean and re- lubricate bolts and nuts that become dry or rusty before use.
3. Comply with manufacturers' written recommendations for cleaning and lubricating
ASTM F 1852 fasteners and for retesting fasteners after lubrication.
1.8 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate selection of shop primers with topcoats to be applied over them. Comply
with paint and coating manufacturers' recommendations to ensure that shop primers
and topcoats are compatible with one another.
Page 3 of 10 03/01/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 05 12 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 STRUCTURAL -STEEL MATERIALS
A. W- Shapes: ASTM A 992, Grade 50.
B. Channels, Angles: ASTM A 36.
C. Plate and Bar: ASTM A 572 Grade 50 .
D. Cold- Formed Hollow Structural Sections: ASTM A 500, Grade B, structural tubing.
E. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E or S, Grade B.
F. Steel Castings: ASTM A 216/A 216M, Grade WCB with supplementary requirement
S11.
G. Steel Forgings: ASTM A 668.
H. Welding Electrodes: Comply with AWS requirements.
2.2 BOLTS, CONNECTORS, AND ANCHORS
A. High - Strength Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A 325, Type 1, heavy -hex steel
structural bolts; ASTM A 563, Grade C, heavy -hex carbon -steel nuts; and ASTM F 436,
Type 1, hardened carbon -steel washers; all with plain finish.
B. Zinc - Coated High- Strength Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A 325, Type 1, heavy -
hex steel structural bolts; ASTM.A 563, Grade DH heavy -hex carbon -steel nuts; and
ASTM F 436, Type 1, hardened carbon -steel washers.
1. Finish: Hot -dip or mechanically deposited zinc coating.
C. Headed Anchor Rods: ASTM F 1554, Grade 36, straight.
1. Nuts: ASTM A 563 heavy -hex carbon steel.
2. Plate Washers: ASTM A 36/A 36M carbon steel.
3. Washers: ASTM F 436, Type 1, hardened carbon steel.
4. Finish: Hot - dip zinc coating, ASTM A 153, Class C.
D. Threaded Rods: ASTM A 36.
1. Nuts: ASTM A 563 heavy -hex carbon steel.
2. Washers: ASTM F 436., Type 1, hardened carbon steel.
3. Finish: Hot -dip zinc coating, ASTM A 153, Class C.
2.3 PRIMER
A. Primer: SSPC -Paint 25, zinc oxide, alkyd, linseed oil primer.
Page 4 of 10 03/01/2012
i
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 05 12 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING
B. Primer: SSPC -Paint 25 BCS, zinc oxide, alkyd, linseed oil primer.
C. Primer: Fabricator's standard lead- and chromate -free, nonasphaltic, rust - inhibiting
primer complying with MPI #79 and compatible with topcoat.
2.4 GROUT
A. Metallic, Shrinkage- Resistant Grout: ASTM C 1107, factory- packaged, metallic
aggregate grout, mixed with water to consistency suitable for application and a 30-
minute working time.
B. Nonmetallic, Shrinkage- Resistant Grout: ASTM C 1107, factory- packaged, nonmetallic
aggregate grout, noncorrosive and nonstaining, mixed with water to consistency
suitable for application and a 30- minute working time
2.5 FABRICATION
A. Structural Steel: Fabricate and assemble in shop to greatest extent possible.
Fabricate according to AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and
Bridges" and AISC 360.
1. Mark and match -mark materials for field assembly.
2. Complete structural -steel assemblies, including welding of units, before starting
shop - priming operations.
B. Thermal Cutting: Perform thermal cutting by machine to greatest extent possible.
1. Plane thermally cut edges to be welded to comply with requirements in
AWS D1.1/D1.1M.
C. Bolt Holes: Cut, drill, mechanically thermal cut, or punch standard bolt holes
perpendicular to metal surfaces.
D. Finishing: Accurately finish ends of columns and other members transmitting bearing
Toads.
E. Cleaning: Clean and prepare steel surfaces that are to remain unpainted according to
SSPC -SP 1, Solvent Cleaning, SSPC -SP 2, Hand Tool Cleaning, SSPC -SP 3, Power
Tool Cleaning."
F. Steel Wall- Opening Framing: Select true and straight members for fabricating steel
wall - opening framing to be attached to structural steel. Straighten as required to
provide uniform, square, and true members in completed wall framing.
G. Holes: Provide holes required for securing other work to structural steel and for other
work to pass through steel framing members.
1. Cut, drill, or punch holes perpendicular to steel surfaces. Do not thermally cut
bolt holes or enlarge holes by burning.
Page 5 of 10 03/01/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 05 12 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING
2. Baseplate Holes: Cut, drill, mechanically thermal cut, or punch holes
perpendicular to steel surfaces.
3. Weld threaded nuts to framing and other specialty items indicated to receive
other work.
2.6 SHOP CONNECTIONS
A. High- Strength Bolts: Shop install high - strength bolts according to RCSC's
"Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts" for type of bolt
and type of joint specified.
1. Joint Type: Snug tightened.
B. Weld Connections: Comply with AWS D1.1 and AWS D1.8 for tolerances,
appearances, welding procedure specifications, weld quality, and methods used in
correcting welding work.
1. Assemble and weld built -up sections by methods that will maintain true alignment
of axes without exceeding tolerances in AISC 303 for mill material.
2.7 SHOP PRIMING
A. Shop prime steel surfaces except the following:
1. Surfaces embedded in concrete or mortar. Extend priming of partially embedded
members to a depth of 2 inches.
2. Surfaces to be field welded.
B. Surface Preparation: Clean surfaces to be painted. Remove loose rust and mill scale
and spatter, slag, or flux deposits. Prepare surfaces according to the following
specifications and standards:
1. SSPC -SP 2, "Hand Tool Cleaning."
2. SSPC -SP 3, "Power Tool Cleaning."
3. SSPC -SP 7 /NACE No. 4, "Brush -Off Blast Cleaning."
4. SSPC -SP 11, "Power Tool Cleaning to Bare Metal."
5. SSPC -SP 14 /NACE No. 8, "Industrial Blast Cleaning."
6. SSPC -SP 6 /NACE No. 3, "Commercial Blast Cleaning."
7. SSPC -SP 10 /NACE No. 2, "Near -White Blast Cleaning."
8. SSPC -SP 5 /NACE No. 1, "White Metal Blast Cleaning."
9. SSPC -SP 8, "Pickling."
C. Priming: Immediately after surface preparation, apply primer according to
manufacturer's written instructions and at rate recommended by SSPC to provide a
minimum dry film thickness of 1.5 mils. Use priming methods that result in full
coverage of joints, corners, edges, and exposed surfaces.
1. Stripe paint corners, crevices, bolts, welds, and sharp edges.
Page 6 of 10 03/01/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 05 12 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING
2.8 GALVANIZING
A. Hot -Dip Galvanized Finish: Apply zinc coating by the hot -dip process to structural steel
according to ASTM A 123/A 123M.
1. Fill vent and drain holes that will be exposed in the finished Work unless they will
function as weep holes, by plugging with zinc solder and filing off smooth.
2. Galvanize lintels and shelf angles attached to structural -steel frame and located
in exterior walls.
2.9 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Correct deficiencies in Work that test reports and inspections indicate does not comply
with the Contract Documents.
B. Bolted Connections: Shop - bolted connections will be inspected according to RCSC's
"Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts."
C. Welded Connections: In addition to visual inspection, shop- welded connections will be
tested and inspected according to AWS D1.1 /D1.1 M and the following inspection
procedures, at testing agency's option:
1. Liquid Penetrant Inspection: ASTM E 165.
2. Magnetic Particle Inspection: ASTM E 709; performed on root pass and on
finished weld. Cracks or zones of incomplete fusion or penetration will not be
accepted.
3. Ultrasonic Inspection: ASTM E 164.
4. Radiographic Inspection: ASTM E 94.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify, with steel Erector present, elevations of concrete- and masonry- bearing
surfaces and locations of anchor rods, bearing plates, and other embedments for
compliance with requirements.
1. Prepare a certified survey of bearing surfaces, anchor rods, bearing plates, and
other embedments showing dimensions, locations, angles, and elevations.
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Provide temporary shores, guys, braces, and other supports during erection to keep
structural steel secure, . plumb, and in alignment against temporary construction loads
and loads equal in intensity to design loads. Remove temporary supports when
Page 7 of 10, 03/01 /2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 05 12 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING
permanent structural steel, connections, and bracing are in place unless otherwise
indicated.
1. Do not remove temporary shoring supporting composite deck construction until
cast -in -place concrete has attained its design compressive strength.
3.3 ERECTION
A. Set structural steel accurately in locations and to elevations indicated and according to
AISC 303 and AISC 360.
B. Base Bearing Plates: Clean concrete - and masonry- bearing surfaces of bond - reducing
materials, and roughen surfaces prior to setting plates. Clean bottom surface of plates.
1. Set plates for structural members on wedges, shims, or setting nuts as required.
2. Weld plate washers to top of baseplate.
3. Snug - tighten anchor rods after supported members have been positioned and
plumbed. Do not remove wedges or shims but, if protruding, cut off flush with
edge of plate before packing with grout.
4. Promptly pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and plates so no voids
remain. Neatly finish exposed surfaces; protect grout and allow to cure. Comply
with manufacturer's written installation instructions for shrinkage- resistant grouts.
C. Maintain erection tolerances of structural steel within AISC's "Code of Standard
Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges."
D. Align and adjust various members that form part of complete frame or structure before
permanently fastening. Before assembly, clean bearing : surfaces and other surfaces
that will be in permanent contact with members. Perform necessary adjustments to
compensate for discrepancies in elevations and alignment.
1. Level and plumb individual members of structure.
2. Make allowances for difference between temperature at time of erection and
mean temperature when structure is completed and in service.
E. Splice members only where indicated.
F. Do not use thermal cutting during erection.
G. Do not enlarge unfair holes in members by burning or using drift pins. Ream holes that
must be enlarged to admit bolts.
3.4 FIELD CONNECTIONS
A. High- Strength Bolts: Install high - strength bolts according to RCSC's "Specification for
Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts" for type of bolt and type of joint
specified.
1. Joint Type: Snug tightened.
Page 8 of 10 03/01/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 05 12 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING
B. Weld Connections: Comply with AWS D1.1 and AWS D1.8 for tolerances,
appearances, welding procedure specifications, weld quality, and methods used in
correcting welding work.
1. Comply with AISC 303 and AISC 360 for bearing, alignment, adequacy of
temporary connections, and removal of paint on surfaces adjacent to field welds.
2. Remove backing bars or runoff tabs where indicated, back gouge, and grind steel
smooth.
3. Assemble and weld built -up sections by methods that will maintain true alignment .
of axes without exceeding tolerances in AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for
Steel Buildings and Bridges" for mill material.
3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting
agency to inspect field welds and high - strength bolted connections.
B. Bolted Connections: Bolted connections will be inspected according to RGSC's
"Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts."
C. Welded Connections: Field welds will be visually inspected according to
AWS D1.1/D1.1M.
1. In addition to visual inspection, field welds will be tested and inspected according
to AWS D1.1/D1.1 M and the following inspection procedures, at testing agency's
option:
a. Liquid Penetrant Inspection: ASTM E 165.
b. Magnetic Particle Inspection: ASTM E 709; performed on root pass and on
finished weld. Cracks or zones of incomplete fusion or penetration will not
be accepted.
c. Ultrasonic Inspection: ASTM E 164.
d. Radiographic Inspection: ASTM E 94..
D. Correct deficiencies in Work that test reports and inspections indicate does not comply
with the Contract Documents.
3.6 REPAIRS AND PROTECTION
A. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean areas where galvanizing is damaged or missing and
repair galvanizing to comply with ASTM A 780.
B. Touchup Painting: Immediately after erection, clean exposed areas where primer is
damaged or missing and paint with the same material as used for shop painting to
comply with SSPC -PA 1 for touching up shop- painted surfaces.
1. Clean and prepare surfaces by SSPC -SP 2 hand -tool cleaning or SSPC -SP 3
power -tool cleaning.
Page 9 of 10 03/01/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion. Renovation 05 12 00
City of Port. Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING
end Of Section 05 12 00
Page 1.0 of 10 03/01/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 05 31 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas STEEL DECKING
SECTION 05 31 00 - STEEL DECKING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Composite floor deck (main entrance canopy).
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 03 Section "Cast -in -Place Concrete" for concrete fill.
2. Division 05 Section "Structural Steel Framing" for shop- and field - welded shear
connectors.
3. Division 05 Section "Metal Fabrications" for framing deck openings with
miscellaneous steel shapes.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of deck, accessory, and product indicated.
B. Shop Drawings: Show layout and types of deck panels, anchorage details, reinforcing
channels, pans, cut deck openings, special jointing, accessories, and attachments to
other construction.
C. Product Certificates: For each type of steel deck, signed by product manufacturer.
D. Field quality-control test and inspection reports.
E. Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by a
qualified testing agency, indicating that each of the following complies with
requ irements:
1. Power - actuated mechanical fasteners.
F. Research /Evaluation Reports: For steel deck.
Page 1 of ,5 03/01/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 05 31 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas STEEL DECKING
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency qualified according to
ASTM E 329 for testing indicated.
B. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.3, "Structural
Welding Code - Sheet Steel."
C. AISI Specifications: Comply with calculated structural characteristics of steel deck
according to AISI's "North American Specification for the Design of Cold- Formed Steel
Structural Members."
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Protect steel deck from corrosion, deformation, and other damage during delivery,
storage, and handling.
B. Stack steel deck on platforms or pallets and slope to provide drainage. Protect with a
waterproof covering and ventilate to avoid condensation.
PART - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
B. Manufacturers:
1. Steel Deck:
a. D -Mac Industries Inc.
b. Epic Metals Corporation.
c. Nucor Corp.; Vulcraft Division.
d. Roof Deck, Inc.
e. United Steel Deck, Inc.
f. Wheeling Corrugating Company; Div. of Wheeling- Pittsburgh Steel
Corporation.
2.2 COMPOSITE FLOOR DECK,
A. Composite Steel Floor Deck: Fabricate panels, with integrally embossed or raised
pattern ribs and interlocking side laps, to comply with "SDI Specifications and
Commentary for Composite Steel Floor Deck," in SDI Publication No. 30, with the
minimum section properties indicated, and with the following:
Page 2 of 5 03/01/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 05 31 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas STEEL DECKING
1. Prime - Painted Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, Structural Steel (SS),
Grade 50 minimum, with top surface phosphatized and unpainted and underside
surface shop primed with manufacturers' standard baked -on, rust - inhibitive
primer.
2. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, Structural Steel (SS), Grade 50,
G60 zinc coating.
3. Galvanized and Shop- Primed Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, Structural
Steel (SS), Grade 50, G60 zinc coating; with unpainted top surface and cleaned
and pretreated bottom surface primed with manufacturer's standard baked -on,
rust - inhibitive primer.
4. Profile Depth: 2 inches.
5. Design Uncoated -Steel Thickness: As indicated.
6. Span Condition: Triple span or more.
2.3 ACCESSORIES
A. General: Provide manufacturer's standard accessory materials for deck that comply
with requirements indicated.
B. Mechanical Fasteners: Corrosion - resistant, low- velocity, power - actuated or
pneumatically driven carbon -steel fasteners; or self - drilling, self- threading screws.
C. Side -Lap Fasteners: Corrosion - resistant, hexagonal washer head; self - drilling, carbon -
steel screws, No. 10 minimum diameter.
D. Flexible Closure Strips: Vulcanized, closed -cell, synthetic rubber.
E. Miscellaneous Sheet Metal Deck Accessories: Steel sheet, minimum yield . strength of
33,000 psi, not less than 0.0359 -inch design uncoated thickness, of same material and
finish as deck; of profile indicated or required for application.
F. Galvanizing Repair Paint: ASTM A 780, with dry film containing a minimum of 94
percent zinc dust by weight.
G. Repair Paint: Manufacturer's standard rust - inhibitive primer of same color as primer.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine .supporting frame and field conditions for compliance with requirements for
installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance.
3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Install deck panels and accessories according to applicable specifications, and
commentary in SDI Publication No. 30, manufacturer's written instructions, and
requirements in this Section.
Page 3 of 5 03/01/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 05 31 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas STEEL DECKING
B. Locate deck bundles to prevent overloading of supporting members.
C. Place deck panels on supporting frame and adjust to final position with ends accurately
aligned and bearing on supporting frame before being permanently fastened. Do not
stretch or contract side -lap interlocks.
D. Place deck panels flat and square and fasten to supporting frame . without warp or
deflection.
E. Cut and neatly fit deck panels and accessories around openings and other work
projecting through or adjacent to deck.
F. Provide additional reinforcement and closure pieces at openings as required for
strength, continuity of deck, and support of other work.
G. Comply with AWS requirements and procedures for manual shielded metal arc
welding, appearance and quality of welds, and methods used for correcting welding
work.
H. Mechanical fasteners may be used in lieu of welding to fasten deck. Locate
mechanical fasteners and install according to deck manufacturer's written instructions.
3.3 DECK INSTALLATION
A. Fasten deck panels to steel supporting members by arc spot (puddle) welds of the
surface diameter indicated and as follows:
1. Weld Diameter: 3/4 inch, nominal.
2. Weld Spacing: Weld edge ribs of panels at each support. Space additional
welds an average of 12 inches apart, but not more than 18 inches apart.
3. . Weld Spacing: Space and locate welds as indicated.
4. Weld Washers: Install weld washers at each weld location.
B. Side -Lap and Perimeter Edge Fastening: Fasten side laps and perimeter edges of
panels between supports, at intervals not exceeding the lesser of half of the span or 36
inches, and as follows:
1. Mechanically fasten with self - drilling, No. 10 diameter or larger, carbon -steel
screws.
2. Mechanically clinch or button punch.
3. Fasten with a minimum of 1-1/2-inch-long welds.
C. End Bearing: Install deck ends over supporting frame with a minimum end bearing of 2
inches, with end joints as follows:
1. End Joints: Lapped.
Page 4 of 5 03/01/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 05 31 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas STEEL DECKING
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to
perform field tests and inspections and prepare test reports.
B. Field welds will be subject to inspection.
C. Testing agency will report inspection results promptly and in writing to Contractor and
Architect.
D. Remove and replace work that does not comply with specified requirements.
E. Additional inspecting, at Contractor's: expense, will be performed to determine
compliance of corrected work with specified requirements.
3.5 REPAIRS AND PROTECTION
A. Galvanizing Repairs: Prepare and repair damaged galvanized coatings on both
9 P P p g 9 9
surfaces of deck with galvanized repair paint according to ASTM A 780 and
manufacturer's written instructions.
B. Repair Painting: Wire brush and clean rust spots, welds, and abraded areas on both
surfaces of prime- painted deck immediately after installation, and apply repair paint.
1. Apply repair paint, of same :color as adjacent shop- primed deck, to bottom
surfaces of deck exposed to view.
2. Wire brushing, cleaning, and repair painting of bottom deck surfaces are included
in Division 09 Section
C. Provide final protection and maintain conditions to ensure that steel deck is without
damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.
End Of Section 05 31 00
Page 5 of 5 03/01/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 05 40 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas COLD- FORMED METAL FRAMING
SECTION 05 40 00
COLD - FORMED METAL FRAMING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Exterior Toad- bearing wall framing.
2. Exterior non -load- bearing wall framing.
1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Structural Performance: Provide cold- formed metal framing capable of withstanding
design loads within limits and under conditions indicated.
1. Design Loads: As indicated on structural drawing General Notes S -001
2. Deflection Limits: Design framing systems to withstand design loads without
deflections greater than the following:
a. Exterior Load - Bearing Wall Framing: Horizontal deflection of 1/360 of the
wall height.
b. Exterior Non- Load- Bearing Framing: Horizontal deflection of 1/360 of the .
wall height.
3. Design framing systems to provide for movement of framing members without
damage or overstressing, sheathing failure, connection failure, undue strain on
fasteners and anchors, or other detrimental effects when subject to a maximum
ambient temperature change of 120 deg F.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of cold- formed metal framing product and accessory
indicated.
B. Shop Drawings: Show layout, spacings, sizes, thicknesses, and types of cold- formed
metal framing; fabrication; and fastening and anchorage details, including mechanical
fasteners. Show reinforcing channels, opening framing, supplemental framing,
Page 1 of 10 03/01/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 05 40 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas COLD - FORMED METAL FRAMING
strapping, bracing, bridging, splices, accessories, connection details, and attachment
to adjoining work.
C. Welding certificates.
D. Qualification Data: For testing agency.
E. Product Test Reports: From a qualified testing agency, unless otherwise stated,
indicating that each of the following complies with requirements, based on evaluation of
comprehensive tests for current products:
1. Steel sheet.
2. Expansion anchors.
3. Power - actuated anchors.
4. Mechanical fasteners.
5. Vertical deflection clips.
6. Horizontal drift deflection clips
7. Miscellaneous structural clips and accessories.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Engineering Responsibility: Preparation of Shop Drawings, design calculations, and
other structural data by a qualified professional engineer.
B. Product Tests: Mill certificates or data from a qualified independent testing agency
indicating steel sheet complies with requirements, including base -metal thickness, yield
strength, tensile strength, total elongation, chemical requirements, ductility, and
metallic - coating thickness.
C. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural
Welding Code -- Steel," and AWS D1.3, "Structural Welding Code- -Sheet Steel."
D. AISI Specifications and Standards: Comply with AISI's "North American Specification
for the Design of Cold- Formed Steel Structural Members" and its "Standard for Cold -
Formed Steel Framing - General Provisions?
1. Comply with AISI's "Standard for Cold- Formed Steel Framing - Truss Design."
2. Comply with AISI's "Standard for Cold- Formed Steel Framing - Header Design."
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Protect cold- formed metal framing from corrosion, deformation, and other damage
during delivery, storage, and handling.
B. Store cold- formed metal framing, protect with a waterproof covering, and ventilate to
avoid condensation.
Page 2 of 10 03/01/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 05 40 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas COLD - FORMED METAL FRAMING
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
offering cold- formed metal framing that may be incorporated into the Work include, but
are not limited to, the following:
1. Allied Studco.
2. AIISteel Products, Inc.
3. Clark Steel Framing.
4. Consolidated Fabricators Corp.; Building Products Division.
5. Craco Metals Manufacturing, LLC.
6. Custom Stud, Inc.
7. Dale /Incor.
8. Design Shapes in Steel.
9. Dietrich Metal Framing; a Worthington. Industries Company.
10. Formetal Co. Inc. (The).
11. Innovative Steel Systems.
12. MarinoWare; a division of Ware Industries.
13. Quail Run Building Materials, Inc.
14. SCAFCO Corporation.
15. Southeastern Stud & Components, Inc.
16. Steel Construction Systems.
17. Steeler, Inc.
18. Super Stud Building Products, Inc.
19. United Metal Products, Inc.
20. The Steel Network, Inc.
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Recycled Content of Steel Products: Provide products with an average recycled
content of steel products so postconsumer recycled content plus one -half of
preconsumer recycled content is not less than.25 percent.
B. Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1003 /A 1003M, Structural Grade, Type H, metallic coated, of
grade and coating weight as follows:
1. Grade: See Structural General Notes S -001.
2. Coating: G90 or equivalent.
C. Steel Sheet for Vertical Deflection or Drift Clips: ASTM A 653/A 653M, structural steel,
zinc coated, of grade and coating as follows:
1. Grade: As required by structural performance.
2. Coating: G90.
Page 3 of 10 03/01/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 05 40 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas COLD- FORMED METAL FRAMING
2.3 LOAD - BEARING WALL FRAMING,
A. Steel Studs: Manufacturer's standard C- shaped steel studs, of web depths indicated,
punched, with stiffened flanges, and as follows:
1. Minimum Base -Metal Thickness: 0.0538 inch; unless noted otherwise on
structural drawings.
2. Flange Width: 2 -1/2 inches.
3. Section Properties: Based on manufactures effective section properties.
B. Steel Track: Manufacturer's standard U- shaped steel track, of web depths indicated,
unpunched, with straight flanges, and as follows:
1. Minimum Base -Metal Thickness: 0.0538 inch unless notes otherwise on
structural drawings (UNOSD).
2. Flange Width: 1 -1/4 inches UNOSD.
C. Steel Box or Back -to -Back. Headers: Manufacturer's standard C- shapes used to form
header beams, of web depths indicated, punched, with stiffened flanges, and as
follows:
1.. Minimum Base -Metal Thickness: 0.0966 inch.
2. Flange Width: 2 -1/2 inches.
3. Section Properties: Based upon manufactures effective section properties.
D. Steel Double -L Headers: Manufacturer's standard L- shapes used to form header
beams, of web depths indicated, and as follows:
1. Minimum Base -Metal Thickness: 0.0966 inch.
2. Top Flange Width: 1 -5/8. inches.
3. Section Properties: Based upon manufactures effective section properties.
2.4 EXTERIOR NON- LOAD- BEARING WALL FRAMING
A. Steel Studs: Manufacturer's standard C- shaped steel studs, of web depths indicated,
punched, with stiffened flanges, and as follows:.
1. Minimum Base -Metal Thickness: 0.0538 inch or 0.0966 inch.
2. Flange Width: 2 -1/2 inches.
3. Section. Properties: Based upon manufactures effective section properties
B. Steel Track: Manufacturer's standard U- shaped steel track, of web depths indicated,
ed flanges, unpunched, with unstrffen g , and as follows:
1. Minimum Base -Metal Thickness: 0.0538 inch.
2. Flange Width: 1 -1/4 inches.
C. Vertical Deflection Clips: Manufacturer's standard bypass and head clips, capable of
accommodating upward and downward vertical displacement of primary structure
through positive mechanical attachment to stud web.
Page 4 of 10 03/01/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 05 40 00
City of Port Arthur, Port. Arthur, Texas COLD - FORMED METAL FRAMING
1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,
manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
but are not limited to, the following:
a. Dietrich Metal Framing; a Worthington Industries Company.
b. MarinoWare, a division of Ware Industries.
c. SCAFCO Corporation
d. The Steel Network, Inc.
D. Drift Clips: Manufacturer's standard bypass or head clips, capable of isolating wall stud
from upward and downward vertical displacement and lateral drift of primary structure.
2.5 FRAMING ACCESSORIES
A. Fabricate steel- framing accessories from steel sheet, ASTM A 1003/A 1003M,
Structural Grade, Type H, metallic coated, of same grade and coating weight used for
framing members.
B. Provide accessories of manufacturer's standard thickness and configuration, unless
otherwise indicated, as follows:
1. Supplementary framing.
2. Bracing, bridging, and solid blocking.
3. Web stiffeners.
4. Anchor clips.
5. End clips.
6. Foundation clips.
7. Gusset plates.
8. Stud kickers, knee braces, and gifts.
9. Joist hangers and end closures.
10. Hole reinforcing plates.
11. Backer plates.
2.6 ANCHORS, CLIPS, AND FASTENERS
A. Steel Shapes and Clips: ASTM A 36/A 36M, zinc coated by hot -dip process according
to ASTM A 123/A 1.23M.
B. Anchor Bolts: ASTM F 1554, Grade 36 55, threaded carbon -steel headless bolts, with
encased end threaded, and carbon -steel nuts; and flat, hardened -steel washers; zinc
coated by hot -dip process according to ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class C.
C. Expansion .Anchors: Fabricated from corrosion - resistant materials, with capability to
sustain, without failure, a load equal to 5 times design load, as determined by testing
per ASTM E 488 conducted by a qualified independent testing agency.
D. Power- Actuated Anchors: Fastener system of type suitable for application indicated,
fabricated from corrosion- resistant materials, with capability to sustain, without failure,
Page 5 of 10 03/01/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 05 40 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas COLD- FORMED METAL FRAMING
a Toad equal to a minimum of 5 times design load, as determined by testing per
ASTM E 1190 conducted by a qualified independent testing agency.
E. Mechanical Fasteners: ASTM C 1513, corrosion - resistant - coated, self - drilling, self-
tapping steel drill screws.
1. Head Type: Low - profile head beneath sheathing, manufacturer's standard
elsewhere.
F. Welding Electrodes: Comply with AWS standards.
2.7 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Galvanizing Repair Paint: SSPC -Paint 20 ASTM A 780.
B. Nonmetallic, Nonshrink Grout: Premixed, nonmetallic, noncorrosive, nonstaining grout
containing selected silica sands, portland cement, shrinkage- compensating agents,
and plasticizing and water - reducing agents, complying with ASTM C 1107, with fluid
consistency and 30- minute working time.
C. Shims: Load bearing, high- density multimonomer plastic, nonleaching.
D. Sealer Gaskets: Closed -cell neoprene foam, 1/4 inch thick, selected from
manufacturer's standard widths to match width of bottom track or rim track members.
2.8 FABRICATION
A. Fabricate cold - formed metal framing and accessories plumb, square, and true to line,
and with connections securely fastened, according to referenced AISI's specifications
and standards, manufacturer's written instructions, and requirements in this Section.
1. Fabricate framing assemblies using jigs or templates.
2. Cut framing members by sawing or shearing; do not torch cut.
3. Fasten cold- formed metal framing members by welding, screw fastening, clinch
fastening, or riveting as standard with fabricator. Wire tying of framing members
is not permitted.
a. Comply with AWS D1.3 requirements and procedures for welding,
appearance and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding
work.
b. Locate mechanical fasteners and install according to Shop Drawings, with
screw penetrating joined members by not Tess than three exposed screw
threads.
4. Fasten other materials to cold - formed metal framing by welding, bolting, or screw
fastening, according to Shop Drawings.
B. Reinforce, stiffen, and brace framing assemblies to withstand handling, delivery, and
erection stresses. Lift fabricated assemblies to prevent damage or permanent
distortion.
Page 6 of 10 03/01/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 05 40 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas COLD - FORMED METAL FRAMING
C. Fabrication Tolerances: Fabricate assemblies level, plumb, and true to line to a
maximum allowable tolerance variation of 1/8 inch in 10 feet and as follows:
1. Spacing: Space individual framing members no more than plus or minus 1/8 inch
from plan location. Cumulative error shall not exceed minimum fastening
requirements of sheathing or other finishing materials.
2: Squareness: Fabricate each cold- formed metal framing assembly to a maximum
out -of- square tolerance of 1/8 inch.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine supporting substrates and abutting structural framing for compliance with
requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance.
1. Proceed with installation only .after unsatisfactory conditions have been
corrected.
3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Cold- formed metal framing may be shop or field fabricated for installation, or it may be
field assembled.
B. Install cold- formed metal framing according to AISI's "Standard for Cold - Formed Steel
Framing - General Provisions" and to manufacturers written instructions unless more
stringent requirements are indicated:
C. Install shop- or field- fabricated, cold- formed framing and securely anchor to supporting
structure.
1. Screw, bolt, or weld wall panels at horizontal and vertical junctures to produce
flush, even, true -to -line joints with maximum variation in plane and true position
between fabricated panels not exceeding 1/16 inch.
D. Install cold- formed metal framing and accessories plumb, square, and true to line, and
with connections securely fastened.
1. Cut framing members by sawing or shearing; do not torch cut.
2. Fasten cold- formed metal framing members by welding, screw fastening, clinch
fastening, or riveting. Wire tying of framing members is not permitted.
a. Comply with AWS D1.3 requirements and procedures for welding,
appearance and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding
work.
b. Locate mechanical fasteners and install according to Shop Drawings, and
complying with requirements for spacing, edge distances, and screw
penetration.
Page 7 of 10 03/01/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 05 40 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas COLD - FORMED METAL FRAMING
E. Install framing members in one -piece lengths unless splice connections are indicated
for track or tension members.
F. Install temporary bracing and supports to secure framing and support loads
comparable in intensity to those for which structure was designed. Maintain braces
and supports in place, undisturbed, until entire .integrated supporting structure has
been completed and permanent connections to framing are secured.
G. Do not bridge building expansion and control joints with cold- formed metal framing.
Independently frame both sides of joints.
H. Install insulation, specified in Division 07 Section "Thermal Insulation," in built -up
exterior framing members, such as headers, sills, boxed joists, and multiple studs at
openings, that are inaccessible on completion of framing work.
I. Fasten hole reinforcing plate over web penetrations that exceed size of manufacturer's
standard punched openings.
J. Erection Tolerances: Install cold- formed metal framing level, plumb, and true to line to
a maximum allowable tolerance variation of 1/8 inch in 10 feet and as follows::
1. Space individual framing members no more than plus or minus 1/8 inch from plan
location. Cumulative error shall not exceed minimum fastening requirements of
sheathing or other finishing materials.
3.3 LOAD - BEARING WALL INSTALLATION
A. Install continuous top and bottom tracks sized to match studs. Align tracks accurately
and securely anchor at corners and ends, and at spacings as follows:
1. Anchor Spacing: As shown on Shop Drawings.
B. Squarely seat .studs against top and bottom tracks with gap not exceeding of 1/8 inch
between the end of wall framing member and the web of track. Fasten both flanges of
studs to top and bottom tracks. Space studs as follows:
1. Stud Spacing: 12 inches
C. Set studs plumb, except as needed for diagonal bracing or required for nonplumb walls
or warped surfaces and similar configurations.
D. Align studs vertically where floor framing interrupts wall- framing continuity. Where
studs cannot be aligned, continuously reinforce track to transfer loads.
E. Align floor and roof framing over studs. Where framing cannot be aligned, continuously
reinforce track to transfer loads.
F. Anchor studs abutting structural columns or walls, including masonry walls, to
supporting structure as indicated.
Page 8 of 10 03/01/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 05 40 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas COLD - FORMED METAL FRAMING
G. Install headers over wall openings wider than stud spacing. Locate headers above
openings as indicated. Fabricate headers of compound shapes indicated or required
to transfer load to supporting studs, complete with clip -angle connectors, web
stiffeners, or gusset plates.
1. Frame wall openings with not Tess than a double stud at each jamb of frame as
indicated on Shop Drawings. Fasten jamb members together to uniformly
distribute Toads.
2. Install runner tracks and jack studs above and below wall openings. Anchor
tracks to jamb studs with clip angles or by welding, and space jack studs same
as full- height wall studs.
H. Install supplementary framing, blocking, and bracing in stud framing indicated to
support fixtures, equipment, services, casework, heavy trim, furnishings, and similar
work requiring attachment to framing.
1. If type of supplementary support is not indicated, comply with stud
manufacturer's written recommendations and industry standards in each case,
considering weight or load resulting from item supported.
I. Install horizontal bridging in stud system, spaced 48 inches. Fasten at each stud
intersection.
1. Bridging: Cold- rolled steel channel, welded or mechanically fastened to webs of
punched studs with a minimum of 2 screws into each flange of the clip angle for
framing members up to 6 inches deep.
J. Install miscellaneous framing and connections, including supplementary framing, web
stiffeners, clip angles, continuous angles, anchors, and fasteners, to provide a
complete and stable wall - framing system.
3.4 EXTERIOR NON- LOAD - BEARING WALL INSTALLATION
A. Install continuous tracks sized to match studs. Align tracks accurately and securely
anchor to supporting structure as indicated.
B. Fasten both flanges of studs to bottom track, unless otherwise indicated. Space studs .
as follows:
1. Stud Spacing: 12 inches.
C Set studs plumb, except as needed for diagonal bracing or required for nonplumb walls
or warped surfaces and similar requirements.
D. Isolate non -load- bearing steel framing from building structure to prevent transfer of
vertical loads while providing lateral support.
1. Connect drift clips to cold formed metal framing and anchor to building structure.
Page 9 of 10 03/01/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 05 40 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas COLD- FORMED METAL FRAMING
E. Install horizontal bridging in wall studs, spaced in rows indicated on Shop Drawings but
not more than 48 inches apart. Fasten at each stud intersection.
1. Bridging: Cold- rolled steel channel, welded or mechanically fastened to webs of
punched studs.
2. Bridging: Proprietary bridging bars installed according to manufacturer's written
instructions.
F. Install miscellaneous framing and connections, including stud kickers, web stiffeners,
clip angles, continuous angles, anchors, fasteners, and stud girts, to provide 'a
complete and stable wall- framing system.
3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to
test reports.
rf rm field inspections and prepare e
e o P
p P
B. Field and shop welds will be subject to testing and inspecting.
C. Testing agency will report test results promptly and in writing to Contractor and
Architect.
D. Remove and replace work where test results indicate that it does not comply with
specified requirements.
E. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to
determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements.
3.6 REPAIRS AND PROTECTION
Prepare and repair damaged Galvanizing Repairs: galvanized coatings on fabricated 9 9
A. Ga g p p P
aint according to
with galvanized repair and installed cold formed metal framing g P paint
A 780 and manufacturer's written instructions.
B. Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to
manufacturer and Installer, that ensure that cold- formed metal framing is without
damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.
END OF SECTION
Page 10 of 10 03/01./2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 05 50 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas METAL FABRICATIONS
SECTION 05 50 00 - METAL FABRICATIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Steel framing and supports for applications where framing and supports are not
specified in other Sections.
2. Shelf angles.
3. Metal flew plate and supports.
4. Metal downspout boots.
5. Loose bearing and leveling plates for applications where they are not specified in
other Sections.
B. Related Sections:
1. Division 03 Section "Cast -in -Place Concrete" for installing anchor bolts, steel
pipe sleeves, slotted - channel inserts, wedge -type inserts, and other items cast
into concrete.
2. Division 05 Section "Structural Steel Framing."
1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface
temperature changes acting on exterior metal fabrications by preventing buckling,
opening of joints, overstressing of components, failure of .connections, and other
detrimental effects.
1.: Temperature Change: 120 deg F , ambient; 180 deg F , material surfaces.
1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Field Measurements: Verify actual locations of walls and other construction contiguous
with metal fabrications by field measurements before fabrication.
Page 1 of 7 03/01/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 05 50 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas METAL FABRICATIONS
1.5 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate selection of shop primers with topcoats to be applied over them. Comply
with paint and coating manufacturers' written recommendations to ensure that shop
primers and topcoats are compatible with one another.
B. Coordinate installation of anchorages and steel weld plates and angles.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 METALS, GENERAL
A. Metal Surfaces, General: Provide materials with smooth, flat surfaces unless
otherwise indicated. For metal fabrications exposed to view in the completed Work,
provide materials without seam marks, roller marks, roiled trade names, or blemishes.
2.2 FERROUS METALS
A. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M.
B. Rolled -Steel Floor Plate: •ASTM A 786/A 786M, rolled from plate complying with
ASTM A 36/A 36M or ASTM A 283/A 283M, Grade C or D.
C. Steel Tubing: ASTM A 500, cold- formed steel tubing.
D. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, standard weight (Schedule 40) unless otherwise
indicated.
E. Cast Iron: Either gray iron, ASTM A 48/A 48M, or malleable iron, ASTM A 47/A 47M,
unless otherwise indicated.
2.3 FASTENERS
A. Steel. Bolts and Nuts: Regular hexagon -head bolts, ASTM A 307, Grade A; with hex
nuts, ASTM A 563; and, where indicated, flat washers.
B. Steel Bolts and Nuts: Regular hexagon -head bolts, ASTM A 325, Type 3; with hex
nuts, ASTM A 563, Grade C3; and, where indicated, flat washers.
C. Anchor Bolts: ASTM F 1554, Grade 36, of dimensions indicated; with nuts,
ASTM A 563; and, where indicated, flat washers.
1. Hot -dip galvanize or provide mechanically deposited, zinc coating where item
being fastened is indicated to be galvanized.
D. Eyebolts: ASTM A 489.
E. Machine Screws: ASME B18.6.3.
Page -2 of 7 03/01 /2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 05 50 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas METAL FABRICATIONS
F. Lag Screws: ASME B18.2.1.
G. Wood Screws: Flat head, ASME B18.6.1.
H. Plain Washers: Round, ASME B18.22.1.
I. Lock Washers: Helical, spring type,. ASME B18.21.1.
J. Anchors, General: Anchors capable of sustaining, without failure, a load equal to six
times the load imposed when installed in unit masonry and four times the Toad imposed
when installed in concrete, as determined by testing according to ASTM E 488,
conducted by a qualified independent testing agency.
K. Cast -in -Place Anchors in Concrete: Either threaded type or wedge type unless
otherwise indicated; galvanized ferrous castings, either ASTM A 47/A 47M malleable
iron or ASTM A 27/A 27M cast steel. Provide bolts, washers, and shims as needed, all
hot -dip galvanized per ASTM F 2329.
L. Post- Installed Anchors: Torque - controlled expansion anchors or chemical anchors.
1. Material for Interior Locations: Carbon - steel components zinc plated to comply
with ASTM B 633 or ASTM F 1941, Class Fe /Zn 5, unless otherwise indicated.
2. Material for Exterior Locations and Where Stainless Steel is Indicated: Alloy
Group 1 stainless -steel bolts, ASTM F 593, and nuts, ASTM F 594.
M. Slotted - Channel Inserts: Cold- formed, hot -dip galvanized -steel box channels (struts)
complying with MFMA -4, 1 -5/8 by 7/8 inches by length indicated with anchor straps . or
studs not less than 3 inches long at not more than 8 inches o.c. Provide with
temporary filler and tee -head bolts, complete with washers and nuts, all zinc - plated to
comply with ASTM B 633, Class Fe/Zn 5, as needed for fastening to inserts.
2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Welding Rods and Bare Electrodes: Select according to AWS specifications for metal
alloy welded.
B. Shop Primers: Provide primers that comply with Division 09 painting Sections.
C. Universal Shop Primer: Fast- curing, lead- and chromate -free, universal modified -alkyd
primer complying with MPI #79 and compatible with topcoat.
1. Use primer containing pigments that make it easily distinguishable from zinc -rich
primer.
D. Epoxy Zinc -Rich Primer: Complying with MPI #20 and compatible with topcoat.
a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements.
E. Galvanizing Repair Paint: High -zinc- dust - content paint complying with SSPC -Paint 20
and compatible with paints specified to be used over it.
Page 3 of 7 03/01/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 05 50 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas METAL FABRICATIONS
F. Bituminous Paint: Cold- applied asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D 1187.
G. Nonshrink, Metallic Grout: Factory- packaged, ferrous- aggregate grout complying with
ASTM C 1107, specifically recommended by manufacturer for heavy -duty loading
applications.
H. Nonshrink, Nonmetallic_ Grout: Factory- packaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive,
nongaseous grout complying with ASTM C 1107. Provide grout specifically
recommended by manufacturer for interior and exterior applications.
I. Concrete: Comply with requirements in Division 03 Section "Cast -in -Place Concrete"
for normal - weight, air - entrained, concrete with a minimum 28 -day compressive
strength of 4000 psi.
2.5 FABRICATION, GENERAL
A. Shop Assembly: Preassemble items in the shop to greatest extent possible.
Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Use
connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces. Clearly mark units for
reassembly and coordinated installation.
B. Cut, drill, and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs and ease edges to
a radius of approximately 1/32 inch unless otherwise indicated. Remove sharp or
rough areas on exposed surfaces.
C. Form bent -metal corners to smallest radius possible without causing grain separation
or otherwise impairing work.
D. Form exposed work with accurate angles and surfaces and straight edges.
E. Weld corners and seams continuously to comply with the following:
1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and
corrosion resistance of base metals.
2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap.
3. Remove welding flux immediately.
4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended
so no roughness shows after finishing.
F. Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed
fasteners or welds where possible. Where exposed fasteners are required, use Phillips
flat -head (countersunk) fasteners unless otherwise indicated. Locate joints where least
conspicuous.
G. Fabricate seams and other connections that will be exposed to weather in a manner to
exclude water. Provide weep holes where water may accumulate.
H. Provide for anchorage of type indicated; coordinate with supporting structure. Space
anchoring devices to secure metal fabrications rigidly in place and to support indicated
loads.
Page 4 of 7 03/01/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 05 50 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas METAL FABRICATIONS
2.6 MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS
A. General: Provide steel framing and supports not specified in other Sections as needed
to complete the Work.
B. Fabricate units from steel shapes, plates, and bars of welded construction unless
otherwise indicated. Fabricate to sizes, shapes, and profiles indicated and as
necessary to receive adjacent construction.
C. Galvanize miscellaneous framing and supports.
D. Prime miscellaneous framing and supports with zinc -rich primer where indicated.
2.7 SHELF ANGLES
A. Fabricate shelf angles from steel angles of sizes indicated and for attachment to
concrete framing. Provide horizontally slotted holes to receive 3/4 -inch bolts, spaced
not more than 6 inches from ends and 24 inches o.c., unless otherwise indicated.
1. Provide mitered and welded units at corners.
2. Provide open joints in shelf angles at expansion and control joints. Make open
joint approximately 2 inches larger than expansion or control joint.
2.8 MISCELLANEOUS STEEL TRIM
A. Unless otherwise indicated, fabricate units from steel shapes, plates, and bars of
profiles shown with continuously welded joints and smooth exposed edges. Miter
corners and use concealed field splices where possible.
B. Provide cutouts, fittings, and anchorages as needed to coordinate assembly and
installation with other work.
C. Galvanize exterior miscellaneous steel tiro.
D. Prime exterior miscellaneous steel trim with zinc -rich primer.
2.9 STEEL WELD PLATES AND ANGLES
A. Provide steel weld plates and angles not specified in other Sections, for items
supported from concrete construction as needed to complete the Work. Provide each
unit with no fewer than two integrally welded steel strap anchors for embedding in
concrete.
2.10 FINISHES, GENERAL
A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products"
for recommendations for applying and designating finishes.
Page 5 of 7 03/01/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 05 50 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas METAL FABRICATIONS
B. Finish metal fabrications after assembly.
C. Finish exposed surfaces to remove tool and die marks and stretch lines, and to blend
into surrounding surface.
2.11 STEEL AND IRON FINISHES
A. Galvanizing: Hot -dip galvanize items as indicated to comply with ASTM A 153/A 153M
for steel and iron hardware and with ASTM A 123/A 123M for other steel and iron
products.
1. Do not quench or apply post galvanizing treatments that might interfere with paint
adhesion.
B. Shop prime iron and steel items not indicated to be galvanized unless they are to be
embedded in concrete, sprayed -on fireproofing, or masonry, or unless otherwise
indicated.
1. Shop prime with universal shop primer unless indicated otherwise.
C. Preparation for Shop. Priming: Prepare surfaces to comply with requirements indicated
below:
1. Exterior Items: SSPC -SP 6 /NACE No. 3, "Commercial Blast Cleaning."
2. Items Indicated to Receive Zinc -Rich Primer: SSPC -SP 6 /NACE No. 3,
"Commercial Blast Cleaning."
3. Items Indicated to Receive Primers Specified in Division 09 Section "High -
Performance Coatings ": SSPC -SP 6 /NACE No. 3, "Commercial Blast Cleaning."
4. Other Items: SSPC -SP 3, "Power Tool Cleaning."
D. Shop Priming: Apply shop primer to comply with SSPC -PA 1, "Paint Application
p 9 pp Y p A p Y Pp
Specification No. 1: Shop, Field, and Maintenance Painting of Steel," for shop painting.
1. Stripe paint corners, crevices, bolts, welds, and sharp edges.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Cutting, Fitting, and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for
installing metal fabrications. Set metal fabrications accurately in location, alignment,
and elevation; with edges and surfaces level, plumb, true, and free of rack; and
measured from established lines and levels.
B. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints. Weld connections
that are not to be left as exposed joints but cannot be shop welded because of shipping
size limitations. Do not weld, cut, or abrade surfaces of exterior units that have been
hot -dip galvanized after fabrication and are for bolted or screwed field connections.
Page 6 of 7 03/01/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 05 50 00
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas METAL FABRICATIONS
C. Field Welding: Comply with the following requirements:
1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and
corrosion resistance of base metals.
2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap.
3. Remove welding flux immediately.
4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended
so no roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded surface matches
that of adjacent surface.
D. Fastening to In -Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where
metal fabrications are required to be fastened to in -place construction. Provide
threaded fasteners for use with concrete and masonry inserts, toggle bolts, through
bolts, lag screws, wood screws, and other connectors.
E. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to be built into
concrete, masonry, or similar construction.
F. Corrosion Protection: Coat concealed surfaces of aluminum that will come into contact
with grout, concrete, masonry, wood, or dissimilar metals with the following:
3.2 INSTALLING MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS
A. General: Install framing and supports to comply with requirements of items being
supported, including manufacturers' written instructions and requirements indicated on
Shop Drawings.
B. .Anchor supports for operable partitions securely to and rigidly brace from building
structure.
3.3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Touchup Painting: Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections,
and abraded areas. Paint uncoated and abraded areas with the same material as
used for shop painting to comply with SSPC -PA 1 for touching up shop - painted
surfaces.
1. Apply by brush or spray to provide a minimum 2.0 -mil dry film thickness.
B. Touchup Painting: Cleaning and touchup painting of field welds, bolted connections,
and abraded areas of shop paint are specified in Division 09 painting Sections.
C. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and
repair galvanizing to comply with ASTM A 780.
End Of Section 05 50 00
Page 7 of 7 03/01/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 05 75 10
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas PERFORATED METAL PANELS
SECTION 05 75 10 — PERFORATED METAL PANELS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes: Perforated metal sheet panels used to fabricate acoustical.
screens.
12 REFERENCES
A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Publications:
1. ASTM Al23 - Zinc (Hot -Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products.
2. ASTM A167 - Stainless and Heat- Resisting Chromium- Nickel Steel Plate,
Sheet and Strip.
3. ASTM A283 - Low and Intermediate Tensile. Strength Carbon Steel Plates.
4. ASTM A653 - Steel Sheet, Zinc- Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc -Iron Alloy- Coated
(Galvannealed) by the Hot -Dip Process, Structural (Physical) Quality.
5. ASTM 8122 - Copper- Nickel- Tin Alloy, Copper - Nickel -Zinc Alloy (Nickel Silver)
and Copper- Nickel Alloy Plate, Sheet, Strip, and Rolled Bar.
6. ASTM B209 - Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Sheet and Plate.
7. ASTM B248 - Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Plate, Sheet, Strip, and Rolled
Bar.
8. ASTM B370 - Copper Sheet and Strip for Building Construction.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Provide in accordance with Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures:
1. Product data for perforated metal panels and finish.
2. Sample: 8 by 10 inches minimum size sample in selected perforation pattern
and finish.
ADDENDUM NO. 1 Page 1 of 3 03/01%2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 05 75 10
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas PERFORATED METAL PANELS
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Ametco® Manufacturing Corporation, 4326 Hamann Parkway, P.O. Box 1210,
Willoughby, Ohio 44096; 800- 362 - 1360.
B. Requests to use equivalent products of other manufacturers shall be submitted in
accordance with product substitution procedures.
2.2 PERFORATED METAL PANELS
A. Material: ASTM B209, 6063, Temper T -6 aluminum plates and sheets.
1. Thickness: 24 gage.
2. Sheet size: 36 by 96 inches.
B. Panel shape and size: Factory cut perforated sheets into 36 by 96 inches panels.
C. Perforations:
1. Round: 1/4 inch diameter holes spaced at 1/2 inch centers in 45 degrees
staggered pattern and providing 25 percent open area with4 holes per square
inch].
D. End pattern: Finished.
E. Margins: Provide perforated panels with 2 inch end margin and 2 inch side margin.
F. Equip panels with attachment clips as detailed and dimensioned on Drawings and
approved shop drawings.
2.3 FACTORY FINISH
A. Provide perforated metal fabricated panels with:
1. Hot -dip galvanized zinc coating in accordance with ASTM Al23.
2. Polyester powder coating:
a. Electrostatically applied colored polyester powder coating heat cured to
chemically bond finish to metal substrate.
b. Color: Selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard range.
3. Polyurethane coating:
ADDENDUM NO. 1 Page 2 of 3 03/01/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 05 75 10
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas PERFORATED METAL PANELS
a. Thermoset enamel with 1.0 mil dry film thickness.
b. Color: Selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard. range.
4. Mill finished aluminum.
5. No. 4 stain brushed finish.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Preparation: Prior to panel fabrication, field verify required dimensions.
B. Provide perforated metal panels specified in this Section for fabrication of acoustical
screens..
C. Install in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions and approved shop
drawings.
D. After installation, touch -up damaged finish with paint supplied by manufacturer and
matching original coating.
END OF SECTION 05 7510
ADDENDUM NO. 1 Page 3 of 3 03/01/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 0610 53
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY
SECTION 06 10.53
MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Wood blocking, cants and nailers.
2. Wood furring and grounds.
3. Plywood backing panels.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Division 06 Section "Sheathing."
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Dimension Lumber: Lumber of 2 inches nominal or greater but Tess than 5 inches
nominal in least dimension.
B. Lumber grading agencies, and the abbreviations used to reference them, include the
following:
1. NeLMA: Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers' Association.
2. NHLA: National Hardwood Lumber Association.
3. NLGA: National Lumber Grades Authority.
4. SPIB: The Southern Pine Inspection Bureau.
5. WCLIB: West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau.
6. WWPA: Western Wood Products Association.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of process and factory- fabricated product. Indicate
component materials and dimensions and include construction and application details.
1. Include data for wood - preservative treatment from chemical treatment
manufacturer and certification by treating plant that treated materials comply with
Page 1 of 10 03/01/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 06 10 53
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY
requirements. Indicate type of preservative used and net amount of preservative
retained.
2. Include data for fire - retardant treatment from chemical treatment manufacturer
and certification by treating plant that treated materials comply with requirements.
Include physical properties of treated materials based on testing by a qualified
independent testing agency.
3. For fire - retardant treatments, include physical properties of treated lumber both
before and after exposure to elevated temperatures, based on testing by a
qualified independent testing agency according to ASTM D 5664.
4. For products receiving a waterborne treatment, include statement that moisture
content of treated materials was reduced to levels specified before shipment to
Project site.
5. Include copies of warranties from chemical treatment manufacturers for each
type of treatment.
1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Evaluation Reports: For the following, from ICC -ES:
1. Preservative- treated wood.
2. Fire- retardant - treated wood.
3. Power- driven fasteners.
4. Powder - actuated fasteners.
5. Expansion anchors.
6. Metal framing anchors.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Testing Agency Qualifications: For testing agency providing classification marking for
fire - retardant treated material, an inspection agency acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction that periodically performs inspections to verify that the material bearing the
classification marking is representative of the material tested.
1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Stack lumber flat with spacers beneath and between each bundle to provide air
circulation. Protect lumber from weather by covering with waterproof sheeting,
securely anchored. Provide for air circulation around stacks and under coverings.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 WOOD PRODUCTS, GENERAL
A. Lumber: DOC PS 20 and applicable rules of grading agencies indicated. If no grading
agency is indicated, provide lumber that complies with the applicable rules of any rules-
writing agency certified by the ALSC Board of Review. Provide lumber graded by an
Page 2 of 10 03/01/2012
it
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 06 10 53
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY
agency certified by the ALSC Board of Review to inspect and grade lumber under the
rules indicated.
1. Factory mark each piece of lumber with grade stamp of grading agency.
2. For exposed lumber indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, mark grade
stamp on end or back of each piece or omit grade stamp and provide certificates
of
r. din agency.
rade compliance issued by a
9 P Yg 9
3. Where nominal sizes are indicated, provide actual sizes required by DOC PS 20
for moisture content specified. Where actual sizes are indicated, they are
minimum dressed sizes for dry lumber.
4. Provide dressed lumber, S4S, unless otherwise indicated.
B. Maximum Moisture Content of Lumber: 1.5 percent for 2 -inch nominal thickness or
less, 1.9 percent for more than 2 -inch nominal thickness unless otherwise indicated.
2.2 WOOD - PRESERVATIVE- TREATED MATERIALS
A. Preservative Treatment by Pressure Process: AWPA U1; Use Category UC2 for
interior construction not in contact with the ground, Use Category UC3b for exterior
construction not in contact with the ground, and Use Category UC4a for items in
contact with the ground.
1. Preservative Chemicals: Acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and
containing no arsenic or chromium. Do not use inorganic boron (SBX) for sill
plates.
2. For exposed items indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, use chemical
formulations that do not require incising, contain colorants, bleed through, or
otherwise adversely affect finishes.
B. Kiln -dry lumber after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 19 percent. Do not
use .material that is warped or does not comply with requirements for untreated
material.
C. Mark lumber with treatment quality mark of an inspection agency approved by the
ALSC Board of Review.
1. For exposed lumber indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, mark end or
back of each piece or omit marking and provide certificates of treatment
compliance issued by inspection agency.
D. Application: Treat all miscellaneous carpentry unless otherwise indicated.
1. Wood cants, nailers, curbs, equipment support bases, blocking, stripping, and
similar members in connection with roofing, flashing, vapor barriers, and
waterproofing..
2. Wood sills, sleepers, blocking, furring, stripping, and similar concealed members
in contact with masonry or concrete.
3. Wood framing and furring attached directly to the interior of below -grade exterior
masonry or concrete walls.
Page 3 of 10 03/01/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 06 10 53
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY
4. Wood framing members that are Tess than 18 inches above the ground in crawl
spaces or unexcavated areas.
5. Wood floor plates that are installed over concrete slabs -on- grade.
2.3 FIRE- RETARDANT- TREATED MATERIALS
A. General: Where fire- retardant- treated materials are indicated, use materials complying
with requirements in this article, that are acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction,
and with fire- test - response characteristics specified as determined by testing identical
indicated b a ualified testin agency.
products per test method testing
p p by qualified
Fire - Retardant- Treated Lumber and Plywood by Pressure Process: Products with a
flame spread index of 25 or less when tested according to ASTM E 84, and with no
evidence of significant progressive combustion when the test is extended an additional
20 minutes, and with the flame front not extending more than 10.5 feet beyond the
centerline of the burners at any time during the test.
1. Use treatment that does not promote corrosion of metal fasteners.
2. Exterior Type: Treated materials shall comply with requirements specified above
for fire - retardant- treated lumber and plywood by pressure process after being
subjected to accelerated weathering according to ASTM D 2898. Use for exterior
locations and where indicated.
3. Interior Type A: Treated materials shall have a moisture content of 28 percent or
less when tested according to ASTM D 3201 at 92 percent relative humidity. Use
where exterior type is not indicated.
4. Design Value Adjustment Factors: Treated lumber shall be tested according
ASTM D 5664, and design value adjustment factors shall be calculated according
to ASTM D 6841.
C. Kiln -dry lumber after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 1.9 percent. Kiln -dry
plywood after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 15 percent.
D. Identify fire- retardant- treated wood with appropriate classification marking of testing .
and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
1. For exposed lumber indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, mark end or
back of each piece or omit marking and provide certificates of treatment
compliance issued by inspection agency.
E. For exposed items indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, use chemical
formulations that do not bleed through, contain colorants, or otherwise adversely affect
finishes.
F. Application: Treat .items indicated on Drawings, and the following:
1. Framing for raised platforms:
2. Concealed blocking.
3. Roof framing and blocking.
4. Wood .cants, nailers, curbs, equipment support bases, blocking, and similar
members in connection with roofing.
Page 4 of 10 03/01/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 06 10 53
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY
5. Plywood backing panels.
2.4 DIMENSION LUMBER FRAMING
A. Other Framing: No. 2 grade and any of the following species:
1. Hem -fir (north); NLGA.
2. Southern pine; SPIB.
3. Douglas fir - larch; WCLIB or WWPA.
4. Mixed southern pine; SPIB.
5. Spruce - pine -fir; NLGA.
6. Douglas fir - south; WWPA.
7. Hem -fir; WCLIB or WWPA.
8. Douglas fir -larch (north); NLGA.
9. Spruce -pine -fir (south); NeLMA, WCLIB, or WWPA.
2.5 MISCELLANEOUS LUMBER
A. General: Provide miscellaneous lumber indicated and lumber for support or
attachment of other construction, including the following:
1. Blocking.
2. Nailers:
3. Rooftop equipment bases and .support curbs.
4. Cants.
5. Furring.
6. Grounds.
7. Utility shelving.
B. For items of dimension lumber size, provide Construction or No. 2 grade lumber and
any of the following species:
1. Hem -fir (north); NLGA.
2. Mixed southern pine; SPIB.
3. Spruce- pine -fir; NLGA.
4. Hem -fir; WCLIB or WWPA.
5. Spruce- pine -fir (south); NeLMA, WCLIB, or WWPA.
6. Western woods; WCLIB or WWPA.
7. Northern species; NLGA.
8. Eastern softwoods; NeLMA.
C. For concealed boards, provide lumber with 19 percent maximum moisture content and
any of the following species and grades:
1. Mixed southern pine, No. 2 grade; SPIB.
2. Hem -fir or hem -fir (north), Standard or No. 3 Common grade; NLGA, WCLIB, or
WWPA.
3. Spruce- pine -fir (south) or spruce - pine -fir, Standard or No. 3 Common grade;
NeLMA, NLGA, WCLIB, or WWPA.
Page 5 of 10 03/01/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 0610 53
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY
4. Eastern softwoods, No. 3 Common grade; NELMA.
5. Northern species, No. 3Common grade; NLGA.
6. Western woods, Standard or No. 3 Common grade; WCLIB or WWPA.
D. For blocking not used for attachment of other construction, Utility, Stud, or No. 3 grade
lumber of any species may be used provided that it is cut and selected to eliminate
defects that will interfere with its attachment and purpose.
E. For blocking and nailers used for attachment of other construction, select and cut
lumber to eliminate knots and other defects that will interfere with attachment of other
work.
F. For furring strips for installing plywood or hardboard paneling, select boards with no
knots capable of producing bent -over nails and damage to paneling.
2.6 PLYWOOD BACKING PANELS
A. Equipment Backing Panels: DOC PS 1, fire- retardant treated, in thickness indicated
or, if not indicated, not less than 3/4 -inch nominal thickness.
2.7 FASTENERS
A. General: Provide fasteners of size and type indicated that comply with requirements
specified in this article for material and manufacture.
1. Where carpentry is exposed to weather, in ground contact, pressure- preservative
treated, or in area of high relative humidity, provide fasteners of Type 304
stainless steel.
B. Nails, Brads, and Staples: ASTM F 1667.
C. Power - Driven Fasteners: NES NER -272.
D. Wood Screws: ASME B18.6.1.
E. Screws for Fastening to Metal Framing: ASTM C 1002 length as recommended by
screw manufacturer for material being fastened.
F. Lag Bolts: ASME B18.2.1.
G. Bolts: Steel bolts complying with ASTM A 307, Grade A; with ASTM A 563 hex nuts
and, where indicated, flat washers.
H. Expansion Anchors:. Anchor bolt and sleeve assembly of material indicated below with
capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to 6 times the load imposed when
installed in unit masonry assemblies and equal to 4 times the load imposed when
installed in concrete as determined by testing per ASTM E 488 conducted by a
qualified independent testing and inspecting agency.
Page 6 of 10 03/01/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 06 10 53
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY
1. Material: Stainless steel with bolts and nuts complying with ASTM F 593 and
ASTM F 594, Alloy Group 1 or 2.
2.8 METAL FRAMING ANCHORS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers
offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
the following:
1. Cleveland Steel Specialty Co.
2. KC Metals Products, Inc.
3. Phoenix Metal Products, Inc.
4. Simpson Strong -Tie Co., Inc.
5. USP Structural Connectors.
B. Galvanized -Steel Sheet: Hot -dip, zinc - coated steel sheet complying with
ASTM A 653/A 653M, G60 coating designation.
1. Use for interior locations unless otherwise indicated.
C. Hot -Dip Heavy - Galvanized. Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M; Structural Steel (SS),
high - strength low -alloy steel Type A (HSLAS Type A), or high - strength low -alloy steel
Type B (HSLAS Type B); G185 coating designation; and not less than 0.036 inch thick.
1. Use for wood - preservative- treated lumber and where indicated.
D. Stainless -Steel Sheet: ASTM A 666, Type 304
1. Use for exterior locations and where indicated.
2.9 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Adhesives for Gluing Furring and Sleepers to Concrete or Masonry: Formulation
complying with ASTM D 3498 that is approved for use indicated by adhesive
manufacturer.
B. Flexible Flashing: Composite, self- adhesive, flashing product consisting of a pliable,
butyl rubber or rubberized - asphalt compound, bonded to a high- density polyethylene
film, aluminum foil, or spunbonded polyolefin to produce an overall thickness of not
Tess than 0.025 inch.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Set carpentry to required levels and lines, with members plumb, true to line, cut, and
fitted. Fit carpentry to other construction; scribe and cope as needed for accurate fit.
Page 7 of 10 03/01/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 06 10 53
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY
Locate furring, nailers, blocking, grounds, and similar supports to comply with
requirements for attaching other construction.
B. Where wood - preservative- treated lumber is installed adjacent to metal decking, install
continuous flexible flashing separator between wood and metal decking.
C. Framing Standard: Comply with AF &PA's WCD 1, "Details for Conventional Wood
Frame Construction," unless otherwise indicated.
D. Install plywood backing panels by fastening to studs; coordinate locations with utilities
requiring backing panels. Install fire - retardant treated plywood backing panels with
classification marking of testing agency exposed to view.
E. Metal Framing Anchors: Install metal framing anchors to comply with manufacturer's
written instructions. Install fasteners through each fastener hole.
F. Do not splice structural members between supports unless otherwise indicated.
G. Provide blocking and framing as indicated and as required to support facing materials,
fixtures, specialty items, and trim.
1. Provide metal clips for fastening gypsum board or lath at corners and
intersections where framing or blocking does not provide a surface for fastening
edges of panels. Space clips not more than 16 inches o.c.
H. Provide fire blocking in furred spaces, stud spaces, and other concealed cavities as
indicated and as follows:
1. Fire block furred spaces of walls, at each floor level, at ceiling, and at not more
than 96 inches o.c. with solid wood blocking or noncombustible materials .
accurately fitted to close furred spaces.
2. Fire block concealed spaces of wood- framed walls and partitions at each floor
level, at ceiling line of top story, and at not more than 96 inches o.c. Where fire
blocking is not inherent in framing system used, provide closely fitted solid wood
blocks of same width as framing members and 2 -inch nominal thickness.
3. Fire block concealed spaces between floor sleepers with same material as
sleepers to limit concealed spaces to not more than 100 sq. ft. and to solidly fill
space below partitions.
I. Sort and select lumber so that natural characteristics will not interfere with installation
or with fastening other materials to lumber. Do not use materials with defects that
interfere with function of member or pieces that are too small to use with minimum
number of joints or optimum joint arrangement.
J. Comply with AWPA M4 for applying field treatment to cut surfaces of preservative -
treated lumber.
1. Use inorganic boron for items that are continuously protected from liquid water.
2. Use copper naphthenate for items not continuously protected from liquid water.
Page 8 of 10 03/01/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 0610 53
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY
K. Securely attach carpentry work to substrate by anchoring and fastening as indicated,
complying with the following:
1. NES NER -272 for power - driven fasteners.
2. Table 2304.9.1, "Fastening Schedule," in ICC's International Building Code.
L. Use steel common nails unless otherwise indicated. Select fasteners of size that will
not fully penetrate members where opposite side will be exposed to view or will receive
finish materials. Make tight connections between members. Install fasteners without
splitting wood. Drive nails snug but do not countersink nail heads unless otherwise
indicated.
3.2 WOOD GROUND, BLOCKING, AND NAILER INSTALLATION
A. Install where indicated and where required for screeding or attaching other work. Form
to shapes indicated and cut as required for true line and level of attached work.
Coordinate locations with other work involved.
B. Attach items to substrates to support applied loading. Recess bolts and nuts flush with
surfaces unless otherwise indicated.
C. Provide permanent grounds of dressed, pressure - preservative - treated, key- beveled
lumber not less than 1 -1/2 inches wide and of thickness required to bring face of
ground to exact thickness of finish material. Remove temporary grounds when no
longer required.
3.3 WOOD FURRING INSTALLATION
A. Install level and plumb with closure strips at edges and openings. Shim with wood as
required for tolerance of finish work.
B. Furring to .Receive Plywood or Hardboard Paneling:. install 1 -by -3 -inch nominal -size
furring horizontally and vertically at 24 inches o.c.
C. Furring to Receive Gypsum Board or Plaster Lath : Install 1 -by -2 -inch nominal -size
furring vertically at 16 inches o.c.
3.4 PROTECTION
A. Protect wood that has been treated with inorganic boron (SBX) from weather. If,
despite protection, inorganic boron- treated wood becomes wet apply EPA- registered
borate treatment. Apply borate solution by spraying to comply with EPA - registered
label.
B. Protect miscellaneous rough carpentry from weather. If, despite protection,
miscellaneous rough carpentry becomes wet, apply EPA - registered borate treatment.
Apply borate solution by spraying to comply with EPA- registered label.
Page 9 of 10 03/01/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 06.10 53
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY
END OF SECTION
Page 10 of 10 03/01/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 07 42 13.13
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas FORMED METAL WALL PANELS
SECTION 07 42 13.13
FORMED METAL WALL PANELS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Preformed, prefinished metal Panels and trim.
B. Miscellaneous trim, flashing, closures, drip flashing and accessories.
C. Fastening devices.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 05120: Structural Steel Framing.
B. Section 05500: Miscellaneous metal fabrication.
C. Section 06100: Rough Carpentry.
1.03 REFERENCES
A. American Iron & Steel Institute (AISI) Specification for the Design of Cold formed Steel
Structural Members.
B. ASTM A -653 & ASTM A924 Steel Sheet, Zinc- Coated (Galvanized)
C. ASTM E- 283 -84
D. ASTM E- 331 -86
E. Spec Data Sheet
F. SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Manual
1.04 ASSEMBLY DESCRIPTION
A. Siding, Soffit and Roofing assembly includes preformed sheet metal panels, related
accessories, valleys, hips, ridges, eaves, corners, rakes, miscellaneous flashing and
attaching devices.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in Architectural Sheet Metal Products with ten (10)
years minimum experience.
B. Installer must have 10 years in Architectural sheet metal applications (not metal building).
C. No product substitutions shall be permitted without meeting specifications.
1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Upon receipt of panels, installer shall examine shipment for damage and completeness.
B. Store panels in a clean, dry place. One end should be elevated allowing moisture to run off.
C. Panels with strippable film must not be stored in the open, exposed to the sun.
D. Stack all materials to prevent damage and allowing for adequate ventilation.
Page 1 of 4 03/01/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 07 42 13.13
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas FORMED METAL WALL PANELS
1.07 WARRANTY
A. Paint finish shall have "a twenty year guarantee against cracking, peeling and fading (not to
exceed 5 N.B.S. units).
B. Gaivalume material shall have a twenty year guarantee against failure due to corrosion,
rupture or perforation.
C. Applicator shall furnish guarantee covering watertightness of the panel system for the period
of two (2) years from date of substantial completion.
PART 2 - PRODUCT
2.02 SHEET MATERIALS
A. Prefinished Metal shall be Hot- Dipped Galvanized - ASTM A446 -85 Grade C G90 Coating
A525 -86 24 Gauge core steel or prefinished Gaivalume - ASTM 792 -86 AZ -55.
B. Unfinished Metal shall be Grade D Gaivalume ASTM 792 -86, AZ 55.
C. Aluminum Sheet ASTM 8209
D. Copper Sheet 16 oz copper ASTM B370
E. Finish shall be full strength Kynar 500 Fluoropolymer coating, applied by the manufacturer
on a continuous coil coating line, with a top side dry film thickness of 0.70 to 0.90 mil over
0.25 to 0.35 mil prime coat, to provide a total dry film thickness of 0.95 to 1,25 mil. Bottom
side shall be coated with primer with a dry film Thickness of 0.25 mil. Finish shall conform to
all tests for adhesion, flexibility, and longevity as specified by the Kynar 500 finish supplier.
2.03 ACCESSORY MATERIALS
A. Fasteners: Galvanized Steel with washers were required.
2.04 FABRICATION
A. All exposed adjacent flashing shall be of the same material and finish as the panels.
B. Hem all exposed edges of trim on underside, 1/2 inch.
2.05 FLUSH SEAM PANEL
1. Panels shall be factory formed if required field form
2. Seam spacing shall be 8 ", 10 ", and 12" on center. (Custom widths available)
3. Attachment to substrate concealed fasteners at 20" to 24" on center. (48" max)
Page 2 of 4 03/01/2012
1
1
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 07 42 13.13
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas FORMED METAL WALL PANELS
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSPECTION
A. Substrate:
1. Examine plywood or metal deck to ensure proper attachment to framing.
2. Inspect substrate to verify substrate is clean and smooth, free of depressions, waves or
projections, level to +/- 1/4" in 20', and properly sloped to valleys (or) eaves.
3. Verify openings, curbs, pipes, sleeves, ducts or vents are solidly set and reglets in place,
and nailing strips located.
4. Verify deck is dry and free of snow or ice.
B. Underlayment:
1. Self adhering, high heat underlayment to be used on all curved applications and on low
(less than 1:12) slope or complex roofs.
2. Verify #30 unperforated asphalt saturated roofing felt underlayment has been installed over
solid sheathing and fastened in place.
3. Radiant barrier may be used on the back side when using panel as siding.
4. Ensure felt is installed horizontally, starting at eave to ridge with a 6" minimum overlap and
18" endlaps.
5. Ensure that all nail heads are totally flush with the substrate. Nails shall be galvanized
roofing nails.
6. No underlayment is required when using panel as a soffit.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Comply with manufacturers standard instructions and conform to standards .set forth in the.
Architectural Sheet Metal Manual published by SMACNA, in order to achieve a watertight
installation.
B. Install panels in such a manner that horizontal lines are true, level and vertical lines are
plumb.
C. Install starter and edge trim before installing panels.
D. Remove protective strippable film (if any) prior to installation of panels.
E. Attach panels using manufacturer's standard clips and fasteners, spaced in accordance with
approved shop drawings.
F. Install sealants for preformed panels as approved on shop drawings.
G. Do not allow panels or trim to come into contact with any dissimilar materials.
H. Do not allow traffic on completed area. If required, provide cushioned walk boards.
I. Protect installed panels and trim from damage caused by adjacent construction until
completion of installation.
J. Remove and replace any panels or components which are damaged beyond successful
repair.
Page 3 of 4 03/01/2012
Specification for Downtown Pavilion Renovation 07 42 13.13
City of Port Arthur, Port Arthur, Texas FORMED METAL WALL PANELS
3.03 CLEANING
A. Clean any grease, finger marks or stains from the panels per manufacturer's
recommendations.
B. Remove all scrap and construction debris from the site
3.04 FINAL INSPECTION
A. Final .inspection will be performed by owner / architect.
END OF SECTION
Page 4 of 4 03/01/2012